Transcript
Cisco IOS ISDN Voice Configuration Guide Release 12.4T
Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 527-0883
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. CCDE, CCENT, Cisco Eos, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, the Cisco logo, DCE, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn and Cisco Store are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, IronPort, the IronPort logo, LightStream, Linksys, MediaTone, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PCNow, PIX, PowerPanels, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0807R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. Cisco IOS ISDN Voice Configuration Guide © 2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Last updated: August 6, 2008
This document describes the objectives, audience, conventions, and organization used in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE software documentation, collectively referred to in this document as Cisco IOS documentation. Also included are resources for obtaining technical assistance, additional documentation, and other information from Cisco. This document is organized into the following sections: •
Documentation Objectives, page i
•
Audience, page i
•
Documentation Conventions, page ii
•
Documentation Organization, page iii
•
Additional Resources and Documentation Feedback, page xi
Documentation Objectives Cisco IOS documentation describes the tasks and commands available to configure and maintain Cisco networking devices.
Audience The Cisco IOS documentation set is i ntended for users who configure and maintain Cisco networking devices (such as routers and switches) but who may not be familiar with the configuration and maintenance tasks, the relationship among tasks, or the Cisco IOS commands necessary to perform particular tasks. The Cisco IOS documentation set is also intended for those users experienced with Cisco IOS who need to know about new features, new configuration options, and new software characteristics in the current Cisco IOS release.
i
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Conventions
Documentation Conventions In Cisco IOS documentation, the term router may be used to refer to various Cisco products; for example, routers, access servers, and switches. These and other networking devices that support Cisco IOS software are shown interchangeably in examples and are used only for illustrative purposes. An example that shows one product does not necessarily mean that other products are not supported. This section includes the following topics: •
Typographic Conventions, page ii
•
Command Syntax Conventions, page ii
•
Software Conventions, page iii
•
Reader Alert Conventions, page iii
Typographic Conventions Cisco IOS documentation uses the following typographic conventions: Convention
Description
^ or Ctrl
Both the ^ symbol and Ctrl represent the Control (Ctrl) key on a keyboard. For example, the key combination ^D or Ctrl-D means that you hold down the Control key while you press the D key. (Keys are indicated in capital letters but are not case sensitive.)
string
A string is a nonquoted set of characters shown in italics. For example, when setting a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) community string to public, do not use quotation marks around the string; otherwise, the string will include the quotation marks.
Command Syntax Conventions Cisco IOS documentation uses the following command syntax conventions:
ii
Convention
Description
bold
Bold text indicates commands and keywords that you enter as shown.
italic
Italic text indicates arguments for which you supply values.
[x]
Square brackets enclose an optional keyword or argument.
|
A vertical line, called a pipe, indicates a choice within a set of keywords or arguments.
[x | y]
Square brackets enclosing keywords or arguments separated by a pipe indicate an optional choice.
{x | y}
Braces enclosing keywords or arguments separated by a pipe indicate a required choice.
[x {y | z}]
Braces and a pipe within square brackets indicate a required choice within an optional element.
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Software Conventions Cisco IOS uses the following program code conventions: Convention
Description
Courier font
Courier font is used for information that is displayed on a PC or terminal screen.
Bold Courier font
Bold Courier font indicates text that the user must enter.
<
>
An exclamation point at the beginning of a line indicates that the text that follows is a comment, not a line of code. An exclamation point is also displayed by Cisco IOS software for certain processes.
!
[
Angle brackets enclose text that is not displayed, such as a password. Angle brackets also are used in contexts in which the italic font style is not supported; for example, ASCII text.
]
Square brackets enclose default responses to system prompts.
Reader Alert Conventions The Cisco IOS documentation set uses the following conventions for reader alerts:
Caution
Note
Timesaver
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the manual.
Means the described action saves time. You can save time by performing the action described in the paragraph.
Documentation Organization This section describes the Cisco IOS documentation set, how it is organized, and how to access it on Cisco.com. Included are lists of configuration guides, command references, and supplementary references and resources that make up the documentation set. The following topics are included: •
Cisco IOS Documentation Set, page iv
•
Cisco IOS Documentation on Cisco.com, page iv
•
Configuration Guides, Command References, and Supplementary Resources, page v
iii
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Cisco IOS Documentation Set Cisco IOS documentation consists of the following: •
Release notes and caveats provide information about platform, technology, and feature support for a release and describe severity 1 (catastrophic), severity 2 (severe), and severity 3 (moderate) defects in released Cisco IOS code. Review release notes before other documents to learn whether or not updates have been made to a feature.
•
Sets of configuration guides and command references organized by technology and published for each standard Cisco IOS release. – Configuration guides—Compilations of documents that provide informational and
task-oriented descriptions of Cisco IOS features. – Command references—Compilations of command pages that provide detailed information
about the commands used in the Cisco IOS features and processes that make up the related configuration guides. For each technology, there is a single command reference that covers all Cisco IOS releases and that is updated at each standard release. •
Lists of all the commands in a specific release and all commands that are new, modified, removed, or replaced in the release.
•
Command reference book for debug commands. Command pages are listed in alphabetical order.
•
Reference book for system messages for all Cisco IOS releases.
Cisco IOS Documentation on Cisco.com The following sections describe the documentation organization and how to access various document types. Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS and Catalyst OS software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to http://www.cisco.com/go/cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required. New Features List
The New Features List for each release provides a list of all features in the release with hyperlinks to the feature guides in which they are documented. Feature Guides
Cisco IOS features are documented in feature guides. Feature guides describe one feature or a group of related features that are supported on many different software releases and platforms. Your Cisco IOS software release or platform may not support all the features documented in a feature guide. See the Feature Information table at the end of the feature guide for information about which features in that guide are supported in your software release. Configuration Guides
Configuration guides are provided by technology and release and comprise a set of individual feature guides relevant to the release and technology.
iv
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Command References
Command reference books describe Cisco IOS commands that are supported in many different software releases and on many different platforms. The books are provided by technology. For information about all Cisco IOS commands, use the Command Lookup Tool at http://tools.cisco.com/Support/CLILookup or the Cisco IOS Master Command List, All Releases, at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/mcl/all_release/all_mcl.html. Cisco IOS Supplementary Documents and Resources
Supplementary documents and resources are listed in Table 2 on page xi.
Configuration Guides, Command References, and Supplementary Resources Table 1 lists, in alphabetical order, Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE software configuration guides and command references, including brief descriptions of the contents of the documents. The Cisco IOS command references are comprehensive, meaning that they include commands for both Cisco IOS software and Cisco IOS XE software, for all releases. The configuration guides and command references support many different software releases and platforms. Your Cisco IOS software release or platform may not support all these technologies. For additional information about configuring and operating specific networking devices, go to the Product Support area of Cisco.com at http://www.cisco.com/web/psa/products/index.html. Table 2 lists documents and resources that supplement the Cisco IOS software configuration guides and command references. These supplementary resources include release notes and caveats; master command lists; new, modified, removed, and replaced command lists; system messages; and the debug command reference. Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles
Features/Protocols/Technologies
Cisco IOS AppleTalk Configuration Guide
AppleTalk protocol.
Cisco IOS XE AppleTalk Configuration Guide Cisco IOS AppleTalk Command Reference Cisco IOS Asynchronous Transfer Mode Configuration Guide
LAN ATM, multiprotocol over ATM (MPoA), and WAN ATM.
Cisco IOS Asynchronous Transfer Mode Command Reference
v
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References (continued)
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles Cisco IOS Bridging and IBM Networking Configuration Guide
Features/Protocols/Technologies •
Transparent and source-route transparent (SRT) bridging, source-route bridging (SRB), Token Ring Inter-Switch Link (TRISL), and token ring route switch module (TRRSM).
•
Data-link switching plus (DLSw+), serial tunnel (STUN), block serial tunnel (BSTUN); logical link control, type 2 (LLC2), synchronous data link control (SDLC); IBM Network Media Translation, including Synchronous Data Logical Link Control (SDLLC) and qualified LLC (QLLC); downstream physical unit (DSPU), Systems Network Architecture (SNA) service point, SNA frame relay access, advanced peer-to-peer networking (APPN), native client interface architecture (NCIA) client/server topologies, and IBM Channel Attach.
Cisco IOS Bridging Command Reference Cisco IOS IBM Networking Command Reference
Cisco IOS Broadband and DSL Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Broadband and DSL Configuration Guide
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) over ATM (PPPoA) and PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE).
Cisco IOS Broadband and DSL Command Reference Cisco IOS Carrier Ethernet Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Carrier Ethernet Command Reference
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide
Connectivity fault management (CFM), Ethernet Local Management Interface (ELMI), IEEE 802.3ad link bundling, Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), media endpoint discovery (MED), and operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM). Autoinstall, Setup, Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI), Cisco IOS file system (IFS), Cisco IOS web browser user interface (UI), basic file transfer services, and file management.
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference Cisco IOS DECnet Configuration Guide
DECnet protocol.
Cisco IOS XE DECnet Configuration Guide Cisco IOS DECnet Command Reference Cisco IOS Dial Technologies Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Dial Technologies Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Dial Technologies Command Reference Cisco IOS Flexible NetFlow Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Flexible NetFlow Command Reference
vi
Asynchronous communications, dial backup, dialer technology, dial-in terminal services and AppleTalk remote access (ARA), large scale dialout, dial-on-demand routing, dialout, modem and resource pooling, ISDN, multilink PPP (MLP), PPP, virtual private dialup network (VPDN). Flexible NetFlow.
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References (continued)
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles
Features/Protocols/Technologies
Cisco IOS H.323 Configuration Guide
Gatekeeper enhancements for managed voice services, Gatekeeper Transaction Message Protocol, gateway codec order preservation and shutdown control, H.323 dual tone multifrequency relay, H.323 version 2 enhancements, Network Address Translation (NAT) support of H.323 v2 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS) protocol, tokenless call authorization, and VoIP gateway trunk and carrier-based routing.
Cisco IOS High Availability Configuration Guide
A variety of High Availability (HA) features and technologies that are available for different network segments (from enterprise access to service provider core) to facilitate creation of end-to-end highly available networks. Cisco IOS HA features and technologies can be categorized in three key areas: system-level resiliency, network-level resiliency, and embedded management for resiliency.
Cisco IOS XE High Availability Configuration Guide Cisco IOS High Availability Command Reference
Cisco IOS Integrated Session Border Controller Command Reference
A VoIP-enabled device that is deployed at the edge of networks. An SBC is a toolkit of functions, such as signaling interworking, network hiding, security, and quality of service (QoS).
Cisco IOS Intelligent Service Gateway Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Intelligent Service Gateway Command Reference
Subscriber identification, service and policy determination, session creation, session policy enforcement, session life-cycle management, accounting for access and service usage, session state monitoring.
Cisco IOS Interface and Hardware Component Configuration Guide
LAN interfaces, logical interfaces, serial interfaces, virtual interfaces, and interface configuration.
Cisco IOS XE Interface and Hardware Component Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Interface and Hardware Component Command Reference Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Addressing Services Configuration Guide Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command Reference Cisco IOS IP Application Services Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE IP Application Services Configuration Guide Cisco IOS IP Application Services Command Reference Cisco IOS IP Mobility Configuration Guide
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), Network Address Translation (NAT), Domain Name System (DNS), Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), and Next Hop Address Resolution Protocol (NHRP). Enhanced Object Tracking (EOT), Gateway Load Balancing Protocol (GLBP), Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP), IP Services, Server Load Balancing (SLB), Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP), TCP, Web Cache Communication Protocol (WCCP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). Mobile ad hoc networks (MANet) and Cisco mobile networks.
Cisco IOS IP Mobility Command Reference Cisco IOS IP Multicast Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE IP Multicast Configuration Guide Cisco IOS IP Multicast Command Reference
Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) sparse mode (PIM-SM), bidirectional PIM (bidir-PIM), Source Specific Multicast (SSM), Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP), Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), and Multicast VPN (MVPN).
vii
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References (continued)
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles
Features/Protocols/Technologies
Cisco IOS IP Routing Protocols Configuration Guide
Cisco IOS IP Routing Protocols Command Reference
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), multiprotocol BGP, multiprotocol BGP extensions for IP multicast, bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD), Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP), Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS), on-demand routing (ODR), Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), and Routing Information Protocol (RIP).
Cisco IOS IP SLAs Configuration Guide
Cisco IOS IP Service Level Agreements (IP SLAs).
Cisco IOS XE IP Routing Protocols Configuration Guide
Cisco IOS XE IP SLAs Configuration Guide Cisco IOS IP SLAs Command Reference Cisco IOS IP Switching Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE IP Switching Configuration Guide
Cisco Express Forwarding, fast switching, and Multicast Distributed Switching (MDS).
Cisco IOS IP Switching Command Reference Cisco IOS IPv6 Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE IPv6 Configuration Guide
For IPv6 features, protocols, and technologies, go to the IPv6 “Start Here” document at the following URL:
Cisco IOS IPv6 Command Reference
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/ipv6/configuration/ guide/ip6-roadmap.html
Cisco IOS ISO CLNS Configuration Guide
ISO connectionless network service (CLNS).
Cisco IOS XE ISO CLNS Configuration Guide Cisco IOS ISO CLNS Command Reference Cisco IOS LAN Switching Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE LAN Switching Configuration Guide
VLANs, Inter-Switch Link (ISL) encapsulation, IEEE 802.10 encapsulation, IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation, and multilayer switching (MLS).
Cisco IOS LAN Switching Command Reference Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Gateway GPRS Support Node Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Gateway GPRS Support Node Command Reference Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Home Agent Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Home Agent Command Reference Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Packet Data Serving Node Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Packet Data Serving Node Command Reference Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Radio Access Networking Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Mobile Wireless Radio Access Networking Command Reference
viii
Cisco IOS Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) in a 2.5-generation general packet radio service (GPRS) and 3-generation universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS) network. Cisco Mobile Wireless Home Agent, an anchor point for mobile terminals for which mobile IP or proxy mobile IP services are provided. Cisco Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN), a wireless gateway that is between the mobile infrastructure and standard IP networks and that enables packet data services in a code division multiple access (CDMA) environment. Cisco IOS radio access network products.
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References (continued)
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles
Features/Protocols/Technologies
Cisco IOS Multiprotocol Label Switching Configuration Guide
MPLS Label Distribution Protocol (LDP), MPLS Layer 2 VPNs, MPLS Layer 3 VPNs, MPLS Traffic Engineering (TE), and MPLS Embedded Management (EM) and MIBs.
Cisco IOS XE Multiprotocol Label Switching Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Multiprotocol Label Switching Command Reference Cisco IOS Multi-Topology Routing Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Multi-Topology Routing Command Reference Cisco IOS NetFlow Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE NetFlow Configuration Guide
Unicast and multicast topology configurations, traffic classification, routing protocol support, and network management support. Network traffic data analysis, aggregation caches, export features.
Cisco IOS NetFlow Command Reference Cisco IOS Network Management Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Network Management Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Network Management Command Reference
Cisco IOS Novell IPX Configuration Guide
Basic system management; system monitoring and logging; troubleshooting, logging, and fault management; Cisco Discovery Protocol; Cisco IOS Scripting with Tool Control Language (Tcl); Cisco networking services (CNS); DistributedDirector; Embedded Event Manager (EEM); Embedded Resource Manager (ERM); Embedded Syslog Manager (ESM); HTTP; Remote Monitoring (RMON); SNMP; and VPN Device Manager Client for Cisco IOS Software (XSM Configuration). Novell Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) protocol.
Cisco IOS XE Novell IPX Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Novell IPX Command Reference Cisco IOS Optimized Edge Routing Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Optimized Edge Routing Command Reference
Cisco IOS Quality of Service Solutions Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Quality of Service Solutions Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Quality of Service Solutions Command Reference
Cisco IOS Security Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE Security Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Security Command Reference
Optimized edge routing (OER) monitoring, policy configuration, routing control, logging and reporting, and VPN IPsec/generic routing encapsulation (GRE) tunnel interface optimization. Class-based weighted fair queuing (CBWFQ), custom queuing, distributed traffic shaping (DTS), generic traffic shaping (GTS), IP- to-ATM class of service (CoS), low latency queuing (LLQ), modular QoS CLI (MQC), Network-Based Application Recognition (NBAR), priority queuing, Security Device Manager (SDM), Multilink PPP (MLPPP) for QoS, header compression, AutoQoS, QoS features for voice, Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), weighted fair queuing (WFQ), and weighted random early detection (WRED). Access control lists (ACLs), authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA), firewalls, IP security and encryption, neighbor router authentication, network access security, network data encryption with router authentication, public key infrastructure (PKI), RADIUS, TACACS+, terminal access security, and traffic filters.
ix
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Documentation Organization
Table 1
Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Configuration Guides and Command References (continued)
Configuration Guide and Command Reference Titles
Features/Protocols/Technologies
Cisco IOS Service Selection Gateway Configuration Guide Subscriber authentication, service access, and accounting. Cisco IOS Service Selection Gateway Command Reference Cisco IOS Software Activation Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Software Activation Command Reference Cisco IOS Software Modularity Installation and Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Software Modularity Command Reference Cisco IOS Terminal Services Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Terminal Services Command Reference
An orchestrated collection of processes and components to activate Cisco IOS software feature sets by obtaining and validating Cisco software licenses. Installation and basic configuration of software modularity images, including installations on single and dual route processors, installation rollbacks, software modularity binding, software modularity processes and patches. DEC, local-area transport (LAT), and X.25 packet assembler/disassembler (PAD).
Cisco IOS XE Terminal Services Command Reference Cisco IOS Virtual Switch Command Reference
Virtual switch redundancy, high availability, and packet handling; converting between standalone and virtual switch modes; virtual switch link (VSL); Virtual Switch Link Protocol (VSLP). Note
Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library Cisco IOS Voice Command Reference Cisco IOS VPDN Configuration Guide Cisco IOS XE VPDN Configuration Guide Cisco IOS VPDN Command Reference
For information about virtual switch configuration, refer to the product-specific software configuration information for the Cisco Catalyst 6500 series switch or for the Metro Ethernet 6500 series switch.
Cisco IOS support for voice call control protocols, interoperability, physical and virtual interface management, and troubleshooting. The library includes documentation for IP telephony applications. Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) dial-out load balancing and redundancy, L2TP extended failover, L2TP security VPDN, multihop by Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS), timer and retry enhancements for L2TP and Layer 2 Forwarding (L2F), RADIUS Attribute 82: tunnel assignment ID, shell-based authentication of VPDN users, tunnel authentication via RADIUS on tunnel terminator.
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide
Frame Relay, Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol Version 3 (L2TPv3), Procedure, Balanced (LAPB), Switched Cisco IOS XE Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide Link Access Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), and X.25. Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference Cisco IOS Wireless LAN Configuration Guide Cisco IOS Wireless LAN Command Reference
x
Broadcast key rotation, IEEE 802.11x support, IEEE 802.1x authenticator, IEEE 802.1x local authentication service for Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunneling (EAP-FAST), Multiple Basic Service Set ID (BSSID), Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) required elements, and Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA).
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Additional Resources and Documentation Feedback
Table 2
Cisco IOS Supplementary Documents and Resources
Document Title
Description
Cisco IOS Master Command List, All Releases
Alphabetical list of all the commands documented in all Cisco IOS releases.
Cisco IOS New, Modified, Removed, and Replaced Commands
List of all the new, modified, removed, and replaced commands for a Cisco IOS release.
Cisco IOS Software System Messages
List of Cisco IOS system messages and descriptions. System messages may indicate problems with your system; be informational only; or may help diagnose problems with communications lines, internal hardware, or the system software.
Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference
Alphabetical list of debug commands including brief descriptions of use, command syntax, and usage guidelines.
Release Notes and Caveats
Information about new and changed features, system requirements, and other useful information about specific software releases; information about defects in specific Cisco IOS software releases.
MIBs
Files used for network monitoring. To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco IOS releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator at the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
RFCs
Standards documents maintained by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) that Cisco IOS documentation references where applicable. The full text of referenced RFCs may be obtained at the following URL: http://www.rfc-editor.org/
Additional Resources and Documentation Feedback What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation is published monthly and describes all new and revised Cisco technical documentation. The What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation publication also provides information about obtaining the following resources: •
Technical documentation
•
Cisco product security overview
•
Product alerts and field notices
•
Technical assistance
Cisco IOS technical documentation includes embedded feedback forms where you can rate documents and provide suggestions for improvement. Your feedback helps us improve our documentation.
xi
About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation Additional Resources and Documentation Feedback
CCDE, CCENT, Cisco Eos, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, the Cisco logo, DCE, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn and Cisco Store are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, IronPort, the IronPort logo, LightStream, Linksys, MediaTone, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PCNow, PIX, PowerPanels, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0807R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007–2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
xii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Last updated: August 6, 2008
This document provides basic information about the command-line interface (CLI) in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE software and how you can use some of the CLI features. This document contains the following sections: •
Initially Configuring a Device, page i
•
Using the CLI, page ii
•
Saving Changes to a Configuration, page xii
•
Additional Information, page xii
For more information about using the CLI, see the “Using the Cisco IOS Command-Line Interface” section of the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide. For information about the software documentation set, see the “About Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Documentation” document.
Initially Configuring a Device Initially configuring a device varies by platform. For information about performing an initial configuration, see the hardware installation documentation that is provided with the original packaging of the product or go to the Product Support area of Cisco.com at http://www.cisco.com/web/psa/products/index.html. After you have performed the initial configuration and connected the device to your network, you can configure the device by using the console port or a remote access method, such as Telnet or Secure Shell (SSH), to access the CLI or by using the configuration method provided on the device, such as Security Device Manager.
i
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
Changing the Default Settings for a Console or AUX Port
There are only two changes that you can make to a console port and an AUX port:
Note
•
Change the port speed with the config-register 0x command. Changing the port speed is not recommended. The well-known default speed is 9600.
•
Change the behavior of the port; for example, by adding a password or changing the timeout value.
The AUX port on the Route Processor (RP) installed in a Cisco ASR1000 series router does not serve any useful customer purpose and should be accessed only under the advisement of a customer support representative.
Using the CLI This section describes the following topics: •
Understanding Command Modes, page ii
•
Using the Interactive Help Feature, page v
•
Understanding Command Syntax, page vi
•
Understanding Enable and Enable Secret Passwords, page viii
•
Using the Command History Feature, page viii
•
Abbreviating Commands, page ix
•
Using Aliases for CLI Commands, page ix
•
Using the no and default Forms of Commands, page x
•
Using the debug Command, page x
•
Filtering Output Using Output Modifiers, page x
•
Understanding CLI Error Messages, page xi
Understanding Command Modes The CLI command mode structure is hierarchical, and each mode supports a set of specific commands. This section describes the most common of the many modes that exist. Table 1 lists common command modes with associated CLI prompts, access and exit methods, and a brief description of how each mode is used.
ii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
Table 1
CLI Command Modes
Command Mode
Access Method
Prompt
Exit Method
User EXEC
Log in.
Router>
Issue the logout or exit command.
Privileged EXEC
From user EXEC mode, issue the enable command.
Router#
Issue the disable command or the exit command to return to user EXEC mode.
Mode Usage •
Change terminal settings.
•
Perform basic tests.
•
Display device status.
•
Issue show and debug commands.
•
Copy images to the device.
•
Reload the device.
•
Manage device configuration files.
•
Manage device file systems.
Global configuration
From privileged EXEC mode, issue the configure terminal command.
Router(config)#
Issue the exit command Configure the device. or the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode.
Interface configuration
From global configuration mode, issue the interface command.
Router(config-if)#
Issue the exit command Configure individual to return to global interfaces. configuration mode or the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode.
Line configuration
Router(config-line)# Issue the exit command Configure individual From global configuration mode, to return to global terminal lines. issue the line vty or line configuration mode or console command. the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode.
iii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
Table 1
CLI Command Modes (continued)
Command Mode
Access Method
Prompt
Exit Method
ROM monitor
From privileged EXEC mode, issue the reload command. Press the Break key during the first 60 seconds while the system is booting.
rommon # >
Issue the continue command.
Diagnostic (available only on the Cisco ASR1000 series router)
Router(diag)# The router boots or enters diagnostic mode in the following scenarios. When a Cisco IOS process or processes fail, in most scenarios the router will reload.
•
•
•
iv
The # symbol represents the line number and increments at each prompt.
A user-configured access policy was configured using the transport-map command, which directed the user into diagnostic mode. The router was accessed using an RP auxiliary port. A break signal (Ctrl-C, Ctrl-Shift-6, or the send break command) was entered, and the router was configured to enter diagnostic mode when the break signal was received.
If a Cisco IOS process failure is the reason for entering diagnostic mode, the failure must be resolved and the router must be rebooted to exit diagnostic mode. If the router is in diagnostic mode because of a transport-map configuration, access the router through another port or using a method that is configured to connect to the Cisco IOS CLI. If the RP auxiliary port was used to access the router, use another port for access. Accessing the router through the auxiliary port is not useful for customer purposes.
Mode Usage •
Run as the default operating mode when a valid image cannot be loaded.
•
Access the fall-back procedure for loading an image when the device lacks a valid image and cannot be booted.
•
Perform password recovery when a CTRL-Break sequence is issued within 60 seconds of a power-on or reload event.
•
Inspect various states on the router, including the Cisco IOS state.
•
Replace or roll back the configuration.
•
Provide methods of restarting the Cisco IOS software or other processes.
•
Reboot hardware, such as the entire router, an RP, an ESP, a SIP, a SPA, or possibly other hardware components.
•
Transfer files into or off of the router using remote access methods such as FTP, TFTP, and SCP.
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
EXEC commands are not saved when the software reboots. Commands that you issue in a configuration mode can be saved to the startup configuration. If you save the running configuration to the startup configuration, these commands will execute when the software is rebooted. Global configuration mode is the highest level of configuration mode. From global configuration mode, you can enter a variety of other configuration modes, including protocol-specific modes. ROM monitor mode is a separate mode that is used when the software cannot load properly. If a valid software image is not found when the software boots or if the configuration file is corrupted at startup, the software might enter ROM monitor mode. Use the question symbol (?) to view the commands that you can use while the device is in ROM monitor mode. rommon 1 > ? alias boot confreg cont context cookie . . . rommon 2 >
set and display aliases command boot up an external process configuration register utility continue executing a downloaded image display the context of a loaded image display contents of cookie PROM in hex
The following example shows how the command prompt changes to indicate a different command mode: Router> enable Router# configure terminal Router(config)# interface ethernet 1/1 Router(config-if)# ethernet Router(config-line)# exit Router(config)# end Router#
Note
A keyboard alternative to the end command is Ctrl-Z.
Using the Interactive Help Feature The CLI includes an interactive Help feature. Table 2 describes how to use the Help feature. Table 2
CLI Interactive Help Commands
Command
Purpose
help
Provides a brief description of the help feature in any command mode.
?
Lists all commands available for a particular command mode.
partial command?
Provides a list of commands that begin with the character string (no space between the command and the question mark).
partial command
Completes a partial command name (no space between the command and ).
command ?
Lists the keywords, arguments, or both associated with the command (space between the command and the question mark).
command keyword ?
Lists the arguments that are associated with the keyword (space between the keyword and the question mark).
v
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
The following examples show how to use the help commands: help Router> help Help may be requested at any point in a command by entering a question mark '?'. If nothing matches, the help list will be empty and you must backup until entering a '?' shows the available options. Two styles of help are provided: 1. Full help is available when you are ready to enter a command argument (e.g. 'show ?') and describes each possible argument. 2. Partial help is provided when an abbreviated argument is entered and you want to know what arguments match the input (e.g. 'show pr?'.)
? Router# ? Exec commands: access-enable access-profile access-template alps archive
Create a temporary access-List entry Apply user-profile to interface Create a temporary access-List entry ALPS exec commands manage archive files
partial command? Router(config)# zo? zone zone-pair
partial command Router(config)# we webvpn
command ? Router(config-if)# pppoe ? enable Enable pppoe max-sessions Maximum PPPOE sessions
command keyword ? Router(config-if)# pppoe enable ? group attach a BBA group
Understanding Command Syntax Command syntax is the format in which a command should be entered in the CLI. Commands include the name of the command, keywords, and arguments. Keywords are alphanumeric strings that are used literally. Arguments are placeholders for values that a user must supply. Keywords and arguments may be required or optional. Specific conventions convey information about syntax and command elements. Table 3 describes these conventions.
vi
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
Table 3
CLI Syntax Conventions
Symbol/Text
Function
Notes
< > (angle brackets)
Indicate that the option is an argument.
Sometimes arguments are displayed without angle brackets.
A.B.C.D.
Indicates that you must enter a dotted decimal IP address.
Angle brackets (< >) are not always used to indicate that an IP address is an argument.
WORD (all capital letters)
Indicates that you must enter one word.
Angle brackets (< >) are not always used to indicate that a WORD is an argument.
LINE (all capital letters)
Indicates that you must enter more than one word.
Angle brackets (< >) are not always used to indicate that a LINE is an argument.
(carriage return)
Indicates the end of the list of — available keywords and arguments, and also indicates when keywords and arguments are optional. When is the only option, you have reached the end of the branch or the end of the command if the command has only one branch.
The following examples show syntax conventions: Router(config)# ethernet cfm domain ? WORD domain name Router(config)# ethernet cfm domain dname ? level Router(config)# ethernet cfm domain dname level ? <0-7> maintenance level number Router(config)# ethernet cfm domain dname level 7 ? Router(config)# snmp-server file-transfer access-group 10 ? protocol protocol options Router(config)# logging host ? Hostname or A.B.C.D IP address of the syslog server ipv6 Configure IPv6 syslog server Router(config)# snmp-server file-transfer access-group 10 ? protocol protocol options
vii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
Understanding Enable and Enable Secret Passwords Some privileged EXEC commands are used for actions that impact the system, and it is recommended that you set a password for these commands to prevent unauthorized use. Two types of passwords, enable (not encrypted) and enable secret (encrypted), can be set. The following commands set these passwords and are issued in global configuration mode: •
enable password
•
enable secret password
Using an enable secret password is recommended because it is encrypted and more secure than the enable password. When you use an enable secret password, text is encrypted (unreadable) before it is written to the config.text file. When you use an enable password, the text is written as entered (readable) to the config.text file. Each type of password is case sensitive, can contain from 1 to 25 uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters, and can start with a number. Spaces are also valid password characters; for example, “two words” is a valid password. Leading spaces are ignored, but trailing spaces are recognized.
Note
Both password commands have numeric keywords that are single integer values. If you choose a number for the first character of your password followed by a space, the system will read the number as if it were the numeric keyword and not as part of your password. When both passwords are set, the enable secret password takes precedence over the enable password. To remove a password, use the no form of the commands: no enable password or no enable secret password. For more information about password recovery procedures for Cisco products, see http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1831/ products_tech_note09186a00801746e6.shtml.
Using the Command History Feature The CLI command history feature saves the commands you enter during a session in a command history buffer. The default number of commands saved is 10, but the number is configurable within the range of 0 to 256. This command history feature is particularly useful for recalling long or complex commands. To change the number of commands saved in the history buffer for a terminal session, issue the terminal history size command: Router# terminal history size num
A command history buffer is also available in line configuration mode with the same default and configuration options. To set the command history buffer size for a terminal session in line configuration mode, issue the history command: Router(config-line)# history [size num]
To recall commands from the history buffer, use the following methods: •
viii
Press Ctrl-P or the up arrow key—Recalls commands beginning with the most recent command. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands.
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
•
Press Ctrl-N or the down arrow key—Recalls the most recent commands in the history buffer after they have been recalled using Ctrl-P or the up arrow key. Repeat the key sequence to recall successively more recent commands.
Note •
The arrow keys function only on ANSI-compatible terminals such as the VT100.
Issue the show history command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode—Lists the most recent commands that you entered. The number of commands that are displayed is determined by the setting of the terminal history size and history commands. The CLI command history feature is enabled by default. To disable this feature for a terminal session, issue the terminal no history command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode or the no history command in line configuration mode.
Abbreviating Commands Typing a complete command name is not always required for the command to execute. The CLI recognizes an abbreviated command when the abbreviation contains enough characters to uniquely identify the command. For example, the show version command can be abbreviated as sh ver. It cannot be abbreviated as s ver because s could mean show, set, or systat. The sh v abbreviation also is not valid because the show command has vrrp as a keyword in addition to version. (Command and keyword examples from Cisco IOS Release 12.4(13)T.)
Using Aliases for CLI Commands To save time and the repetition of entering the same command multiple times, you can use a command alias. An alias can be configured to do anything that can be done at the command line, but an alias cannot move between modes, type in passwords, or perform any interactive functions. Table 4 shows the default command aliases. Table 4
Default Command Aliases
Command Alias
Original Command
h
help
lo
logout
p
ping
s
show
u or un
undebug
w
where
To create a command alias, issue the alias command in global configuration mode. The syntax of the command is alias mode command-alias original-command. Following are some examples: •
Router(config)# alias exec prt partition—privileged EXEC mode
•
Router(config)# alias configure sb source-bridge—global configuration mode
•
Router(config)# alias interface rl rate-limit—interface configuration mode
ix
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
To view both default and user-created aliases, issue the show alias command. For more information about the alias command, see http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/fundamentals/command/reference/cf_book.html.
Using the no and default Forms of Commands Most configuration commands have a no form that is used to reset a command to its default value or disable a feature or function. For example, the ip routing command is enabled by default. To disable this command, you would issue the no ip routing command. To re-enable IP routing, you would issue the ip routing command. Configuration commands may also have a default form, which returns the command settings to their default values. For commands that are disabled by default, using the default form has the same effect as using the no form of the command. For commands that are enabled by default and have default settings, the default form enables the command and returns the settings to their default values. The no and default forms of commands are described in the command pages of command references.
Using the debug Command A debug command produces extensive output that helps you troubleshoot problems in your network. These commands are available for many features and functions within Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE software. Some debug commands are debug all, debug aaa accounting, and debug mpls packets. To use debug commands during a Telnet session with a device, you must first enter the terminal monitor command. To turn off debugging completely, you must enter the undebug all command. For more information about debug commands, see the Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/debug/command/reference/db_book.html.
Caution
Debugging is a high priority and high CPU utilization process that can render your device unusable. Use debug commands only to troubleshoot specific problems. The best times to run debugging are during periods of low network traffic and when few users are interacting with the network. Debugging during these periods decreases the likelihood that the debug command processing overhead will affect network performance or user access or response times.
Filtering Output Using Output Modifiers Many commands produce lengthy output that may use several screens to display. Using output modifiers, you can filter this output to show only the information that you want to see. Three output modifiers are available and are described as follows:
x
•
begin regular expression—Displays the first line in which a match of the regular expression is found and all lines that follow.
•
include regular expression—Displays all lines in which a match of the regular expression is found.
•
exclude regular expression—Displays all lines except those in which a match of the regular expression is found.
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Using the CLI
To use one of these output modifiers, type the command followed by the pipe symbol (|), the modifier, and the regular expression that you want to search for or filter. A regular expression is a case-sensitive alphanumeric pattern. It can be a single character or number, a phrase, or a more complex string. The following example illustrates how to filter output of the show interface command to display only lines that include the expression “protocol.” Router# show interface | include protocol FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Serial4/0 is up, line protocol is up Serial4/1 is up, line protocol is up Serial4/2 is administratively down, line protocol is down Serial4/3 is administratively down, line protocol is down
Understanding CLI Error Messages You may encounter some error messages while using the CLI. Table 5 shows the common CLI error messages. Table 5
Common CLI Error Messages
Error Message
Meaning
% Ambiguous command: “show con”
You did not enter enough Reenter the command followed by a characters for the command to space and a question mark (?). The be recognized. keywords that you are allowed to enter for the command appear.
% Incomplete command.
You did not enter all the keywords or values required by the command.
% Invalid input detected at “^” You entered the command incorrectly. The caret (^) marks marker. the point of the error.
How to Get Help
Reenter the command followed by a space and a question mark (?). The keywords that you are allowed to enter for the command appear. Enter a question mark (?) to display all the commands that are available in this command mode. The keywords that you are allowed to enter for the command appear.
For more system error messages, see the following documents: •
Cisco IOS Release 12.2SR System Message Guide
•
Cisco IOS System Messages, Volume 1 of 2 (Cisco IOS Release 12.4)
•
Cisco IOS System Messages, Volume 2 of 2 (Cisco IOS Release 12.4)
xi
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Saving Changes to a Configuration
Saving Changes to a Configuration To save changes that you made to the configuration of a device, you must issue the copy running-config startup-config command or the copy system:running-config nvram:startup-config command. When you issue these commands, the configuration changes that you made are saved to the startup configuration and saved when the software reloads or power to the device is turned off or interrupted. The following example shows the syntax of the copy running-config startup-config command: Router# copy running-config startup-config Destination filename [startup-config]?
You press Enter to accept the startup-config filename (the default), or type a new filename and then press Enter to accept that name. The following output is displayed indicating that the configuration was saved: Building configuration... [OK] Router#
On most platforms, the configuration is saved to NVRAM. On platforms with a Class A flash file system, the configuration is saved to the location specified by the CONFIG_FILE environment variable. The CONFIG_FILE variable defaults to NVRAM.
Additional Information •
“Using the Cisco IOS Command-Line Interface” section of the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/fundamentals/configuration/guide/cf_cli-basics.html or “Using Cisco IOS XE Software” chapter of the Cisco ASR1000 Series Aggregation Services Routers Software Configuration Guide: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/routers/asr1000/configuration/guide/chassis/using_cli.html
•
Cisco Product Support Resources http://www.cisco.com/web/psa/products/index.html
•
Support area on Cisco.com (also search for documentation by task or product) http://www.cisco.com/en/US/support/index.html
•
White Paper: Cisco IOS Reference Guide http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1828/products_white_paper09186a00801830 5e.shtml
•
Software Download Center (downloads; tools; licensing, registration, advisory, and general information) (requires Cisco.com User ID and password) http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/
•
Error Message Decoder, a tool to help you research and resolve error messages for Cisco IOS software http://www.cisco.com/pcgi-bin/Support/Errordecoder/index.cgi
xii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Additional Information
•
Command Lookup Tool, a tool to help you find detailed descriptions of Cisco IOS commands (requires Cisco.com user ID and password) http://tools.cisco.com/Support/CLILookup
•
Output Interpreter, a troubleshooting tool that analyzes command output of supported show commands https://www.cisco.com/pcgi-bin/Support/OutputInterpreter/home.pl\
CCDE, CCENT, Cisco Eos, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, the Cisco logo, DCE, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn and Cisco Store are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, IronPort, the IronPort logo, LightStream, Linksys, MediaTone, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PCNow, PIX, PowerPanels, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0807R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007–2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
xiii
Using the Command-Line Interface in Cisco IOS and Cisco IOS XE Software Additional Information
xiv
ISDN Features Roadmap This chapter contains a list of ISDN features (Cisco IOS Release 12.4 and earlier) and the location of feature documentation. Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear. Release
Feature Name
Feature Description
Where Documented
12.4(9)T
Integrating Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers
Enables data (dial-in, dial-on-demand routing [DDR], and DDR backup) and voice call traffic to occur simultaneously from the supported ISDN PRI interfaces. Enables multilevel precedence and preemption (MLPP) for DDR calls over the active voice call when no idle channel is available during the DDR call setup.
“Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers” on page 117 of this guide.
Provides eight Foreign Exchange Station (FXS) or direct inward dialing (DID) ports. This network module accesses digital signal processor (DSPs) modules on the motherboard, instead of using onboard DSPs.
“High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD)” on page 93 of this guide.
12.3(11)T
Support was added for the Cisco 3800 series routers and the EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO and EM-HDA-6FXO expansion modules to provide FXO capability.
12.3(11)T2
The groundstart auto-tip command was added to the command-line interface. This command is not supported on the Cisco 1700 series platform.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
ISDN Features Roadmap
Release
Feature Name
Feature Description
Where Documented
12.3(7)T
Signal ISDN B-Channel ID to Enable Enables the H.323 gateway to access Application Control of Voice Gateway B-channel information for all H.323 Trunks calls.
Cisco IOS H.323 Configuration Guide
12.2(15)T
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Delivers Clear Channel service as a T3/E3 pipe.
“Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU” on page 71 of this guide
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries
Enables a gateway to reattempt calls upon receipt of a disconnect message from the PSTN without maintaining extra dial peers.
“Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries” on page 65 of this guide
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces with the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Provides a voice-processing termination solution at a density of 30 VoIP or VoFR voice or fax channels without consumption of a network-module slot.
“Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces” on page 157 of this guide
ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message
Provides support for mapping ISDN information elements (IEs) to corresponding GTD parameters.
“ISDN GTD for Setup Message” on page 183 of this guide
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Supports ISDN user adaptation (IUA) “PRI Backhaul and IUA Access Servers with SCTP. Provides an alternative to Support Using SCTP” on existing IP-based UDP-to-Reliable page 219 of this guide Link Manager (RLM) transport between a Cisco PGW2200 and Cisco gateways. 12.2(11)T
Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) with D-Channel Backup feature
Allows a single D channel to control multiple ISDN PRI interfaces.
“NFAS with D-Channel Backup” on page 207 of this guide
QSIG for Toolkit Command Language Provides transparent Q.SIG “QSIG Support for Tcl IVR Interactive Voice Response (Tcl IVR) interworking with a Tcl IVR 2.0 voice 2.0” on page 277 of this guide 2.0 application on a Cisco gateway.
12.2(8)T
2
T1 Channel-Associated Signaling (CAS) for VoIP
Adds support for T1 CAS and E1 R2 signaling with the voice feature card.
“Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP” on page 287 of this guide
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card
Provides the proper interface for directly connecting Cisco multiservice access routers to PBXs throughout Japan that use a J1 (2.048-Mbps TDM) interface.
“Digital J1 Voice Interface Card” on page 307 of this guide
ISDN Features Roadmap
Release
Feature Name
Feature Description
Where Documented
12.1(1)T
PRI Backhaul Using Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer
Provides PRI/Q.921 signaling backhaul for call-agent applications using SCTP with the IDSN user adaptation (IUA) layer.
“PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP” on page 219 of this guide
12.0(7)T
Fusion Call-Control Signaling Allows a voice network to integrate “Implementing FCCS (NEC (FCCS)—also known as NEC Fusion seamlessly into an IP network, Fusion)” on page 299 of this enabling the addition of guide voice-networking capabilities to a LAN or WAN without major network restructuring.
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
3
ISDN Features Roadmap
4
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces This chapter provides an overview of ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) and Primary Rate Interface (PRI) for support of voice traffic. With those ports so configured, you can do the following: •
Bypass PSTN tariffed services such as trunking and administration.
•
Connect your PBXs directly to a Cisco router and route PBX station calls automatically to the WAN.
•
Configure a voice interface on a Cisco router to emulate either a terminal-equipment (TE) or network-termination (NT) interface. All types of PBXs can send calls through a router and deliver those calls across the customer network.
•
Configure Layer 2 operation as point-to-point (static terminal endpoint identifier [TEI]) or point-to-multipoint (automatic TEI).
•
Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 1
•
Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 2
•
Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 2
•
Additional References, page 7
Contents
Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces •
Obtain PRI or BRI service and T1 or E1 service from your service provider, as required. Ensure that the BRI lines are provisioned at the switch to support voice calls.
•
Establish a working IP, Frame Relay, or ATM network. Ensure that at least one network module or WAN interface card is installed in the router to provide connection to the LAN or WAN.
•
Complete your company’s dial plan.
•
Establish a working telephony network based on your company’s dial plan and configure the network for real-time voice traffic. This chapter describes only a portion of the process; for further information, see the chapter “Cisco Voice Telephony.”
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces
•
Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series routers—Install digital T1 or E1 packet-voice trunk network modules, BRI voice interface cards, and other voice interface cards as required on your network.
•
Cisco 7200 series routers—Install a single-port 30-channel T1/E1 high-density voice port adapter.
•
Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrators—Install the required digital voice modules (DVMs), BRI voice module (BVM), and multiflex trunk modules.
•
Configure, for all platforms (as required), the following: – Voice card and controller settings – Serial and LAN interfaces – Voice ports – Voice dial peers
Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces ISDN Voice Interface Limitations •
Basic-net3 and basic-qsig are the only ISDN switch types currently supported for an NT interface.
•
When the ISDN BRI port on the router is configured as an NT port, you must use a “rolled” cable (one with the transmit and receive leads swapped) to connect to a TE interface.
•
Layer 1 can be configured only as point-to-point (that is, with one TE connected to each NT). Automatic TEI support issues only one TEI.
QSIG Support Limitations •
Cisco 2600 series routers do not support VoATM.
•
The following restrictions apply to the Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator: – QSIG data calls are not supported. All calls with bearer capability indicating a nonvoice type
(such as for video telephony) are rejected. – Cisco MC3810 supports only one T1/E1 interface with direct connectivity to a private
integrated services network exchange (PINX). – Cisco MC3810 supports a maximum of 24 B channels. – When QSIG is configured, serial port 1 does not support speeds higher than 192 kbps. This
restriction assumes that the MFT is installed in slot 3 on the Cisco MC3810. If the MFT is not installed, then serial port 1 does not operate. •
The following restrictions apply to Cisco 7200 series routers: – VoATM is not supported. – BRI is not supported.
Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces To configure ISDN voice interfaces, you should understand the following concepts:
2
•
ISDN Media Types, page 3
•
Interface Cards and Network Modules, page 3
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces
•
Typical ISDN Application, page 3
•
QSIG Protocol, page 4
•
Traceability of Diverted Calls, page 7
ISDN Media Types Cisco routing devices support ISDN BRI and ISDN PRI. Both media types use bearer (B) channels and data (D) channels as follows: •
ISDN BRI (referred to as “2 B + D”) uses the following: – Two 64-kbps B channels that carry voice or data for a maximum transmission speed of 128 kbps – One 16-kbps D channel that carries signaling traffic—that is, instructions about how to handle
each of the B channels. •
ISDN PRI (referred to as “23 B + D” or “30 B + D”) uses the following: – 23 B channels (in North America and Japan) or 30 B channels (in the rest of the world) that
carry voice or data – One 64-kbps D channel that carries signaling traffic
The D channel, in its role as signal carrier for the B channels, directs the central-office switch to send incoming calls to particular timeslots on the Cisco access server or router. It also identifies the call as a circuit-switched digital call or an analog modem call. Circuit-switched digital calls are relayed directly to the ISDN processor in the router; analog modem calls are decoded and then sent to the onboard modems.
Interface Cards and Network Modules The VIC-2BRI-NT/TE voice interface card for the Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series routers and the BVM4-NT/TE voice module for the Cisco MC3810 multiservice concentrator enable Cisco IOS software to replicate the PSTN interface to a PBX that is compatible with European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) NET3 and QSIG switch types. Before these cards and modules became available, if your PBXs implemented only a BRI TE interface, you had to make substantial hardware and software changes on the PBX to provide an NT interface to the router. provide an NT interface to the router. VIC-2BRI-NT/NE and BVN4-NT/NE allow you to connect ISDN PBXs and key systems to a multiservice network with minimal configuration changes on the PBX.
Typical ISDN Application A typical application (see Figure 1) allows an enterprise customer with a large installed base of legacy telephony equipment to bypass the PSTN.
3
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces
Figure 1
Typical Application Using BRI-NT/TE Voice Interface Cards or BVM4-NT/TE Voice Modules
Router A
Router B WAN/IP network
BRI NT interface
PBX
BRI TE interface
35572
PSTN
QSIG Protocol This section contains the following information: •
QSIG Basics, page 4
•
ISDN Switch Types for Use with QSIG, page 6
QSIG Basics QSIG is a variant of ISDN Q.921 and Q.931 ISDN D-channel signaling, for use in private integrated-services network-exchange (PINX) devices such as PBXs or key systems. Using QSIG signaling, a router can route incoming voice calls from a PINX across a WAN to a peer router, which can then transport the signaling and voice packets to another PINX. The QSIG protocol was originally specified by European Computer Manufacturers Association (ECMA), and then adopted by European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). It is becoming the standard for PBX interoperability in Europe and North America. Table 1 identifies the ECMA standards and the OSI layer of the QSIG protocol stack to which they relate. Table 1
4
QSIG Protocol Stack
OSI Layer
Standard
Description
7 to 4
Application mechanisms
End-to-end protocols; network transparent
3
Multiple ECMA standards
Standards for supplementary services and advanced network features
ECMA-165
QSIG generic functional procedures
ECMA-142/143
QSIG basic call
2
ECMA-141
Interface-dependent protocols
1
I.430 / I.431
PRI and BRI
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces
QSIG enables Cisco networks to emulate the functionality of the PSTN. A Cisco device routes incoming voice calls from a PINX across a WAN to a peer device, which then transports the signaling and voice packets to a second PINX (see Figure 2). Figure 2
QSIG Signaling
QSIG T1/E1 channel
QSIG T1/E1 channel Frame Relay
PBX
Cisco router
Cisco router
PBX
Phone
31476
DLCI 200 Phone
The Cisco voice-packet network appears to the QSIG PBXs as a distributed transit PBX that can establish calls to any PBX, non-QSIG PBX, or other telephony endpoint served by a Cisco gateway, including non-QSIG endpoints. QSIG messages that originate and terminate on QSIG endpoints pass transparently across the network; the PBXs process and provision any supplementary services. When endpoints are a mix of QSIG and non-QSIG, only basic calls that do not require supplementary services are supported. QSIG signaling provides the following benefits: •
It provides efficient and cost-effective telephony services on permanent (virtual) circuits or leased lines.
•
It allows enterprise networks that include PBX networks to replace leased voice lines with a Cisco WAN.
•
It eliminates the need to route connections through multiple tandem PBX hops to reach the desired destination, thereby saving bandwidth, PBX hardware, and switching power.
•
It improves voice quality through the single-hop routing provided by voice switching while allowing voice to be compressed more aggressively, resulting in additional bandwidth savings.
•
It supports PBX feature transparency across a WAN, permitting PBX networks to provide advanced features such as calling name and number display, camp-on/callback, network call forwarding, centralized attendant, and centralized message waiting. Usually these capabilities are available on only a single site where users are connected to the same PBX.
QSIG support enables the following: •
Digit forwarding on POTS dial peers
•
On Cisco 2600 series, QSIG-switched calls over VoFR and VoIP for T1/E1 and BRI voice interface cards
•
On Cisco 3600 series, QSIG-switched calls over VoFR, VoIP, and VoATM for T1/E1 and BRI voice interface cards
•
On Cisco 7200 series, QSIG-switched calls over VoFR and VoIP on T1/E1 voice interface cards
•
On Cisco MC3810, T1 or E1 PRI and BRI QSIG-switched calls over VoFR, VoIP, and VoATM for Cisco MC3810 digital voice modules and BRI voice module.
Figure 3 shows an example of how QSIG support can enable toll bypass.
5
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces
Figure 3
QSIG Toll-Bypass Application
Headquarters Cisco 3660 Telephone Branch office Cisco 2600 series or Cisco MC3810
Internet/Intranet toll bypass transit PCX
QSIG PINX
Telephone
Fax
Large office PBX
PSTN
Cisco 3640
QSIG PINX
Fax
31475
Telephone
Fax
ISDN Switch Types for Use with QSIG You can configure QSIG at either the global configuration level or the interface configuration level. To do so requires that you know your switch type. Available types are shown in Table 2. Table 2
ISDN Central-Office Switch Types
Country
ISDN Switch Type
Description
Australia
basic-ts013
Australian TS013 switches
Europe
basic-1tr6
German 1TR6 ISDN switches
basic-nwnet3
Norwegian NET3 ISDN switches (phase 1)
basic-net3
NET3 ISDN switches (United Kingdom and others)
vn2
French VN2 ISDN switches
vn3
French VN3 ISDN switches
Japan
ntt
Japanese NTT ISDN switches
New Zealand
basic-nznet3
New Zealand NET3 switches
North America basic-5ess
6
Lucent Technologies basic rate switches
basic-dms100
NT DMS-100 basic rate switches
basic-ni1
National ISDN-1 switches
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
Table 3 lists the ISDN service-provider BRI switch types. Table 3
ISDN Service-Provider BRI Switch Types
ISDN Switch Type
Description
basic-1tr6
German 1TR6 ISDN switches
basic-5ess
Lucent Technologies basic rate switches
basic-dms100
NT DMS-100 basic rate switches
basic-net3
NET3 (TBR3) ISDN, Norway NET3, and New Zealand NET3 switches. (This switch type covers the Euro-ISDN E-DSS1 signaling system and is ETSI-compliant.)
basic-ni1
National ISDN-1 switches
basic-nwnet3
Norwegian NET3 ISDN switches (phase 1)
basic-nznet3
New Zealand NET3 switches
basic-qsig
PINX (PBX) switches with QSIG signaling in compliance with Q.931
basic-ts013
Australian TS013 switches
ntt
Japanese NTT ISDN switches
vn2
French VN2 ISDN switches
vn3
French VN3 ISDN switches
Cisco platforms that support Q.931 offer both user-side and network-side switch types for ISDN call processing, providing the following benefits: •
User-side PRI enables the Cisco device to provide a standard ISDN PRI user-side interface to the PSTN.
•
Network-side PRI enables the Cisco device to provide a standard ISDN PRI network-side interface via digital T1/E1 packet voice trunk network modules on Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series routers.
Traceability of Diverted Calls European Telecommunication Standard ETSI 300 207-1 specifies that calls must be traceable if diverted. This requires that a VoIP call, when diverted, must translate into divertingLegInformation2 instead of Redirection IE. Cisco’s ISDN implementation satisfies this requirement.
Additional References The following sections provide references related to ISDN.
Note
•
In addition to the references listed below, each chapter provides additional references related to ISDN.
7
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
•
Some of the products and services mentioned in this guide may have reached end of life, end of sale, or both. Details are available at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/prod_end_of_life.html.
Related Documents Related Topic AIM, ATM, and IMA
Basic router configuration
Cisco IOS command references
8
Document Title •
AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660 at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/12 2t8/ft_04gin.htm
•
ATM Software Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122limi t/122x/122xb/122xb_2/ft_t1atm.htm
•
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide, chapter on configuring ATM at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fwan_c/ wcfatm.htm
•
Installing the High Performance ATM Advanced Integration Module in Cisco 2600 Series Routers at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis2600/hw_inst/a im_inst/aim_inst.htm
•
Cisco 2600 series documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis2600/index.ht m
•
Cisco 3600 series documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3600/index.ht m
•
Cisco 3700 series documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3700/index.ht m
•
Cisco AS5300 documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/5300/index.htm
•
Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference, Release 12.3T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123tcr/123dbr/ind ex.htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice Command Reference, Release 12.3T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123tcr/123tvr/ind ex.htm
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
Related Topic Cisco IOS configuration fundamentals and examples
Document Title •
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/ffun_c/
•
Cisco IOS Interface Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/finter_r/i ndex.htm
•
Cisco IOS Interface Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/finter_c/
•
Cisco Systems Technologies website at http://cisco.com/en/US/tech/index.html From the website, select a technology category and subsequent hierarchy of subcategories, then click Technical Documentation > Configuration Examples.
Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library, including library preface and glossary
•
Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a008056 5f8a.html
Clock sources
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide chapter on configuring voice ports at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fvvfax_c/ vvfport.htm#18533
ISDN basics
•
Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command References library at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/
•
Cisco IOS Release 12.3 Configuration Guides and Command References library at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/index.ht m
ISDN cause codes
•
ISDN Switch Types, Codes, and Values at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios113ed/dbook/disdn.ht m
ISDN configuration
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fvvfax_c/ vvfisdn.htm
•
ISDN Basic Rate Service Setup Commands at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios120/12cgcr/dial_r/drpr t1/drbri.htm
•
Cisco 7200 Series Port Adapter Hardware Configuration Guidelines at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/core/7206/port_adp/config/
•
Cisco MC3810 Multiservice Concentrator Hardware Installation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/multicon/3810hwig/
•
Quick Start Guide: Cisco MC3810 Installation and Startup at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/multicon/3810qsg.htm
•
Voice over IP for the Cisco 3600 and Cisco 2600 Series at http://cco-rtp-1.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/nubuvoip/voip3600/ind ex.htm
ISDN interfaces for voice
9
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
Related Topic ISDN network modules and interface cards
Document Title •
Cisco Network Modules Hardware Installation Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis2600/hw_inst/n m_inst/nm-doc/
•
Cisco WAN Interface Cards Hardware Installation Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3600/wan_mod /
•
Installing and Configuring 1-Port J1 Voice Interface Cards at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3600/hw_inst/h w_notes/j1vwic.htm
•
Update to Cisco WAN Interface Cards Hardware Installation Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis2600/hw_inst/ wic_inst/wan_updt.htm
•
Voice Network Module and Voice Interface Card Configuration Note at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3600/voice/471 2voic.htm
MIX module
•
Multiservice Interchange (MIX) for Cisco 2600 and 3600 Series Multiservice Platforms at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/12 2t4/ft_24mix.htm
RADIUS VSA configuration
•
RADIUS VSA Voice Implementation Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/vapp_dev/vsaig3. htm
SCTP
•
Stream Control Transfer Protocol (SCTP) at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/12 2t8/ft_sctp2.htm
Security
•
Cisco IOS Security Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fsecur_c/ index.htm
SS7 for voice gateways
•
Configuring Media Gateways for the SS7 Interconnect for Voice Gateways Solution at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel7/soln/das22/gateway/ dascfg5.htm
Tcl IVR programming
•
Tcl IVR API Version 2.0 Programmer's Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/vapp_dev/tclivrv2 /index.htm
Troubleshooting
•
Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference, Release 12.3T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123tcr/123dbr/ind ex.htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice Troubleshooting and Monitoring Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/vvfax_c/ voipt_c/index.htm
•
Internetwork Troubleshooting Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/cisintwk/itg_v1/index.htm
•
Voice over IP Troubleshooting and Monitoring at http://cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/vvfax_c/voipt_ c/index.htm
10
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
Related Topic
Document Title
VoATM configuration
•
Configuring AAL2 and AAL5 for the High-Performance Advanced Integration Module on the Cisco 2600 Series at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122limi t/122x/122xa/122xa_2/ft_ataim.htm
VoIP configuration
•
Voice over IP for the Cisco 2600/3600 Series at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/nubuvoip/voip3600/index.h tm
•
Voice over IP for the Cisco AS5300 at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/nubuvoip/voip5300/index.h tm
•
Voice over IP for the Cisco AS5800 at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/nubuvoip/voip5800/index.h tm
•
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fwan_r/i ndex.htm
•
Cisco IOS Wide-Area Networking Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fwan_c/ wcfatm.htm
WAN configuration
Standards Standards
Title
014-0018-04.3D-ER
CPE Requirements for MCI ISDN Primary Rate Interface, revision 4.3D, February 10, 1998
ETSI 300 207-1
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN): Diversion supplementary services; Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. one (DSS1) protocol; Part 1: Protocol specification, December 1994
TR-41459
AT&T Network ISDN Primary Rate Interface and Special Applications Specifications, User-Network Interface, 1999
TTC JJ-20.10 to JJ-20.12
PBX
MIBs MIBs •
CISCO-CAS-IF-MIB.my
•
CISCO-ICSUDSU-MIB
•
RFC 1407 MIB
MIBs Link To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco IOS releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
11
Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces Additional References
RFCs RFCs
Title
SCTP
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP), Release 2
Technical Assistance Description
Link
The Cisco Technical Support website contains http://www.cisco.com/techsupport thousands of pages of searchable technical content, including links to products, technologies, solutions, technical tips, and tools. Registered Cisco.com users can log in from this page to access even more content.
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
12
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration This chapter describes how to configure ISDN BRI and PRI ports to support voice traffic.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 49.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface, page 1
•
Restrictions for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface, page 2
•
Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 2
•
How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface, page 2
•
Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 33
•
Additional References, page 49
Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 3.
•
Obtain PRI or BRI service and T1 or E1 service from your service provider, as required. Ensure that the BRI lines are provisioned at the switch to support voice calls.
•
Establish a working IP, Frame Relay, or ATM network. Ensure that at least one network module or WAN interface card is installed in the router to provide connection to the LAN or WAN.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Restrictions for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface
•
Complete your company’s dial plan.
•
Establish a working telephony network based on your company’s dial plan and configure the network for real-time voice traffic.
•
Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series—Install digital T1 or E1 packet-voice trunk network modules, BRI voice interface cards, and other voice interface cards as required on your network.
•
Cisco 7200 series—Install a single-port 30-channel T1/E1 high-density voice port adapter.
•
Cisco MC3810—Install the required digital voice modules (DVMs), BRI voice module (BVM), and multiflex trunk modules.
•
Configure, for all platforms (as required), the following: – Voice card and controller settings – Serial and LAN interfaces – Voice ports – Voice dial peers
Restrictions for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface Restrictions are described in the “Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4.
Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4.
How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring a Router for ISDN BRI Voice-Interface Support, page 2
•
Configuring ISDN PRI Voice-Interface Support, page 14
•
Configuring QSIG Support, page 18
•
Configuring ISDN PRI Q.931 Support, page 31
Configuring a Router for ISDN BRI Voice-Interface Support This section contains the following procedures:
2
•
Configure BRI NT and TE Interfaces, page 3
•
Verify BRI Interfaces, page 7
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Configure BRI NT and TE Interfaces To configure BRI NT and TE interfaces, perform the following steps.
Note
Set up each channel for either user side or network side.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type
4.
interface bri
5.
no ip address
6.
isdn overlap-receiving
7.
isdn twait-disable
8.
isdn spid1
9.
isdn spid2
10. isdn incoming-voice 11. shutdown 12. isdn layer1-emulate 13. no shutdown 14. network-clock-priority 15. line-power 16. isdn protocol-emulate 17. isdn sending-complete 18. isdn static-tei 19. isdn point-to-point-setup 20. exit 21. clear interface bri 22. Repeat for other interfaces
3
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
isdn switch-type switch-type
Configures the telephone-company ISDN switch type. Table 3 on page 9 shows a list of switch types.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Step 4
Cisco MC3810 interface bri number
Other Supported Routers
The only switch types currently supported for an NT interface are basic-net3 and basic-qsig.
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified port, connector, or interface card number (location of voice module) or slot/port (location of voice network module and voice interface card).
interface bri slot/port
Example: Router(config)# interface bri 1/1
Step 5
no ip address
Specifies that there is no IP address for this interface.
Example: Router(config-if)# no ip address
Step 6
isdn overlap-receiving
Example:
(Optional) Activates overlap signaling to send to the destination PBX. In this mode, the interface waits for possible additional call-control information.
Router(config-if)# isdn overlap-receiving
Step 7
isdn twait-disable
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn twait-disable
Step 8
isdn spid1 spid-number [ldn]
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn spid1 40855501220101
Step 9
isdn spid2 spid-number [ldn]
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn spid2 40855501220102
4
(Optional) Delays a national ISDN BRI switch for a random length of time before activating the Layer 2 interface at switch startup. Use this command when the ISDN switch type is basic-ni1. Twait time is enabled by default. (Optional; TE only) Service-profile identifier (SPID) and optional local directory number for the B1 channel. Currently, only DMS-100 and NI-1 switch types require SPIDs. Although some switch types might support a SPID, Cisco recommends that you set up ISDN service without SPIDs. (Optional; TE only) Specifies SPID and optional local directory number for the B2 channel.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 10
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn incoming-voice {voice | modem}
Configures the port to treat incoming ISDN voice calls as voice calls that are handled by either a modem or a voice DSP, as directed by the call-switching module.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice voice
Step 11
shutdown
Turns off the port (before setting port emulation).
Example: Router(config-if)# shutdown
Step 12
isdn layer1-emulate user
or isdn layer1-emulate network
Example:
(User side only) Configures Layer 1 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock slave). or (Network side only) Configures Layer 1 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock master).
Router(config-if)# isdn layer1-emulate user
or Example: Router(config-if)# isdn layer1-emulate network
Step 13
no shutdown
Turns on the port.
Example: Router(config-if)# no shutdown
Step 14
network-clock-priority {low | high}
Example: Router(config-if)# network-clock-priority low
(Optional; TE only) Sets priority for recovering clock signal from the network NT device for this BRI voice port. Keywords are as follows: •
high—First priority (default for BRI voice interface cards)
•
low—Low priority (default for BRI voice modules)
Note Step 15
Cisco MC3810 Only line-power
Do not use this command if the port is configured as NT in Step 12.
Turns on the power supplied from an NT-configured port to a TE device.
Example: Router(config-if)# line-power
5
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 16
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn protocol-emulate user
(User side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock master).
or isdn protocol-emulate network
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate user
or (Network side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock slave).
or Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate network
Step 17
isdn sending-complete
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn sending-complete
Step 18
isdn static-tei tei-number
(Optional) Configures the voice port to include the “Sending Complete” information element in the outgoing call-setup message. This command is used in some geographic locations, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan, where the “Sending Complete” information element is required in the outgoing call setup message. (Optional) Configures a static ISDN Layer 2 terminal endpoint identifier (TEI).
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn static-tei 0
Step 19
isdn point-to-point-setup
(Optional) Configures the ISDN port to send SETUP messages on the static TEI (point-to-point link).
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# isdn point-to-point-setup
Step 20
A static TEI must be configured in order for this command to be effective.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Step 21
Cisco MC3810 clear interface bri number
Other Supported Routers
(Optional) Resets the specified port, connector, or interface card number (location of voice module) or slot/port (location of voice network module and voice interface card). The interface needs to be reset if the static TEI number was configured in Step 18.
clear interface bri slot/port
Example: Router# clear interface bri 1/1
Step 22
Repeat the appropriate steps for the other BRI NT/TE interfaces.
Note
6
—
To complete voice configuration, set up your voice ports and dial peers.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Verify BRI Interfaces To verify BRI interfaces, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show controllers bri
2.
show interfaces bri
3.
show isdn {active | history}
4.
show isdn {memory | status | timers}
5.
show isdn status
6.
show running-config
7.
show voice port
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show controllers bri number or show controllers bri slot/port Use this command to display information about the specified BRI port, connector, or interface card number (location of voice module) or slot/port (location of voice network module and voice interface card).
Step 2
show interfaces bri Use this command to display information about the physical attributes of the BRI B and D channels. In the output, look for the term spoofing, which indicates that the interface presents itself to the Cisco IOS software as operational.
Step 3
show isdn {active [serial-number] | history [serial-number]} Use this command to display current (active keyword) or both historic and current (history keyword) call information for all ISDN interfaces or, optionally, a specific ISDN PRI interface (created and configured as a serial interface). Information displayed includes called number, remote node name, seconds of connect time, seconds of connect time remaining, seconds idle, and advice of charge (AOC) charging time units used during the call.
Step 4
show isdn {memory | status | timers} Use this command to display information about memory, status, and Layer 2 and Layer 3 timers.
Step 5
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 6
show running-config Use this command to display basic router configuration.
Step 7
show voice port [slot/port | summary] Use this command to display information about BRI voice ports.
7
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Examples This section provides the following output examples: •
Sample Output for the show running-config Command, page 8
•
Sample Output for the show interfaces bri Command, page 10
Sample Output for the show running-config Command
The following is sample output from a Cisco 2600 series system. Note that BRI1/0 and BRI1/1 are configured as ISDN user side and BRI2/0 and BRI2/1 are configured as ISDN network side. Table 4 describes significant fields shown in this output Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version 12.2 ! no service udp-small-servers service tcp-small-servers ! hostname Router ! username xxxx password x 11x5xx07 no ip domain-lookup ip host Labhost 172.22.66.11 ip host Labhost2 172.22.66.12 ip name-server 172.22.66.21 ! . . . interface BRI1/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn T306 30000 isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI1/1 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn T306 30000 isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/0 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn T306 30000 isdn sending-complete isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice !
8
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
interface BRI2/1 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn T306 30000 isdn sending-complete isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice ! . . .
The following is sample output from a Cisco MC3810 system. Table 4 describes significant fields shown in this output. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname Router ! no logging console ! network-clock base-rate 56k network-clock-select 2 T1 0 network-clock-select 3 system(SCB) network-clock-select 1 BVM ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn voice-call-failure 0 call rsvp-sync ! voice-card 0 ! controller T1 0 mode atm framing esf linecode b8zs ! interface BRI1 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn incoming-voice voice isdn T306 30000 isdn skipsend-idverify no cdp enable ! interface BRI2 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network
9
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
isdn incoming-voice voice isdn T306 30000 isdn skipsend-idverify no cdp enable ! interface BRI3 no ip address shutdown network-clock-priority low isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn T306 30000 no cdp enable ! interface BRI4 no ip address shutdown network-clock-priority low isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn T306 30000 no cdp enable ! . . .
Table 4 describes significant fields shown in these outputs. Table 4
Significant Fields from the show running-config Command
Field
Description
isdn T306 timer-value
Value of the T306 timer, in ms. An ISDN timer is started when a Q.931 Disconnect message with progress indicator number 8 is sent. The timer is stopped when a ISDN Release/Disconnect message is received from the other end. The call clears on expiration of the T306 timer.
isdn T310 timer-value
Value of the T310 timer, in ms. An ISDN timer is started when a Q.931 Call Proceeding message is received. The timer is stopped when a Q.931 Alerting/Connect/Disconnect message is received from the other end. The call clears on expiration of the T310 timer.
Sample Output for the show interfaces bri Command
The following shows sample output for a Cisco 2610. Table 5 describes significant fields shown in this output. Router# show interfaces bri 1/0 BRI3/1 is up, line protocol is up (spoofing) Hardware is Voice NT or TE BRI MTU 1500 bytes, BW 64 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation VOICE, loopback not set Last input 00:00:02, output never, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: weighted fair Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Conversations 0/0/16 (active/max active/max total)
10
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 26110 packets input, 104781 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 0 packets output, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 5 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 9 carrier transitions
The following shows sample output for a Cisco MC3810. Table 5 describes significant fields shown in this output. Router# show interfaces bri 1 BRI1 is up, line protocol is up (spoofing) Hardware is BVM MTU 1500 bytes, BW 64 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set Last input 19:32:19, output 19:32:27, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: weighted fair Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Conversations 0/1/16 (active/max active/max total) Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 13282 packets input, 53486 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 1 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 13292 packets output, 53515 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 4 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 33 carrier transitions
Table 5
Significant Fields from the show interfaces bri Command
Field (in alpha order)
Description
abort
Illegal sequence of one bits on a serial interface. This usually indicates a clocking problem between the serial interface and the data link equipment.
BRI... is {up | down | administratively down}
Whether the interface hardware is currently active (whether line signal is present) and whether it has been taken down by an administrator.
broadcasts
Total number of broadcast or multicast packets received by the interface.
BW
Bandwidth of the interface in kbps.
bytes
Total number of bytes, including data and media access control (MAC) encapsulation, in the error-free packets sent or received by the system.
carrier transitions
Number of times that the carrier detect signal of a serial interface has changed state. Check for modem or line problems if the carrier detect line is changing state often.
11
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Table 5
12
Significant Fields from the show interfaces bri Command (continued)
Field (in alpha order)
Description
collisions
Number of collisions. These can occur when you have several devices connected on a multiport line.
CRC
Cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating station or far-end device does not match the checksum calculated from the data received. On a serial link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits, or other transmission problems on the data link.
DLY
Delay of the interface in microseconds.
encapsulation
Encapsulation method assigned to interface.
five-minute input/output rate
Average number of bits and packets transmitted per second in the last 5 minutes.
frame
Number of packets that are received incorrectly having a CRC error and a noninteger number of octets. On a serial line, this is usually the result of noise or other transmission problems.
giants
Number of packets that are discarded because they exceed the medium's maximum packet size.
Hardware is...
Hardware type.
ignored
Number of received packets that are ignored by the interface because the interface hardware ran low on internal buffers. Broadcast storms and bursts of noise can increase the ignored count.
input errors
Total number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun, ignored, and abort counts. Other input-related errors can also increment the count, so this sum may not balance with the other counts.
input/output queue, drops
Number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is followed by a slash (/), the maximum size of the queue, and the number of packets dropped due to a full queue.
interface resets
Number of times that an interface has been completely reset. This can happen if packets queued for transmission were not sent within several seconds. On a serial line, this can be caused by a malfunctioning modem that is not supplying the transmit clock signal or by a cable problem. If the system recognizes that the carrier detect line of a serial interface is up, but the line protocol is down, it periodically resets the interface in an effort to restart it. Interface resets can also occur when an interface is looped back or shut down.
Internet address is...
IP address and subnet mask, followed by packet size.
keepalive
Whether keepalives are set.
last input
Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully received by an interface. Useful for knowing when a nonfunctioning interface failed.
line protocol is {up | down | administratively down}
Whether the software processes that handle the line protocol consider the line usable (that is, whether keepalives are successful).
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Table 5
Significant Fields from the show interfaces bri Command (continued)
Field (in alpha order)
Description
load
Load on the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is completely saturated), calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes.
loopback
Whether loopback is set.
MTU
Maximum transmission unit of the interface.
no buffer
Number of received packets that are discarded because there was no buffer space in the main system. Compare with ignored count. Broadcast storms on Ethernets and bursts of noise on serial lines are often responsible for no input buffer events.
output
Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully transmitted by an interface.
output errors
Sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of datagrams out of the interface being examined. Note that this may not balance with the sum of the enumerated output errors, because some datagrams may have more than one error, and others may have errors that do not fall into any of the specifically tabulated categories.
output hang
Number of hours, minutes, and seconds (or never) since the interface was last reset because of a transmission that took too long. When the number of hours in any of the "last" fields exceeds 24 hours, the number of days and hours is printed. If that field overflows, asterisks (**) are printed.
output/input queue, drops
Number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is followed by a slash (/), the maximum size of the queue, and the number of packets dropped due to a full queue.
overrun
Number of times that the serial receiver hardware was unable to hand received data to a hardware buffer because the input rate exceeded the receiver's ability to handle the data.
packets input/output
Total number of error-free packets received or sent by the system.
rely
Reliability of the interface as a fraction of 255 (255/255 is 100 percent reliability), calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes.
restarts
Number of times that the controller was restarted because of errors
runts
Number of packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the medium’s minimum packet size.
underruns
Number of times that the transmitter has been running faster than the router can handle. This may never be reported on some interfaces.
Troubleshooting Tips •
Use the debug isdn q921 command to display Layer 2 access procedures that are taking place at the router on the D channel (LAPD) of its ISDN interface.
•
Use the debug isdn q931 command to display information about call setup and teardown of ISDN network connections (Layer 3) between the local router (user side) and the network.
13
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
•
For information on these and additional debug commands, see the following references: – Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference, Release 12.3T at
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123tcr/123dbr/index.htm – Cisco IOS Voice Troubleshooting and Monitoring Guide at
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/vvfax_c/voipt_c/in dex.htm
Configuring ISDN PRI Voice-Interface Support This section contains the following procedures: •
Configure PRI Interfaces, page 14
•
Configure PRI Voice Ports, page 17
•
Verify PRI Interfaces, page 17
•
Troubleshooting Tips, page 17
Configure PRI Interfaces To configure PRI interfaces, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type
4.
controller
5.
description
6.
framing esf
7.
linecode
8.
pri-group timeslots
9.
exit
10. interface serial 11. isdn incoming-voice modem 12. description 13. isdn-bchan-number-order 14. exit
14
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
isdn switch-type switch-type
Configures the telephone company ISDN switch type. Table 3 on page 9 shows a list of switch types.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Step 4
Cisco AS5300 controller {t1 | e1} 0
Cisco AS5800 (T1 card)
The only switch types currently supported for an NT interface are basic-net3 and basic-qsig.
Enters T1/E1 controller configuration mode for the specified (as appropriate) dial shelf, slot, port (or T3 port), and timeslot as follows: •
Cisco AS5300: T1 0 or E1 0 controller
•
Cisco AS5800 (T1 card): T1 0 controller
•
Cisco AS5800 (T3 card): T1 1 controller
controller t1 1/0/0
Cisco AS5800 (T3 card) controller t1 1/0/0:1
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/0/0
Step 5
description string
Includes a specific description about the digital signal processor (DSP) interface.
Example: Router(config-if)# description interface01
Step 6
framing esf
Defines the framing characteristics.
Example: Router(config-controller)# framing esf
Step 7
linecode {ami | b8zs | hdb3}
Example:
Sets the line-encoding method to match that of your telephone-company service provider. Keywords are as follows: •
ami—Alternate mark inversion (AMI), valid for T1 or E1 controllers. Default for T1 lines.
•
b8zs—B8ZS, valid for T1 controllers only.
•
hdb3—High-density bipolar 3 (hdb3), valid for E1 controllers only. Default for E1 lines.
Router(config-controller)# linecode ami
15
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 8
Command or Action
Purpose
pri-group timeslots range
Specifies PRI on the specified or timeslots that make up the PRI group. Maximum T1 range: 1 to 23. Maximum E1 range: 1 to 31. Separate low and high values with a hyphen.
Example:
Step 9
You can configure the PRI group to include all available timeslots, or you can configure a select group of timeslots for the PRI group.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23
Note
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 10
Cisco AS5300 interface serial 0:channel-number
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified PRI slot/port and D-channel ISDN interface. D-channel ISDN interface is (for T1) 23 and (for E1) 15.
Cisco AS5800 interface serial 1/0:channel-number
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 0:23
Step 11
isdn incoming-voice modem
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice modem
Step 12
description string
Enables incoming ISDN voice calls. The modem keyword specifies that incoming voice calls are passed over to digital modems, where they negotiate the appropriate modem connection with the far-end modem. Its use here is required. Includes a specific description about the digital signal processor (DSP) interface.
Example: Router(config-if)# description interface02
Step 13
isdn-bchan-number-order {ascending | descending}
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn-bchan-number-order descending
Step 14
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
16
Configures an ISDN PRI interface to make outgoing call selection in ascending or descending order—that is, to select the lowest or highest available B channel starting at either channel B1 (ascending) or channel B23 for a T1 and channel B30 for an E1 (descending). Default: descending. Note
Before configuring ISDN PRI on your router, check with your service vendor to determine if ISDN trunk call selection is configured for ascending or descending order. A mismatch between router and switch causes the switch to send an error message stating that the channel is not available.
Exits the current mode.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Configure PRI Voice Ports Under most circumstances, default voice-port command values are adequate to configure voice ports to transport voice data over your existing IP network. However, because of the inherent complexities of PBX networks, you might need to configure specific voice-port values, depending on the specifications of the devices in your network.
Verify PRI Interfaces To verify PRI interfaces, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show isdn {active | history}
2.
show isdn status
3.
show vfc version
4.
show voice port
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show isdn {active [serial-number] | history [serial-number]} Use this command to display current (active keyword) or both historic and current (history keyword) call information for all ISDN interfaces or, optionally, a specific ISDN PRI interface (created and configured as a serial interface). Information displayed includes called number, remote node name, seconds of connect time, seconds of connect time remaining, seconds idle, and advice of charge (AOC) charging time units used during the call.
Step 2
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 3
show vfc slot version Use this command to display the version of software residing on the voice feature card in the specified slot.
Step 4
show voice port [slot/port | summary] Use this command to display configuration information about a specific voice port.
Troubleshooting Tips •
Verify that you have dial tone and connectivity.
•
If you have not configured your device to support Direct Inward Dialing (DID), do the following: 1.
Dial in to the router and verify that you have dial tone.
2.
Enter a dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF) digit. If dial tone stops, you have verified two-way voice connectivity with the router.
17
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
•
If you have trouble connecting a call and suspect that the problem is associated with voice-port configuration, do the following: 1.
Confirm connectivity by pinging the associated IP address.
Note
2.
Determine if the voice feature card (VFC) is installed correctly.
Note 3. •
Note
For more information, see the Cisco IOS IP Configuration Guide chapter on configuring IP.
For more information, see the instructions that came with your voice network module.
Ensure that your (T1-line) a-law or (E1-line) mu-law setting is correct.
If dialing cannot occur, use the debug isdn q931 command to check the ISDN configuration.
For T1 troubleshooting information, see http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk713/tk628/technologies_tech_note09186a00800a5f40.shtml
Configuring QSIG Support This section contains the following procedures: •
Configure Global QSIG Support for BRI or PRI, page 18
•
Configure Controllers for QSIG over PRI, page 19 (required for PRI)
•
Configure PRI Interfaces for QSIG, page 20 (required for PRI)
•
Configure BRI Interfaces for QSIG, page 22 (required for BRI)
•
Verify the QSIG Configuration, page 25 (required)
Configure Global QSIG Support for BRI or PRI To configure global QSIG support for BRI or PRI, perform the following steps.
Note
For additional guidance on switch-type configuration, see the “ISDN Switch Types for Use with QSIG” section on page 9.
SUMMARY STEPS
18
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type
4.
dspint dspfarm
5.
card type
6.
exit
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
BRI on Cisco MC3810, Cisco 2600 Series, and Cisco 3600 Series isdn switch-type basic-qsig
PRI on Any Supported Router isdn switch-type primary-qsig
(Optional) Configures the global ISDN switch type to support QSIG signaling. Table 2 on page 9 shows a list of switch types. Note
You can configure all interfaces at once by using this command in global configuration mode. Or you can configure one interface at a time by using this command in interface configuration mode.
Example: Router(config)# isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Step 4
BRI or PRI on Cisco 7200 Series dspint dspfarm slot/port
Configures the digital signal processor (DSP) farm at the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# dspint dspfarm 1/1
Step 5
BRI or PRI on Cisco 7200 Series
Configures card type (T1 or E1) at the specified slot.
card type {t1 | e1} slot
Example: Router(config)# card type t1 0
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config)# exit
Configure Controllers for QSIG over PRI To configure controllers for QSIG over PRI, perform the following steps.
Note
Steps in this section apply to PRI only, and not to BRI.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
19
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
3.
controller
4.
pri-group timeslots
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
Cisco MC3810 controller {t1 | e1} controller-number
Other Supported Routers
Enters T1 or E1 controller configuration mode for the specified controller number o r slot/port. Note
Cisco MC3810 supports QSIG only on controller 1.
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/1
Step 4
pri-group timeslots range
Example:
Step 5
Specifies PRI on the specified or timeslots that make up the PRI group. Maximum T1 range: 1-23. Maximum E1 range: 1-31. Separate low and high values with a hyphen. You can configure the PRI group to include all available timeslots, or you can configure a select group of timeslots for the PRI group.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23
Note
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configure PRI Interfaces for QSIG To configure PRI interfaces for QSIG, perform the following steps.
Note
Set up each channel for either user side or network side.
SUMMARY STEPS
20
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
4.
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
5.
isdn contiguous-bchan
6.
isdn protocol-emulate
7.
isdn overlap-receiving
8.
isdn network-failure-cause
9.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
Cisco MC3810 interface serial 1:channel-number
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified PRI slot/port and D-channel ISDN interface. D-channel ISDN interface is (for T1) 23 and (for E1) 15.
Other Supported Routers interface serial slot/port:channel-number
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1/1:23
Step 4
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn switch-type primary-qsig
If you did not configure the global PRI ISDN switch type for QSIG support in global configuration mode, configures the interface ISDN switch type to support QSIG signaling. Conditions that apply to this command in global configuration mode also apply in interface configuration mode. For more information, see the “ISDN Switch Types for Use with QSIG” section on page 9. Note
Step 5
isdn contiguous-bchan
Example:
For this interface, this interface configuration command overrides the setting of the isdn switch-type command entered in global configuration mode.
(E1 only) Sets contiguous bearer-channel handling, causing B channels 1 to 30 to map to timeslots 1 to 31, skipping timeslot 16.
Router(config-if)# isdn contiguous-bchan
21
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 6
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn protocol-emulate user
(User side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock slave). This is the default.
or isdn protocol-emulate network
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate user
or (Network side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock master). Note
or
On the Cisco MC3810, the isdn protocol-emulate command replaces the isdn switch-type command.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate network
Step 7
isdn overlap-receiving
Example:
Step 8
(Optional) Activates overlap signaling to send to the destination PBX. The interface waits for possible additional call-control information from the preceding PBX. You can leave the default mode of enbloc, in which all call-setup information is sent in the setup message without need for additional messages from the preceding PINX.
Router(config-if)# isdn overlap-receiving
Note
isdn network-failure-cause value
(Optional) Specifies the cause code to pass to the PBX when a call cannot be placed or completed because of internal network failures.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn network-failure-cause 1
Step 9
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configure BRI Interfaces for QSIG To configure BRI interfaces for QSIG, perform the following steps.
Note
Set up each interface for either user side or network side.
SUMMARY STEPS
22
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface bri
4.
isdn static-tei 0
5.
isdn layer1-emulate user
6.
isdn layer1-emulate network
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
7.
network-clock-priority
8.
isdn incoming-voice voice
9.
isdn sending-complete
10. isdn switch-type basic-qsig 11. isdn protocol-emulate 12. isdn overlap-receiving 13. isdn network-failure-cause 14. exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
Cisco MC3810 interface bri number
Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3600 Series
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified port, connector, or interface card number (location of voice module) or slot/port (location of voice network module and voice interface card).
interface bri slot/port
Example: Router(config)# interface bri 1/1
Step 4
Cisco MC3810, Cisco 2600 Series, and Cisco 3600 Series Only isdn static-tei 0
Enables use of the ISDN lines. Note
This command is required. In previous releases, it was set automatically with use of the isdn switch-type basic-qsig command.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn static-tei 0
Step 5
Cisco MC3810 Only isdn layer1-emulate user
Configures Layer 1 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock slave).
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn layer1-emulate user
23
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 6
Command or Action Cisco MC3810 Only isdn layer1-emulate network
Purpose Configures Layer 1 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock master).
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn layer1-emulate network
Step 7
Cisco MC3810 Only network-clock-priority {low | high}
(TE only) Sets priority for recovering clock signal from the network NT device for this BRI voice port. Keywords are as follows:
Example:
•
high—First priority
Router(config-if)# network-clock-priority high
•
low—Low priority
Note Step 8
Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3600 Series Only isdn incoming-voice voice
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice voice
Step 9
isdn sending-complete
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn sending-complete
Step 10
Cisco MC3810, Cisco 2600, and Cisco 3600 Series Only isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Step 11
isdn protocol-emulate user
or isdn protocol-emulate network
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate user
Routes incoming voice calls. This is set for voice-capable BRI interfaces by default. The exception is for Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series BRI S/T TE voice interface cards, where, in the absence of this command, the isdn incoming-voice modem configuration setting converts to isdn incoming-voice voice when it receives an incoming call. (Optional) Configures the voice port to include the “Sending Complete” information element in the outgoing call-setup message. This command is used in some geographic locations, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan, where the “Sending Complete” information element is required in the outgoing call-setup message. (Optional) If the service-provider switch type for this BRI port differs from the global ISDN switch type, set the interface ISDN switch type to match the service-provider switch type. The interface ISDN switch type overrides the global ISDN switch type on this interface. For more information, see the “ISDN Switch Types for Use with QSIG” section on page 9. (User side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock slave). or (Network side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock master). Note
or Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate network
24
Do not use this command if the port is configured as NT in Step 5.
On the Cisco MC3810, the isdn protocol-emulate command replaces the isdn switch-type command.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Step 12
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn overlap-receiving
(Optional) Activates overlap signaling to send to the destination PBX and causes the interface to wait for possible additional call-control information from the preceding PINX.
Example:
Step 13
You can leave the default mode of enbloc, in which all call-setup information is sent in the setup message without need for additional messages from the preceding PINX.
Router(config-if)# isdn overlap-receiving
Note
isdn network-failure-cause value
(Optional) Specifies the cause code to pass to the PBX when a call cannot be placed or completed because of internal network failures.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn network-failure-cause 1
Step 14
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Verify the QSIG Configuration To verify the QSIG configuration, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show call history voice record
2.
show cdapi
3.
show controllers t1 or show controllers e1
4.
show dial-peer voice
5.
show isdn
6.
show isdn {active | history}
7.
show isdn service
8.
show isdn status
9.
show rawmsg
10. show running-config 11. show voice port
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show call history voice record Use this command to display information about calls made to and from the router.
Step 2
show cdapi Use this command to display Call Distributor Application Programming Interface (CDAPI) information.
Step 3
show controllers t1 or show controllers e1
25
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
Use this command to display information about T1 and E1 controllers. Step 4
show dial-peer voice Use this command to display how voice dial peers are configured.
Step 5
show isdn Use this command to display information about switch type, memory, status, and Layer 2 and Layer 3 timers.
Step 6
show isdn {active [serial-number] | history [serial-number]} Use this command to display current (active keyword) or both historic and current (history keyword) call information for all ISDN interfaces or, optionally, a specific ISDN PRI interface (created and configured as a serial interface). Information displayed includes called number, remote node name, seconds of connect time, seconds of connect time remaining, seconds idle, and advice of charge (AOC) charging time units used during the call.
Step 7
show isdn service Use this command to display the state and the service status of each ISDN channel.
Step 8
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 9
show rawmsg Use this command to display information about memory leaks.
Step 10
show running-config Use this command to display basic router configuration.
Step 11
show voice port [slot/port | summary] Use this command to display summary information about voice-port configuration.
Troubleshooting Tips •
Use the debug cdapi {events | detail} command to display information about CDAPI application events, registration, messages, and more.
•
Use the debug isdn event command to display events occurring on the user side (on the router) of the ISDN interface. ISDN events that can be displayed are Q.931 events (call setup and teardown of ISDN network connections).
•
Use the debug tsp command to display information about the telephony-service provider (TSP).
Examples This section provides the following output examples:
26
•
Sample Output for the show cdapi Command, page 27
•
Sample Output for the show controller Command, page 27
•
Sample Output for the show isdn service Command, page 28
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
•
Sample Output for the show isdn status Command, page 28
Sample Output for the show cdapi Command
The following shows sample output for a PRI voice port on a Cisco 3660 series. Router# show cdapi Registered CDAPI Applications/Stacks ==================================== Application: TSP CDAPI Application Voice Application Type(s) : Voice Facility Signaling Application Level : Tunnel Application Mode : Enbloc Signaling Stack: ISDN Interface: Se5/0:15 Signaling Stack: ISDN Interface: Se5/1:15 Signaling Stack: ISDN Interface: Se6/0:15 Signaling Stack: ISDN Interface: Se6/1:15 CDAPI Message Buffers ===================== Used Msg Buffers: 0, Free Msg Buffers: 9600 Used Raw Buffers: 0, Free Raw Buffers: 4800 Used Large-Raw Buffers: 0, Free Large-Raw Buffers: 480
The following shows sample output for a PRI voice port on a Cisco MC3810. Router# show cdapi Registered CDAPI Applications/Stacks ==================================== Application: TSP CDAPI Application Voice Application Type(s) : Voice Facility Signaling Application Level : Tunnel Application Mode : Enbloc Signaling Stack: ISDN Interface: Se1:15 CDAPI Message Buffers ===================== Used Msg Buffers: 2, Free Msg Buffers: 1198 Used Raw Buffers: 2, Free Raw Buffers: 598 Used Large-Raw Buffers: 0, Free Large-Raw Buffers: 60
Sample Output for the show controller Command
The following shows sample output for a T1 line (not having problems). Router# show controller T1
27
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
T1 3/0 is up. Applique type is Channelized T1 Cablelength is long gain36 0db No alarms detected. alarm-trigger is not set Version info Firmware: 20020812, FPGA: 11 Framing is ESF, Line Code is B8ZS, Clock Source is Line. Data in current interval (425 seconds elapsed): 0 Line Code Violations, 0 Path Code Violations 0 Slip Secs, 0 Fr Loss Secs, 0 Line Err Secs, 0 Degraded Mins 0 Errored Secs, 0 Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely Err Secs, 0 Unavail Secs Total Data (last 24 hours) 0 Line Code Violations, 0 Path Code Violations, 0 Slip Secs, 0 Fr Loss Secs, 0 Line Err Secs, 0 Degraded Mins, 0 Errored Secs, 0 Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely Err Secs, 0 Unavail Secs
The following shows sample output for a T1 line (having problems). Router# show controller T1 2 T1 2 is down. Applique type is Channelized T1 Cablelength is long gain36 0db Transmitter is sending remote alarm. Receiver has loss of signal. alarm-trigger is not set Version info of slot 0: HW: 4, PLD Rev: 0 Manufacture Cookie Info: EEPROM Type 0x0001, EEPROM Version 0x01, Board ID 0x42, Board Hardware Version 1.32, Item Number 800-2540-02, Board Revision A0, Serial Number 15264519, PLD/ISP Version 0.0, Manufacture Date 24-Sep-1999. Framing is SF, Line Code is AMI, Clock Source is Internal. Data in current interval (329 seconds elapsed): 1 Line Code Violations, 0 Path Code Violations 0 Slip Secs, 329 Fr Loss Secs, 1 Line Err Secs, 0 Degraded Mins 0 Errored Secs, 0 Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely Err Secs, 329 Unavail Secs Total Data (last 24 hours) 543 Line Code Violations, 0 Path Code Violations, 3 Slip Secs, 86400 Fr Loss Secs, 364 Line Err Secs, 0 Degraded Mins, 0 Errored Secs, 0 Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely Err Secs, 86400 Unavail Secs
Sample Output for the show isdn service Command
The following shows sample output for a PRI on a T1 controller. Router# show isdn service PRI Channel Statistics: ISDN Se0:15, Channel (1-31) Activated dsl 8 State (0=Idle 1=Propose 2=Busy 3=Reserved 4=Restart 5=Maint) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Channel (1-31) Service (0=Inservice 1=Maint 2=Outofservice) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sample Output for the show isdn status Command
The following shows sample output for a BRI voice port on a Cisco 3600 series. Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig
28
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
ISDN Serial3/1:15 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Master side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: 29 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 0 CCBs = 29 CCB:callid=89BF, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=5, calltype=VOICE . . . CCB:callid=89C8, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=14, calltype=VOICE . . . CCB:callid=89D9, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=1, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=89DA, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=2, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=89DB, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=3, calltype=VOICE The Free Channel Mask: 0x80000018 ISDN Serial3/0:15 interface dsl 1, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Master side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED TEI = 0, Ces = 9, SAPI = 16, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: 28 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 1 CCBs = 28 CCB:callid=BDF, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=2, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=BE0, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=1, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=BE1, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=3, calltype=VOICE . . . CCB:callid=BFA, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=31, calltype=VOICE The Free Channel Mask: 0xB0000000 Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 54 Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 0 . . . CCB:callid=89C8, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=14, calltype=VOICE . . . CCB:callid=89D9, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=1, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=89DA, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=2, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=89DB, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=3, calltype=VOICE The Free Channel Mask: 0x80000018 ISDN Serial3/0:15 interface dsl 1, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Master side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED TEI = 0, Ces = 9, SAPI = 16, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status:
29
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
28 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 1 CCBs = 28 CCB:callid=BDF, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=2, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=BE0, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=1, calltype=VOICE CCB:callid=BE1, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=3, calltype=VOICE . . . CCB:callid=BFA, sapi=0, ces=0, B-chan=31, calltype=VOICE The Free Channel Mask: 0xB0000000 Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 54
The following shows sample output for a BRI voice port and a PRI voice port on a Cisco MC3810. Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = basic-qsig ISDN BRI1 interface dsl 1, interface ISDN Switchtype = basic-qsig **** Slave side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: DEACTIVATED Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: NLCB:callid=0x0, callref=0x0, state=31, ces=0 event=0x0 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 1 CCBs = 0 ISDN BRI2 interface . . . Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig ISDN Serial1:23 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Slave side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: DEACTIVATED Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 0 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x7FFFFF
The following shows sample output for a PRI voice port on a Cisco 7200 series. Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig ISDN Serial1/0:15 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Slave side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: DEACTIVATED Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 0 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x7FFF7FFF
30
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
ISDN Serial1/1:15 interface dsl 1, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Slave side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: DEACTIVATED Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 1 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x7FFF7FFF Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 0
Configuring ISDN PRI Q.931 Support To configure ISDN PRI Q.931 support, perform the following steps.
Note
•
Use these commands on Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series only.
•
Set up each interface for either user side or network side.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type primary-net5
4.
controller
5.
pri-group timeslots
6.
exit
7.
interface serial
8.
isdn protocol-emulate
9.
line-power
SUMMARY STEPS
10. isdn incoming-voice voice 11. exit
31
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration How to Configure an ISDN Voice Interface
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
isdn switch-type primary-net5
(Optional) Selects a service-provider switch type that accommodates PRI.
Example:
You can set the ISDN switch type in either global configuration mode or interface configuration mode.
Router(config)# isdn switch-type primary-net5
Step 4
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
•
Global configuration mode (this step): specify the switch type for all PRI ports.
•
Interface configuration mode: specify the switch type for a single interface. The type specified in this mode for any individual interface overrides the type specified in global configuration mode.
Enters T1 or E1 controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/1
Step 5
pri-group timeslots range
Example:
Step 6
Specifies PRI on the specified or timeslots that make up the PRI group. Maximum T1 range: 1-23. Maximum E1 range: 1-31. Separate low and high values with a hyphen. You can configure the PRI group to include all available timeslots, or you can configure a select group of timeslots for the PRI group.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23
Note
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 7
interface serial 0/0:channel-number
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 0/0:23
32
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified PRI slot/port and D-channel ISDN interface. D-channel ISDN interface is (for T1) 23 and (for E1) 15.
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
Step 8
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn protocol-emulate user
(User side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the user—that is, the TE (clock slave).
or isdn protocol-emulate network
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate user
or (Network side only) Configures Layer 2 and Layer 3 port mode emulation and clock status for the network—that is, the NT (clock master).
or Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate network
Step 9
Turns on the power supplied from an NT-configured port to a TE device.
line-power
Example: Router(config-if)# line-power
Step 10
isdn incoming-voice voice
Routes incoming ISDN voice calls to the voice module.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice voice
Step 11
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces This section provides the following configuration examples: •
ISDN-to-PBX and ISDN-to-PSTN: Examples, page 33
•
QSIG Support: Examples, page 35
•
Q.931-Support: Example, page 46
ISDN-to-PBX and ISDN-to-PSTN: Examples This section contains the following configuration examples: •
ISDN Connection to a PBX Configuration (Network-Side Emulation), page 34
•
ISDN Connection to the PSTN Configuration (User-Side Emulation), page 35
Configuration examples included in this section correspond to the topology shown in Figure 4. The routers each include a BRI voice interface card and a two-slot voice network module, along with other voice interface cards and modules that are included for completeness. Router A is connected to a PBX through the BRI voice interface card and to Router B by a serial interface. Router B includes a BRI voice
33
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
interface card for connection to the PSTN in order to process voice calls from off-premises terminal equipment. Router A is configured for ISDN BRI network-side emulation and Router B is configured for ISDN BRI user-side emulation. Figure 4
Configuration Example Topology
Router A
Router B WAN/IP network
BRI NT interface
PSTN
35572
PBX
BRI TE interface
ISDN Connection to a PBX Configuration (Network-Side Emulation)
The following illustrates the configuration of the BRI interfaces on a Cisco 3640 (Router A in Figure 4) connected to a PBX: interface BRI1/0 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn T306 30000 isdn sending-complete isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI1/1 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn overlap-receiving isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn T306 30000 isdn sending-complete isdn skipsend-idverify isdn incoming-voice voice ! ip default-gateway 1.14.0.1 ip classless ip route 2.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet0/1 ip route 2.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Serial0/1 ip route 172.22.66.33 255.255.255.255 Ethernet0/0 ! ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 transport input none line aux 0
34
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
line vty 0 4 login
ISDN Connection to the PSTN Configuration (User-Side Emulation)
The following illustrates the configuration of the BRI interfaces on a Cisco 2600 series (Router B in Figure 4) connected to the public ISDN telephone network: interface BRI1/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast isdn switch-type basic-ni1 isdn twait-disable isdn spid1 14085552111 5552111 isdn spid2 14085552112 5552112 isdn incoming-voice voice interface BRI1/1 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast isdn switch-type basic-ni1 isdn twait-disable isdn spid1 14085552111 5552111 isdn spid2 14085552112 5552112 isdn incoming-voice voice ! ip classless ip route 3.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Ethernet0/1 ip route 3.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Serial0/1 ip route 172.21.66.0 255.255.255.0 Ethernet0/0 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 transport input none line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login
QSIG Support: Examples The following show QSIG configurations on a variety of supported routers: •
QSIG Support on Cisco 3600 Series Routers, page 35
•
QSIG Support on Cisco 7200 Series Routers, page 39
•
QSIG Support on Cisco MC3810 Multiservice Concentrators, page 43
QSIG Support on Cisco 3600 Series Routers
The following shows how a Cisco 3660 series can be configured for E1 and PRI with QSIG signaling support using VoIP and VoATM. Note that Serial5/0, Serial5/1, Serial6/0, and Serial6/1 are configured as ISDN E1 PRI (user side). . . . hostname router3660 ! memory-size iomem 20 voice-card 5 ! voice-card 6
35
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
! ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! controller E1 5/0 pri-group timeslots 1-5,16 ! controller E1 5/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! controller E1 6/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! controller E1 6/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.7.72.9 255.255.255.0 speed auto half-duplex ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 10.100.100.7 255.255.255.0 no keepalive duplex auto speed auto hold-queue 1000 in ! interface Serial2/0 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/2 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/3 no ip address shutdown ! interface ATM3/0 no ip address atm clock INTERNAL no atm ilmi-keepalive pvc 10/40 vbr-rt 155000 50000 64000 encapsulation aal5mux voice ! interface Serial5/0:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice no cdp enable ! interface Serial5/1:15
36
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! interface Serial6/0:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! interface Serial6/1:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! ip classless ip route 192.168.17.125 255.255.255.255 FastEthernet0/0 no ip http server ! map-class frame-relay frs0 frame-relay voice bandwidth 1260000 frame-relay fragment 200 no frame-relay adaptive-shaping frame-relay cir 1260000 frame-relay fair-queue ! voice-port 1/0/0 modem passthrough system timing hookflash-in 0 ! voice-port 1/0/1 modem passthrough system timing hookflash-in 0 ! voice-port 5/0:15 compand-type a-law ! voice-port 5/1:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 6/0:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 6/1:15 no echo-cancel enable compand-type a-law cptone DE ! dial-peer voice 1 pots shutdown destination-pattern 21...
37
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial ! dial-peer voice 51 voip shutdown destination-pattern 6504007 modem passthrough system session target ipv4:100.100.100.3 ! dial-peer voice 2 pots shutdown destination-pattern 21... modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial port 5/1:15 ! dial-peer voice 3 voip shutdown destination-pattern 22... modem passthrough system session target ipv4:100.100.100.6 ! dial-peer voice 5 pots shutdown destination-pattern 22... modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial prefix 4006 ! dial-peer voice 13 pots shutdown destination-pattern 21... modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial port 6/0:15 ! dial-peer voice 6 pots destination-pattern 21... modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial port 6/1:15 ! dial-peer voice 44 voatm destination-pattern 22... modem passthrough system session target ATM3/0 pvc 10/40 ! dial-peer voice 20 pots incoming called-number 4... destination-pattern 4007 modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial port 5/0:15 prefix 4007 ! dial-peer voice 21 pots destination-pattern 4006 modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial port 5/0:15 prefix 4006 ! line con 0 transport input none
38
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
QSIG Support on Cisco 7200 Series Routers
The following shows how QSIG protocol support is configured with VoFR on Router A (where calls originate) and Router B (where calls terminate). Note that Serial3/0:15, Serial3/1:15, Serial4/0:15, and Serial4/1:15 are configured as ISDN E1 PRI (user side). Router A: Originating Configuration
Router B: Terminating Configuration
. . . hostname 7200_RouterA ! card type e1 3 card type e1 4 ! dspint DSPfarm3/0 ! dspint DSPfarm4/0 ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain-lookup ip host routerC 192.168.17.125 ip host routerD 10.1.1.2 ! multilink virtual-template 1 frame-relay switching isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! voice class codec 1 codec preference 1 g711ulaw codec preference 3 g729br8 ! controller E1 3/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description qsig connected to PCG 1 ! controller E1 3/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description cas connected to PCG 2 ! controller E1 4/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description qsig group connected PCG slot3 ! controller E1 4/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description qsig group connected PCG slot4 ! ! ! ! !
. . . hostname 7200_RouterB ! card type e1 3 card type e1 4 ! dspint DSPfarm3/0 ! dspint DSPfarm4/0 ! ip subnet-zero ip cef no ip domain-lookup ip host routerC 192.168.17.125 ! multilink virtual-template 1 isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! ! ! ! ! ! controller E1 3/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description qsig connected to PCG 5 ! controller E1 3/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description cas connected to PCG 6 ! controller E1 4/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description cas connected to PCG slot7 ! controller E1 4/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 description cas connected to PCG slot8 ! interface Loopback0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast !
39
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
40
Router A: Originating Configuration
Router B: Terminating Configuration
interface FastEthernet0/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown half-duplex ! ! ! ! ! interface Serial1/0 bandwidth 512 ip address 10.1.1.104 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache load-interval 30 no keepalive shutdown no fair-queue clockrate 2015232 ppp multilink ! interface Serial1/1 description vofr connection to 7200_RouterB_s1/1 ip address 10.0.0.2 255.0.0.0 ip broadcast-address 10.0.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast encapsulation frame-relay no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache no keepalive frame-relay traffic-shaping frame-relay map ip 10.0.0.1 100 broadcast frame-relay interface-dlci 100 class vofr_class vofr data 4 call-control 5 ! interface Serial1/2 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! interface Serial1/3 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown clockrate 2015232 !
interface FastEthernet0/0 description VOIP_10.0.0.1_maxstress to 7200_RouterAgate ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast no ip mroute-cache shutdown media-type MII full-duplex ! interface Serial1/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! interface Serial1/1 description vofr connection to 7200_RouterA ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 ip broadcast-address 10.0.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast encapsulation frame-relay no keepalive clockrate 8060928 frame-relay traffic-shaping frame-relay map ip 10.0.0.2 100 broadcast frame-relay interface-dlci 100 class vofr_class vofr data 4 call-control 5 ! ! interface Serial1/2 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown clockrate 2015232 ! ! interface Serial1/3 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown ! ! ! !
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
Router A: Originating Configuration
Router B: Terminating Configuration
interface Ethernet2/0 ip address 10.1.50.77 255.255.0.0 ip broadcast-address 10.1.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache ! interface Ethernet2/1 ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.0.0 ip broadcast-address 10.0.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! interface Ethernet2/2 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! interface Ethernet2/3 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! interface Serial3/0:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! ! ! interface Serial3/1:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! ! !
interface Ethernet2/0 ip address 10.5.192.123 255.255.0.0 ip helper-address 192.168.17.125 no ip directed-broadcast no ip mroute-cache ! ! interface Ethernet2/1 ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.0.0 no ip directed-broadcast no ip mroute-cache shutdown ! ! ! interface Ethernet2/2 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown ! ! ! interface Ethernet2/3 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown ! ! ! interface Serial3/0:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache cef ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! interface Serial3/1:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache cef ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable !
41
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
42
Router A: Originating Configuration
Router B: Terminating Configuration
interface Serial4/0:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! ! ! interface Serial4/1:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! ! ! interface ATM5/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown no atm ilmi-keepalive ! ! ! ! ! interface Virtual-Template1 ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast load-interval 30 fair-queue 64 256 1 ppp multilink ppp multilink fragment-delay 20 ppp multilink interleave ip rtp priority 16384 16383 92 ! router igrp 144 network 10.0.0.0 ! ip default-gateway 10.21.75.10 ip classless no ip http server !
interface Serial4/0:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache cef ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! interface Serial4/1:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache cef ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable ! interface ATM5/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown no atm ilmi-keepalive ! interface FastEthernet6/0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown half-duplex ! interface Virtual-Template1 ip unnumbered Loopback0 no ip directed-broadcast no ip route-cache cef ip mroute-cache ppp multilink ppp multilink fragment-delay 20 ppp multilink interleave ! ! router igrp 144 network 10.0.0.0 ! ! ip classless no ip http server !
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
Router A: Originating Configuration
Router B: Terminating Configuration
map-class frame-relay vofr_class no frame-relay adaptive-shaping frame-relay cir 4400000 frame-relay bc 1000 frame-relay fair-queue frame-relay voice bandwidth 4000000 frame-relay fragment 256 ! voice-port 3/0:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 3/1:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 4/0:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 4/1:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! dial-peer voice 5552222 pots destination-pattern +5552... direct-inward-dial port 3/1:15 prefix 5552 ! dial-peer voice 5551111 vofr destination-pattern +6...... sequence-numbers session target Serial1/1 100 codec g729br8 ! dial-peer voice 5554 pots destination-pattern 5554... direct-inward-dial port 4/1:15 prefix 5554 ! dial-peer voice 5553 pots destination-pattern 5553... direct-inward-dial port 4/0:15 prefix 5553 ! dial-peer voice 5551 pots destination-pattern +5551... direct-inward-dial port 3/0:15 prefix 5551 . . .
map-class frame-relay vofr_class no frame-relay adaptive-shaping frame-relay cir 4400000 frame-relay bc 1000 frame-relay fair-queue frame-relay voice bandwidth 4000000 frame-relay fragment 256 ! voice-port 3/0:15 compand-type a-law ! ! voice-port 3/1:15 compand-type a-law ! ! voice-port 4/0:15 compand-type a-law ! ! voice-port 4/1:15 compand-type a-law ! ! dial-peer voice 5552222 pots destination-pattern +6662... direct-inward-dial port 3/1:15 prefix 6662 ! dial-peer voice 5551111 vofr destination-pattern +5...... sequence-numbers session target Serial1/1 100 codec g729br8 ! dial-peer voice 6661 pots destination-pattern +6661... direct-inward-dial port 3/0:15 prefix 6661 ! dial-peer voice 6663 pots destination-pattern +6663... direct-inward-dial port 4/0:15 prefix 6663 ! dial-peer voice 6664 pots destination-pattern +6664... direct-inward-dial port 4/1:15 prefix 6664 . . .
QSIG Support on Cisco MC3810 Multiservice Concentrators
The following shows how a Cisco MC3810 can be configured for E1 and PRI with QSIG signaling support and VoIP and VoFR. Note that Serial1:15 is configured as ISDN E1 PRI (user side).
43
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
. . . hostname Router3810 ! network-clock base-rate 56k ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! controller T1 0 mode atm framing esf clock source internal linecode b8zs ! controller E1 1 pri-group timeslots 1-7,16 ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 100.100.100.6 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Serial0 bandwidth 2000 ip address 10.168.14.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast encapsulation frame-relay no ip mroute-cache no keepalive clockrate 2000000 cdp enable frame-relay traffic-shaping frame-relay interface-dlci 100 class frs0 vofr cisco ! interface Serial1 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown ! interface Serial1:15 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! interface ATM0 no ip address no ip directed-broadcast ip mroute-cache no atm ilmi-keepalive pvc 10/42 encapsulation aal5mux voice ! ! interface FR-ATM20
44
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown ! no ip http server ip classless ip route 223.255.254.0 255.255.255.0 Ethernet0 ! map-class frame-relay frs0 frame-relay voice bandwidth 1260000 frame-relay fragment 200 no frame-relay adaptive-shaping frame-relay cir 1260000 frame-relay fair-queue ! map-class frame-relay frsisco ! voice-port 1:15 compand-type a-law ! dial-peer voice 100 voatm shutdown destination-pattern 4... session target ATM0 pvc 10/42 codec g729ar8 no vad ! dial-peer voice 1 pots shutdown destination-pattern 3001 ! dial-peer voice 42 vofr destination-pattern 4006 session target Serial0 100 signal-type ext-signal ! dial-peer voice 21 pots destination-pattern 4007 direct-inward-dial port 1:15 prefix 4007 ! dial-peer voice 12 voip shutdown destination-pattern 4006 session target ipv4:100.100.100.7 . . .
45
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
Q.931-Support: Example The following shows how a Cisco 3660 can be configured for E1 and PRI with network-side support using VoIP. Note that Serial5/0:15 and Serial6/0:15 are configured as ISDN E1 PRI (network side) and that Serial5/1:15 and Serial6/1:15 are configured as ISDN E1 PRI (user side). . . . hostname router3660 ! memory-size iomem 20 voice-card 5 ! voice-card 6 ! ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type primary-net5 isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! controller E1 3/0 pri-group timeslots 1-5,16 ! controller E1 3/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! controller E1 4/0 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! controller E1 4/1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.7.72.9 255.255.255.0 speed auto half-duplex ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 10.100.100.7 255.255.255.0 no keepalive duplex auto speed auto hold-queue 1000 in ! interface Serial2/0 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/2 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial2/3 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial5/0:15 no ip address
46
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn overlap-receiving isdn incoming-voice voice isdn protocol-emulate network no cdp enable ! interface Serial5/1:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! interface Serial6/0:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 isdn protocol-emulate network no cdp enable ! interface Serial6/1:15 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice fair-queue 64 256 0 no cdp enable ! ip classless ip route 223.255.254.254 255.255.255.255 FastEthernet0/0 no ip http server ! voice-port 1/0/0 timing hookflash-in 0 ! voice-port 1/0/1 timing hookflash-in 0 ! voice-port 5/0:15 compand-type a-law ! voice-port 5/1:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 6/0:15 compand-type a-law cptone DE ! voice-port 6/1:15 no echo-cancel enable compand-type a-law cptone DE ! dial-peer voice 1 pots shutdown
47
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Configuration Examples for ISDN Voice Interfaces
destination-pattern 21... direct-inward-dial ! dial-peer voice 51 voip shutdown destination-pattern 6504007 session target ipv4:100.100.100.3 ! dial-peer voice 2 pots shutdown destination-pattern 21... direct-inward-dial port 5/1:15 ! dial-peer voice 3 voip shutdown destination-pattern 22... session target ipv4:100.100.100.6 ! dial-peer voice 5 pots shutdown destination-pattern 22... modem passthrough system direct-inward-dial prefix 4006 ! dial-peer voice 13 pots shutdown destination-pattern 21... direct-inward-dial port 6/0:15 ! dial-peer voice 6 pots destination-pattern 21... direct-inward-dial port 6/1:15 ! dial-peer voice 20 pots incoming called-number 4... destination-pattern 4007 direct-inward-dial port 5/0:15 prefix 4007 ! dial-peer voice 21 pots destination-pattern 4006 direct-inward-dial port 5/0:15 prefix 4006 ! line con 0 transport input none line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
48
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Additional References
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 49—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter •
Cisco IOS Debug Command Reference, Release 12.3T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123tcr/123dbr/index.htm
•
Cisco IOS IP Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/
•
Cisco IOS Voice Troubleshooting and Monitoring Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/vvfax_c/voipt_c/index. htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/
•
E1 PRI Troubleshooting at http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/116/E1_pri.html
•
Installing VoIP Cards at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/5300/hw_inst/6271voip.htm
•
T1 PRI Troubleshooting at http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/116/T1_pri.html
•
T1 troubleshooting information at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk713/tk628/technologies_tech_note09186a00800a5f40.shtml
•
Using the show isdn status Command for BRI Troubleshooting at http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/129/bri_sh_isdn_stat.html
•
Troubleshooting ISDN at http://cco-rtp-1.cisco.com/warp/public/779/smbiz/service/troubleshooting/ts_isdn.htm
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
49
Basic ISDN Voice-Interface Configuration Additional References
50
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries This chapter describes how to implement the Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries feature. This feature enables a gateway to reattempt calls when a disconnect message is received from the PSTN without maintaining extra dial peers. Feature History for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries
Release
Modification
12.2(15)T
This feature was introduced.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 5.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries, page 2
•
Restrictions for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries, page 2
•
Information About Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries, page 2
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries Prerequisites for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries
•
How to Configure Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries, page 3
•
Configuration Examples for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries, page 4
•
Additional References, page 5
Prerequisites for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 3.
•
Configure ISDN (trunks) or the Cisco Signaling System 7 (SS7) on the gateway.
Restrictions for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries Restrictions are described in the “Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. In addition, the following applies: •
This feature must be used with ISDN Net5 PRI or NI2 PRI switch types.
Information About Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. Before this feature was available, there was no easy way to reattempt most calls when a disconnect was received from the PSTN. Only cause code 44 reattempted a call—and only if multiple dial peers to the same destination were configured. This feature enables you to configure a gateway to reattempt a call when a disconnect message is received from the PSTN. You can configure up to 16 arguments (specifying values from 1 to 127 in each argument) for cause codes.
Note
2
For a list of cause codes, see ISDN Switch Types, Codes, and Values.
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries How to Configure Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries
How to Configure Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries, page 3
•
Verifying Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries, page 4
•
Troubleshooting Tips, page 4
Configuring Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries To configure expanded scope for cause-code-initiated call-establishment retries, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface
4.
isdn negotiate-bchan
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface type slot/port
Configures an interface type and enters interface configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 0/4
3
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries Configuration Examples for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn negotiate-bchan [resend-setup] [cause-codes {cause-code1 [cause-code2...cause-code16]}]
Enables the router to accept a B channel that is different from the B channel requested in the outgoing call-setup message and specifies the cause codes for which the call is reattempted. Note
Example: Router(interface)# isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup cause-codes 34 44 63
Step 5
You must have ISDN trunks configured on your router before you can configure the cause codes.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(interface)# exit
Verifying Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries To verify expanded scope for cause-code-initiated call-establishment retries, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show isdn status
2.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 2
show running-config Use this command to display basic router configuration, including cause codes and values entered to verify that the gateway can reattempt disconnect calls received form the PSTN.
Troubleshooting Tips •
Use the debug isdn q931 command to display calls that the router has attempted or reattempted.
Configuration Examples for Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call Establishment Retries This section provides the following configuration examples:
4
•
ISDN Interface: Example, page 5
•
Cause Codes: Example, page 5
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries Additional References
ISDN Interface: Example The following output shows that the ISDN interface is configured on the gateway and that the gateway is configured to reattempt disconnect calls received from the PSTN when the disconnect cause code is 18. Router# show running-config ! interface Serial7/0:0 no ip address isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn incoming-voice modem isdn T306 30000 isdn rlm-group 0 no isdn send-status-inquiry isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup cause-code 18 ==> Cause-code 18 is configured. no cdp enable ! end
Cause Codes: Example The following sample configuration shows that cause codes 34, 44, and 63 are set on serial slot 0 and port 23: Router# show running-config ! interface serial0:23 isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup cause-codes 34 44 63 end
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter •
ISDN Switch Types, Codes, and Values at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123sup/123debug/dbg_ap2g.ht m
5
Expanded Scope for Cause-Code-Initiated Call-Establishment Retries Additional References
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
6
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU This chapter describes how to implement the Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU feature. The feature delivers Clear Channel service as a T3/E3 pipe with bandwidth of 28x24x64k for T3 or 16x32x64 for E3. The software-configurable T3/E3 network module allows you to switch between T3 and E3 applications with a single Cisco IOS command. The T3/E3 NM-1 network module supports a single-port T3 or E3 with an integrated channel service unit (CSU) and a data service unit (DSU). It supports High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC), PPP, and frame relay. It includes the following features: •
Single port—universal T3/E3 version
•
Clear and subrate support on both T3 and E3 modes
•
Online insertion and removal (OIR) support on Cisco 3660 series and Cisco 3745 routers
•
Onboard processing of Cisco Message Definition Language (MDL) and performance monitoring
•
Support for scrambling and subrate can be independently or simultaneously enabled in each DSU mode
•
Support for full T3 and E3 line rates
The T3/E3 NM-1 network module provides high-speed performance for advanced, fully converged networks supporting a wide array of applications and services such as security and advanced QoS for voice and video. T3/E3 and subrate T3/E3 connectivity optimizes WAN bandwidth for deploying the new applications and service delivery. Feature History for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Release
Modification
12.2(11)YT
This feature was introduced.
12.2(15)T
This feature was integrated into this release.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Contents
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 21.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU, page 2
•
Restrictions for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU, page 2
•
Information About Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU, page 3
•
How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU, page 3
•
Configuring Clear-Channel E3, page 11
•
Configure DSU Mode and Bandwidth for E3, page 13
•
Configuration Example for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU, page 20
•
Additional References, page 21
Prerequisites for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
•
Ensure that you have sufficient system memory (Table 6).
Table 6
Minimum Memory Requirements
Platform
Flash Memory
DRAM Memory
Cisco 2650
8 MB
32 MB
Cisco 2691
32 MB
64 MB
Cisco 3660 series
8 MB
64 MB
Cisco 3725
32 MB
128 MB
Cisco 3745
32 MB
128 MB
Cisco 2651XM
Restrictions for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Restrictions are described in the “Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4.
2
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Information About Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Information About Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. All supported platforms are capable of supporting line-rate performance, but impose varying levels of CPU overhead and therefore affect overall platform performance. Table 7 shows recommended branch-office positioning. Table 7
T3/E3 NM-1 Branch Office Positioning and Support Comparison
Recommended Positioning Platform
Type of Service
Branch Office Size
Supported T3/E3 Modes
Cisco 2650
Subrate T3/E3
Small to medium offices
1
Cisco 2691
Subrate T3/E3
Small to medium offices
1
Cisco 3660 series
Subrate and full-rate T3/E3
Large and regional offices
1
Cisco 3725
Subrate and full-rate T3/E3
Medium and large offices
1
Cisco 3745
Subrate and full-rate T3/E3
Medium, large, and regional offices
2
Cisco 2651XM
How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated
CSU/DSU This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring Clear-Channel T3, page 3
•
Configuring Clear-Channel E3, page 11
•
Verifying Clear-Channel T3/E3, page 18
Configuring Clear-Channel T3 This section contains the following procedures: •
Configure the Card Type and Controller for T3, page 4
•
Configure DSU Mode and Bandwidth for T3, page 5
•
Configure Encryption Scrambling for T3, page 6
•
Configure a Bit-Error-Rate Test Pattern for T3, page 7
•
Configure Loopback for T3, page 8
•
Configure the Maintenance Data Link for T3, page 10
3
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Configure the Card Type and Controller for T3 To configure the card type and controller for T3, perform the following steps.
Note
•
When the clear-channel T3/E3 network module is used for the first time, the running configuration does not show the T3/E3 controller and its associated serial interface. Use the show version command to learn if the router recognized the T3/E3 card and was able to initialize the card properly. After the card type is configured for the slot, the respective controller and serial interfaces appear in the running configuration. See the “Additional References” section on page 21.
•
The autoconfig/setup utility does not support configuring the card type for the T3/E3 network module.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
card type t3
4.
controller t3
5.
framing
6.
cablelength
7.
clock source
8.
exit
SUMMARY STEPS
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
card type t3 slot
Configures the card type on the T3 controller for the designated slot.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# card type t3 1
Step 4
controller t3 slot/port
Example: Router(config)# controller t3 1
4
By default, the T3 controller does not show up in the show running-config output.
Specifies the T3 controller and enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Step 5
Command or Action
Purpose
framing {c-bit | m23}
Specifies the T3 framing type. Keywords are as follows:
Example: Router(config-controller)# framing c-bit
Step 6
•
c-bit—C-bit framing
•
m23—M23 framing
Specifies the distance from the routers to the network equipment.
cablelength feet
Example: Router(config-controller)# cablelength 250
Step 7
clock source {internal
| line}
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source line
Step 8
Selects the clock source. Keywords are as follows: •
internal—Internal clock source (T3 default)
•
line—Network clock source (E3 default)
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configure DSU Mode and Bandwidth for T3 To configure DSU mode and bandwidth for T3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial
4.
dsu mode
5.
dsu bandwidth
6.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
5
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
interface serial slot/port
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1/1
Step 4
dsu mode
{ 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4}
Example: Router(config-if)# dsu mode 0
Step 5
•
0—Another T3 controller or a Digital Link DSU (DL3100) (default)
•
1—Kentrox DSU
•
2—Larscom DSU
•
3—Adtran T3SU 300
•
4—Verilink HDM 2182
dsu bandwidth kbps
Specifies the maximum allowable bandwidth, in kbps. Range: 1 to 44210.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# dsu bandwidth 44210
Step 6
Specifies the interoperability mode used by a T3 controller—that is, to what the T3 controller connects. Keywords are as follows:
The real (actual) vendor-supported bandwidth range is 75 to 44210 kbps. See Table 6 on page 2.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configure Encryption Scrambling for T3 To configure encryption scrambling for T3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS
6
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial
4.
scramble
5.
exit
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface serial slot/port
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1/1
Step 4
Enables the scrambling of the payload. Default: off.
scramble
Example: Router(config-if)# scramble
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configure a Bit-Error-Rate Test Pattern for T3 To configure a bit-error-rate test pattern for T3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller t3
4.
bert pattern
5.
no bert
6.
exit
7
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller t3 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller t3 1/1
Step 4
bert pattern {2^23 | 2^20 | 2^15 | 1s | 0s | alt-0-1} interval time
Configures a bit-error-rate test pattern. Keywords and arguments are as follows: •
2^23—Pseudorandom 0.151 test pattern, 8,388,607 bits long
•
2^20—Pseudorandom 0.153 test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
2^15—Pseudorandom 0.151 test pattern, 32,768 bits long
•
1s—Repeating pattern of ones (...111...)
•
0s—Repeating pattern of zeros (...000...)
•
alt-0-1—Repeating pattern of alternating zeros and ones (...01010...)
•
interval time—Duration of the BER test, in minutes.
Example: Router(config-controller)# bert pattern 2^20 interval 10000
Step 5
Disables the BERT test pattern.
no bert
Example: Router(config-controller)# no bert
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configure Loopback for T3 To configure loopback for T3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS
8
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
3.
controller t3
4.
loopback
5.
no loopback
6.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller t3 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller t3 1/1
Step 4
loopback {local | network {line | payload} | remote}
Loops the T3 line toward the line and back toward the router. Keywords are as follows: •
local—Loops the data back toward the router and sends an alarm-indication signal (AIS) out toward the network. On a dual port card, it is possible to run channelized on one port and primary rate on the other port.
•
network {line | payload}—Sets loopback toward the network before going through the framer (line) or after going through the framer (payload).
•
remote—Sends a far-end alarm control (FEAC) request to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line loopback. FEAC requests (and therefore remote loopbacks) are possible only when the T3 is configured for C-bit framing. M23 format does not support remote loopbacks.
Example: Router(config-controller)# loopback local
Step 5
no loopback
Removes the loop.
Example: Router(config-controller)# no loopback
Step 6
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
9
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Configure the Maintenance Data Link for T3 To configure the maintenance date link for T3, perform the following steps.
Note
This configuration information is applicable only to C-bit parity T3.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller t3
4.
mdl
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller t3 slot/port
Example: Router(config)# controller t3 1/1
10
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
mdl {transmit {path | idle-signal | test-signal} | string {eic | lic | fic | unit | pfi | port | generator} string}
Configures the MDL message. Keywords and arguments are as follows:
Example: Router(config-controller)# mdl transmit path
Step 5
•
transmit path—Enables transmission of the MDL path message.
•
transmit idle-signal—Enables transmission of the MDL idle signal message.
•
transmit test-signal—Enables transmission of the MDL test signal message.
•
string eic string—Equipment identification code (EIC); can be up to 10 characters.
•
string lic string—Location identification code (LIC); can be up to 11 characters.
•
string fic string—Frame identification code (FIC); can be up to 10 characters.
•
string unit string—Unit identification code (UIC); can be up to 6 characters.
•
string pfi string—Facility identification code (PFI) sent in the MDL path message; can be up to 38 characters.
•
string port string—Port number string sent in the MDL idle signal message; can be up to 38 characters.
•
string generator string—Generator number string sent in the MDL test signal message; can be up to 38 characters.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configuring Clear-Channel E3 This section contains the following procedures: •
Configure the Card Type and Controller for E3, page 11
•
Configure DSU Mode and Bandwidth for T3, page 5
•
Configure Encryption Scrambling for E3, page 14
•
Configure a Bit-Error-Rate Test Pattern for E3, page 15
•
Configure Loopback for E3, page 16
•
Configure the National Bit in the G.751 Frame for E3, page 17
Configure the Card Type and Controller for E3 To configure the card type and controller for E3, perform the following steps.
11
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Note
The autoconfig/setup utility does not support configuring the card type for the T3/E3 network module.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
card type e3
4.
controller e3
5.
framing
6.
clock source
7.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
card type e3 slot
Configures the card type on the E3 controller for the designated slot.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# card type e3 1
Step 4
controller e3 slot/port
By default, the E3 controller does not show up in the show running-config output.
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller e3 1
Step 5
framing {bypass | g751}
Example: Router(config-controller)# framing bypass
12
Specifies the framing type. Keywords are as follows: •
bypass—G.751 framing is bypassed
•
g751—G.751 is the E3 framing type (default)
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Command or Action Step 6
clock source {internal
Purpose | line}
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source line
Step 7
Selects the clock source. Keywords are as follows: •
internal—Internal clock source (T3 default)
•
line—Network clock source (E3 default)
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configure DSU Mode and Bandwidth for E3 To configure DSU mode and bandwidth for E3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial
4.
dsu mode
5.
dsu bandwidth
6.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface serial slot/port
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1/1
13
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Command or Action Step 4
dsu mode
{ 0 | 1}
Specifies the interoperability mode used by an E3 controller—that is, to what the E3 controller connects. Keywords are as follows:
Example: Router(config-if)# dsu mode 0
Step 5
•
0—(default) Another E3 controller or a digital link DSU (DL3100)
•
1—Kentrox DSU
dsu bandwidth kbps
Specifies the maximum allowable bandwidth, in kbps. Range: 22 to 34010.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# dsu bandwidth 34010
Step 6
Purpose
The real (actual) vendor-supported bandwidth range is 358 to 34010 kbps. See Table 6 on page 2.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configure Encryption Scrambling for E3 To configure encryption scrambling for E3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial
4.
scramble
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface serial slot/port
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1/1
14
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
scramble
Enables the scrambling of the payload. Default: off.
Example: Router(config-if)# scramble
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configure a Bit-Error-Rate Test Pattern for E3 To configure a bit-error-rate test pattern for E3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller t3
4.
bert pattern
5.
no bert
6.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller e3 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller e3 1/0
15
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
bert pattern {2^23 | 2^20 | 2^15 | 1s | 0s | alt-0-1} interval time
Enables a bit-error-rate (BER) test pattern on a T1 or E1 line, and sets the length of the test pattern and duration of the test. Keywords and arguments are as follows:
Example:
•
2^23—Pseudorandom 0.151 test pattern, 8,388,607 bits long
•
2^20—Pseudorandom 0.153 test pattern, 1,048,575 bits long
•
2^15—Pseudorandom 0.151 test pattern, 32,768 bits long
•
1s—Repeating pattern of ones (...111...)
•
0s—Repeating pattern of zeros (...000...)
•
alt-0-1—Repeating pattern of alternating zeros and ones (...01010...)
•
interval time—Duration of the BER test, in minutes
Router(config-controller)# bert pattern 2^20 interval 1440
Step 5
Disables the BER test pattern.
no bert
Example: Router(config-controller)# no bert
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configure Loopback for E3 To configure loopback for E3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS
16
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller e3
4.
loopback
5.
no loopback
6.
exit
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller e3 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller e3 1/1
Step 4
loopback {local | network {line | payload}}
Example:
Loops the E3 line toward the line and back toward the router. Keywords are as follows: •
local—Loops the data back toward the router and sends an AIS signal out toward the network.
•
network {line | payload}—Sets loopback toward the network before going through the framer (line) or after going through the framer (payload).
Router(config-controller)# loopback local
Step 5
Removes the loop.
no loopback
Example: Router(config-controller)# no loopback
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 7
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config)# exit
Configure the National Bit in the G.751 Frame for E3 To configure the national bit in the G.751 frame for E3, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller e3
4.
national bit
17
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller e3 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller e3 1/1
Step 4
national bit {1 | 0}
Sets the E3 national bit in the G.751 frame used by the E3 controller. Valid values: 0 and 1. Default: 1.
Example: Router(config-controller)# national bit 1
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Verifying Clear-Channel T3/E3 To verify clear-channel T3/E3, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show controllers
2.
show interfaces serial
3.
show isdn status
4.
show running-config
5.
show version
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show controllers Use this command to display information about the specified port, connector, or interface card number (location of voice module) or slot/port (location of voice network module and VIC).
Step 2
18
show interfaces serial
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU How to Configure Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
Use this command to display information about a serial interface. Step 3
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 4
show running-config Use this command to display basic router configuration.
Step 5
show version Use this command to display whether the router recognized the T3/E3 card and was able to initialize the card properly. Lists the hardware interfaces and controllers present in the router. You should find “1 Subrate T3/E3 port(s)”. Router# show version . . . Router uptime is 2 hours, 6 minutes System returned to ROM by power-on System image file is “flash:c3725-i-mz” cisco 3725 (R7000) processor (revision 0.4) with 111616K/19456K bytes of memory. Processor board ID 12345678901 R7000 CPU at 240Mhz, Implementation 39, Rev 3.3, 256KB L2 Cache Bridging software. X.25 software, Version 3.0.0 Primary Rate ISDN software, Version 1.1 2 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 1 Serial network interface(s) 2 Channelized T1/PRI port(s) 1 Subrate T3/E3 port(s) DRAM configuration is 64 bits wide with parity disabled. 55K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory. 15680K bytes of ATA System CompactFlas (Read/Write) Configuration register is 0x0
Troubleshooting Tips Set Loopbacks •
Use T3/E3 local loopback to ensure that the router and the T3/E3 network module are working properly. The controller clock source should be configured to “internal.”
•
Use T3/E3 network loopback and remote loopback to diagnose problems with cables between the T3/E3 controller and the central switching office at the link level. For this diagnostic setup to work, if the network module is looped toward the network, the network module must be configured with the clock source as “line.”
Run Bit Error Rate Test •
The network module contains onboard BERT circuitry. With this circuitry present, the software can send and detect a programmable pattern that is compliant with CCITT/ITU pseudorandom and repetitive test patterns. BERT allows you to test cables and signal problems in the field.
19
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Configuration Example for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU
•
When a BERT is running, your system expects to receive the same pattern that it is sending. To help ensure this, two common options are available. – Use a loopback somewhere in the link or network. – Configure remote testing equipment to send the same BERT pattern at the same time.
Configuration Example for Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU This example shows the running configuration of a router whose E3 (slot1/0) interface is configured to use G.751 framing and a network (line, or network, is the E3 default) clock source. Note that the bandwidth of the interface is configured to 34010 kbps. Router# show running-config Building configuration... %AIM slot 0 doesn't exist Current configuration :1509 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname Router1 ! card type e3 1 no logging console ! ip subnet-zero no ip routing ! voice call carrier capacity active ! mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller E3 1/0 clock source line framing g751 linecode dsu bandwidth 34010 ! interface Loopback0 no ip address no ip route-cache shutdown no keepalive ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.0.145.34 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache duplex auto speed auto no cdp enable ! interface Serial0/0 no ip address
20
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Additional References
encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown clockrate 2000000 no fair-queue ! interface FastEthernet0/1 no ip address no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown duplex auto speed auto no keepalive no cdp enable ! interface Serial0/1 no ip address encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown clockrate 2000000 ! interface Serial0/2:0 ip address 172.27.27.2 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no keepalive ! interface Serial1/0 no ip address no ip route-cache no keepalive dsu bandwidth 34010 ! ip classless no ip http server ! ip pim bidir-enable ! call rsvp-sync ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
21
Clear Channel T3/E3 with Integrated CSU/DSU Additional References
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
22
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) This chapter describes the High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) feature, which delivers a higher-density integrated analog/digital voice interface. The EVM-HD-8FXS/DID baseboard network module provides eight Foreign Exchange Station (FXS) or direct inward dialing (DID) ports. This network module accesses digital signal processor (DSP) modules on the motherboard, instead of using onboard DSPs. You can increase the port density by plugging in up to two optional expansion modules in any combination: •
EM-HDA-8FXS—8-port FXS voice/fax expansion module
•
EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO—3-port FXS and 4-port FXO voice/fax expansion module
•
EM-HDA-6FXO—6-port FXO voice/fax expansion module
•
EM-4BRI-NT/TE—4-port ISDN BRI expansion module
PVDM2 DSP modules are used in combination with the EVM-HD-8FXS/DID baseboard and its expansion modules. PVDM2 modules are available separately and installed in the DSP module slots located inside the router chassis. Feature History for the High-Density Analog (FXO/FXS/ DID) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD)
Release
Modification
12.3(8)T4
This feature was introduced on the Cisco 2800 series routers.
12.3(11)T
This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)T. Support was added for the Cisco 3800 series routers and the EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO and EM-HDA-6FXO expansion modules to provide FXO capability.
12.3(11)T2
The groundstart auto-tip command was added to the command-line interface and the feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)T2. This new command is not supported on the Cisco 1700 series platform.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Contents
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Contents •
Prerequisites for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax, page 2
•
Restrictions for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax, page 2
•
Information About High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax, page 4
•
How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax, page 6
•
Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax, page 17
•
Additional References, page 22
•
Technical Assistance, page 23
Prerequisites for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax •
Insert the network modules in the correct slots of the router at your installation. For instructions on hardware installation for this feature, refer to the Cisco Network Modules Hardware Installation Guide.
•
Install DSPs on the baseboard and configure the DSPs with a voice-enabled image of Cisco IOS Release 12.3(8)T4 or 12.3(11)T or a later release.
•
The minimum Cisco IOS Release for this feature is Release 12.3(8)T4. For optimum results, use Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)T2.
Restrictions for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax Patch Panel Installation
For the BRI interface port, you must install an appropriate patch panel. Patch panels are generally available from multiple cable and network adapter vendors:
2
•
If you are using the digital voice module EM-4BRI-NT/TE, you may, at your sole discretion, consider using the JPM2194A patch panel from the Black Box Corporation.
•
The EVM-HD-8FXS/DID baseboard has an RJ-21 connector. The Black Box JPM2194A patch panel accommodates RJ-11 and RJ-45 combinations possible on Cisco high-density expansion modules, and offers flexibility for expansion module upgrades (either analog or digital).
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Restrictions for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Note
Mention of non-Cisco products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement nor a recommendation. For more information about the patch panel, see the Cisco Network Modules Hardware Installation Guide. Impedance Coefficient Settings
For EVM-HD-8FXS/DID, adjacent ports 0/1, 2/3, 4/5, and 6/7 share the same impedance-coefficient settings within each pair. This pairing is especially important when you are configuring some ports for DID mode and others for FXS mode. DID installations may require different impedance selections resulting from off-premises loop characteristics. If you change an impedance setting, a message alerts you to the change. These impedance settings apply to the baseboard (EVM-HD-8FXS/DID) only—not to EM-HDA-8FXS. Setting the impedance on the EM-HDA-8FXS changes only the impedance for the port being configured. Cisco CallManager Support
Before you can run the High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) feature, you must install a voice-enabled image of Cisco IOS Release 12.3(8)T4, Release 12.3(11)T, or a later release. When the High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) feature is used in a Cisco CallManager network, Release 4.1.2, Release 4.0.2a SR1, or Release 3.3.5 of Cisco CallManager must be installed. If this feature is used in a Cisco CallManager Express network, Release 3.1 of Cisco CallManager Express must be installed. EM-HDA-8FXS Ring Signal Has a Maximum of 46 Vrms for 1 REN
FXS ports on the EM-HDA-8FXS have a ring signal of about 46 Vrms with a 1-REN load. If you increase the voltage by reprogramming the PCM codec filters, a false ring-trip occurs. The SLIC ring-trip detection point is determined by the amount of current flowing into the loop, so an increase in voltage increases the current for a given load. This increase in current causes an undesirable false ring trip at a REN of 1 or 2. Port Numbering on the EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO Expansion Module
If your installation includes EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO expansion modules, note that the port numbering on these modules is not consecutive. One port number is "skipped" in the numbering between the FXO and FXS interfaces. This is important when you are defining the port numbers. Table 8 provides an example port-numbering scheme for FXS and FXO ports on EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO modules installed in slots EM0 and EM1. Table 8
Example Port-Numbering Scheme for EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO
EM0
EM1
2/0/8
FXS
2/0/16
FXS
2/0/9
FXS
2/0/17
FXS
2/0/10
FXS
2/0/18
FXS
2/0/12
FXO
2/0/20
FXO
3
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Information About High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Table 8
Example Port-Numbering Scheme for EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO
EM0
EM1
2/0/13
FXO
2/0/21
FXO
2/0/14
FXO
2/0/22
FXO
2/0/15
FXO
2/0/23
FXO
Information About High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax This section provides information about the following: •
Key Features, page 4
•
FXS and FXO Interfaces, page 5
•
Network Clock Timing, page 5
Key Features The High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax supports the following: •
Analog FXS, analog Foreign Exchange Office (FXO), DID, and digital BRI S/T NT/TE
•
Generic DSPware feature support: silent suppression, tone detection, voice codec
•
The following new expansion modules: – EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO—3-port FXS and 4-port FXO voice/fax expansion module – EM-HDA-6FXO—6-port FXO voice/fax expansion module – EM-4BRI-NT/TE—4-port ISDN BRI expansion module
•
The existing EM-HDA-8FXS expansion module
•
G.168 ECAN echo-cancellation support
•
Signaling types: – FXO and FXS: Ground-start and loop-start – DID: Wink-start, immediate-start, and delay-start
•
VoX (Voice over Packet) protocol support: – VoIP for H.323, Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) as
supported by Cisco IOS software – VoFR or VoATM as supported by Cisco IOS software •
Channel-bank emulation and cross connect
•
Hairpinning: – Digital to digital (same card) – Analog to digital (same card)
•
4
BRI ports with inline power support
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Information About High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
•
BRI S/T NT/TE support, clock distribution, synchronization
•
REN support: five RENs per port
FXS and FXO Interfaces An FXS interface connects the router or access server to end-user equipment such as telephones, fax machines, or modems. The FXS interface supplies ring, voltage, and dial tone to the station. An FXO interface is used for trunk, or tie line, connections to a PSTN CO or to a PBX. This interface is of value for off-premises station applications. FXO and FXS interfaces indicate on-hook or off-hook status and the seizure of telephone lines by one of two access signaling methods: loop-start or ground-start. The type of access signaling is determined by the type of service from the CO; standard home telephone lines use loop-start, but business telephones can use ground-start lines instead. Loop-start is the more common of the access signaling techniques. When a handset is picked up (the telephone goes off-hook), this action closes the circuit that draws current from the telephone company CO and indicates a change in status, which signals the CO to provide dial tone. An incoming call is signaled from the CO to the handset by a standard on/off pattern signal, which causes the telephone to ring. For information related to the hardware connections, refer to the hardware documents listed in the “Related Documents” section on page 22.
Network Clock Timing Voice systems that pass digitized pulse-code modulation (PCM) speech have always relied on the clocking signal being embedded in the received bit stream. This technique allows connected devices to recover the clock signal from the bit stream, and then use this recovered clock signal to ensure that data on different channels keeps the same timing relationship with other channels. If a common clock source is not used between devices, the binary values in the bit streams may be misinterpreted because the device samples the signal at the wrong moment. As an example, if the local timing of a receiving device is using a slightly shorter time period than the timing of the sending device, a string of eight continuous binary 1s may be interpreted as nine continuous 1s. If this data is then resent to further downstream devices that use varying timing references, the error can be compounded. When you make sure that each device in the network uses the same clocking signal, the integrity of the traffic can be trusted. If timing between devices is not maintained, a condition known as clock slip can occur. Clock slip is the repetition or deletion of a block of bits in a synchronous bit stream due to a discrepancy in the read and write rates at a buffer. Slips are caused by the inability of an equipment buffer store (or other mechanisms) to accommodate differences between the phases or frequencies of the incoming and outgoing signals in cases where the timing of the outgoing signal is not derived from that of the incoming signal. A BRI interface sends traffic inside repeating bit patterns called frames. Each frame is a fixed number of bits. This means that the receiving device knows exactly when to expect the end of a frame simply by counting the bits as they arrive. Therefore, if the timing between the sending and receiving device is not the same, the receiving device may sample the bit stream at the wrong moment, resulting in an incorrect value being returned.
5
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Even though you can configure Cisco IOS software to control the clocking on these devices, the default clocking mode is effectively free running, meaning that the received clock signal from an interface is not connected to the backplane of the router and used for internal synchronization between the rest of the router and its interfaces. The router uses its internal clock source to pass traffic across the backplane and other interfaces. For data applications, this internal clock sourcing generally does not present a problem because a packet is buffered in internal memory and is then copied to the transmit buffer of the destination interface. The reading and writing of packets to memory effectively removes the need for any clock synchronization between ports. Digital voice ports have a different issue. Unless otherwise configured, Cisco IOS software uses the backplane (or internal) clocking to control the reading and writing of data to the DSPs. If a PCM stream comes in on a digital voice port, it uses the external clocking for the received bit stream. However, this bit stream is not necessarily using the same reference as the router backplane, meaning the DSPs can misinterpret the data that is coming in from the controller. This clocking mismatch is seen on the router’s BRI controller as a clock slip—the router is using its internal clock source to send the traffic out the interface but the traffic coming in to the interface is using a completely different clock reference. Eventually, the difference in the timing relationship between the transmit and receive signal becomes so great that the controller registers a slip in the received frame. To eliminate the problem, you must change the default clocking behavior through Cisco IOS configuration commands. It is absolutely critical to set up the clocking commands properly. Even though the following commands are optional, we strongly recommend that you enter them as part of your configuration that you ensure proper network clock synchronization: network-clock-participate [slot slot-number] network-clock-select priority {bri | t1 | e1} slot/port The network-clock-participate command allows the router to use the clock from the line via the specified slot and synchronize the onboard clock to the same reference. If multiple VWICS are installed, you must repeat the commands for each installed card. The system clocking can be confirmed using the show network clocks command.
How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax This section describes how to configure the High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) feature. It contains the following information: •
Configuring Analog FXS/FXO and DID Voice Ports, page 6
•
Configuring ISDN BRI Digital Interfaces, page 13
Configuring Analog FXS/FXO and DID Voice Ports Perform this task to configure analog FXS/FXO and DID voice ports.
6
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
voice-port slot/subunit/port
4.
shutdown
5.
signal {loopStart | groundStart} or signal did {immediate-start | wink-start | delay-start}
6.
cptone locale
7.
compand-type {u-law | a-law}
8.
input gain decibels
9.
output attenuation decibels
10. echo-cancel enable 11. echo-cancel coverage {24 | 32 | 48 | 64} 12. timeouts initial seconds 13. timeouts interdigit seconds 14. impedance {600c | 600r | 900c | 900r | complex1 | complex2} 15. ring frequency {25 | 50} 16. ring cadence {pattern01 | pattern02 | pattern03 | pattern04 | pattern05 | pattern06 | pattern07
| pattern08 | pattern09 | pattern10 | pattern11 | pattern12 | define pulse interval} 17. description string 18. no shutdown
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
7
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
voice-port slot/subunit/port
Enters voice-port configuration mode. •
Example:
The arguments are as follows: – slot—Specifies the number of the router slot where
Router(config)# voice-port 2/0/0
the voice network module is installed. – subunit—Specifies the location of the
Cisco High-Density Analog Voice/Fax Network Module (EVM-HD). For this feature, the only valid entry is 0. – port—Indicates the voice port. Note • Step 4
shutdown
A slash must be entered between arguments. Valid entries vary by router platform; enter the show voice port summary command for available values.
Shuts down the specified port so that it is offline when the configuration commands are entered.
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# shutdown
Step 5
signal {loopStart | groundStart}
or
Selects the access signaling type to match that of the telephony connection you are making. •
FXS voice ports: – loopStart—(default) Uses a closed circuit to
signal did (immediate-start | wink-start | delay-start}
indicate off-hook status; used for residential loops. – groundStart—Uses ground and current detectors;
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# signal groundStart
or
preferred for PBXs and trunks. or •
DID support (applies only to the base voice module). – immediate-start—Enables immediate-start
Router(config-voiceport)# signal did immediate-start
signaling on the DID voice port. – wink-start—Enables wink-start signaling on the
DID voice port. – delay-start—Enables delay-start signaling on the
DID voice port. • Step 6
cptone locale
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# cptone au
8
To disable DID and reset to loop-start signaling, use the no signal did command.
Specifies the two-letter locale for the voice-call progress tones and other locale-specific parameters to be used on this voice port. •
Cisco routers comply with the ISO 3166 locale name standards. To see valid choices, enter a question mark (?) following the cptone command.
•
The default is us.
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 7
Command or Action
Purpose
compand-type {u-law | a-law}
Specifies the companding standard used. •
This command is used in cases when the DSP is not used, such as local cross-connects, and overwrites the compand-type value set by the cptone command.
•
The default for E1 is a-law.
•
The default for T1 is u-law.
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# compand type u-law
Note
Step 8
input gain decibels
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# input gain 0
Step 9
output attenuation decibels
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# output attenuation 0
Step 10
echo-cancel enable
If you have a Cisco 3660 router, the compand-type a-law command must be configured on the analog ports only. The Cisco 2660, 3620, and 3640 routers do not require the compand-type a-law command to be configured; however, if you request a list of commands, the compand-type a-law command displays.
Configures a specific input gain, in decibels, to be inserted at the receiver side of the interface. •
Range is integers from –14 to +6.
•
The default is 0.
Configures a specific output attenuation, in decibels, at the transmit side of the interface. •
Range is integers from –6 to +14.
•
The default is 0.
Enables the cancellation of voice that is sent out the interface and received on the same interface.
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# echo-cancel enable
Step 11
echo-cancel coverage {24 | 32 | 48 | 64}
Adjusts the echo canceller by the specified number of ms. •
The default is 64.
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# echo-cancel coverage 48
Step 12
timeouts initial seconds
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# timeouts initial 5
Step 13
timeouts interdigit seconds
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# timeouts interdigit 5
Specifies the number of seconds for which the system waits for the caller to input the first digit of the dialed digits. •
Range is from 0 to 120.
•
The default is 10.
Specifies the number of seconds for which the system will wait (after the caller has input the initial digit) for the caller to input a subsequent digit of the dialed digits. •
Range is from 0 to 120.
•
The default is 10.
9
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 14
Command or Action
Purpose
impedance {600c | 600r | 900c | 900r | complex1 | complex2}
Specifies the terminating impedance of a voice-port interface for FXS only. Keywords are as follows:
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# impedance complex1
•
600c—600 ohms (complex)
•
600r—600 ohms (real)
•
900c—900 ohms (complex)
•
900r—900 ohms (real)
•
complex1—Complex 1
•
complex2—Complex 2
The default is 600r. Note
For EVM-HD-8FXS/DID, adjacent ports 0/1, 2/3, 4/5, and 6/7 share the same impedance coefficient settings within each pair. If you change an impedance setting, a message alerts you to the change. This behavior applies only to EVM-HD-8FXS/DID. It does not apply to EM-HDA-8FXS.
Step 15
ring frequency {25 | 50}
Example: Router(config-voiceport)# ring frequency 50
Step 16
ring cadence {[pattern01 | pattern02 | pattern03 | pattern04 | pattern05 | pattern06 | pattern07 | pattern08 | pattern09 | pattern10 | pattern11 | pattern12] | define pulse interval}
Example:
(Optional) Selects the ring frequency, in Hz, used on the FXS interface. •
The default is 25.
•
This number must match the connected telephony equipment and may be country-dependent.
•
If not set properly, the attached telephony device may not ring or it may buzz.
(Optional) Specifies an existing pattern for ring, or defines a new one. •
Each pattern specifies a ring-pulse time and a ring-interval time.
•
The keywords and arguments are as follows:
Router(config-voiceport)# ring cadence pattern04
– pattern01 to pattern12—Preset ring cadence
patterns. Enter ring cadence ? to display ring pattern explanations. – define pulse interval—User-defined pattern: pulse
is a number (one or two digits, from 1 to 50) specifying ring pulse (on) time in hundreds of milliseconds, and interval is a number (one or two digits from 1 to 50) specifying ring interval (off) time in hundreds of milliseconds. •
10
The default is the pattern specified by the cptone locale that has been configured.
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 17
Command or Action
Purpose
description string
Attaches a text string to the configuration that describes the connection for this voice port.
Example:
•
string—Character string from 1 to 255 characters in length.
•
The default is no text string (describing the voice port) attached to the configuration.
Router(config-voiceport)# description alpha central
Step 18
Activates the voice port.
no shutdown
•
Example:
If a voice port is not being used, shut the voice port down with the shutdown command.
Router(config-voiceport)# no shutdown
Troubleshooting Tips In some rare instances, if you have installed the EM-HDA-3FXS/4FXO or the EM-HDA-6FXO and configured the voice port for groundstart signaling, you may have difficulty connecting some outgoing calls. The problem relates to the FXO groundstart voice port failing to detect a tip-ground acknowledgment, resulting in an unsuccessful call setup. If you encounter this problem, upgrade your Cisco IOS software image to the latest version (for example, if you have Release 12.3(11)T installed, upgrade to Release 12.3(11)T2). This should fix the problem. If this problem still occurs, you must enable the groundstart auto-tip command in the configuration of the FXO voice port. When you are placing outgoing calls, this ensures that the circuit detects a tip-ground acknowledgment from the far end and completes the connection within the time-out parameter. For more information about this problem, see the document Troubleshoot Analog FXO GroundStart Outbound Call Failures. This document is available on Cisco.com.
Examples This section shows a sample topology (see Figure 5) and configuration for the EVM-HD-8FXS/DID used as an analog DID voice gateway connecting to the PSTN. Figure 5
Analog DID Voice Gateway Connecting to PSTN for DID Application
CCM
DID PSTN
V CPE with EVM-HD-8FXS/DID
117943
V
Enterprise network
The following sample shows the configuration commands used for DID signaling: ! !
11
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
voice-port 2/0/0 signal did immediate ! voice-port 2/0/1 ! signal did wink-start timing wait-wink 550 <-- sets max time to wait for wink signaling after outgoing seizure is sent. Default is 550 ms. timing wink-wait 200 <-- sets the maximum time to wait before sending wink signal after an incoming seizure is detected. Default is 200 ms. timing wink-duration 200 <-- sets duration of wink-start signal. Default is 200 ms. ! voice-port 2/0/2 ! signal did delay-dial timing delay-duration 200 <-- sets duration of the delay signal. Default is 200 ms. timing delay-start 300 <-- sets delay interval after incoming seizure is detected. Default is 300 ms. !
Output of the show voice port Command: Example
The following output is based on the sample configuration: Router# show voice port 2/0/1 Foreign Exchange Station with Direct Inward Dialing (FXS-DID) 2/0/0 Slot is 2, Sub-unit is 0, Port is 0 Type of VoicePort is DID-IN Operation State is DORMANT Administrative State is UP No Interface Down Failure Description is not set Noise Regeneration is enabled Non Linear Processing is enabled Music On Hold Threshold is Set to -38 dBm In Gain is Set to 0 dB Out Attenuation is Set to 0 dB Echo Cancellation is enabled Echo Cancel Coverage is set to 8 ms Playout-delay Mode is set to default Playout-delay Nominal is set to 60 ms Playout-delay Maximum is set to 200 ms Connection Mode is normal Connection Number is not set Initial Time Out is set to 10 s Interdigit Time Out is set to 10 s Ringing Time Out is set to 180 s Companding Type is u-law Region Tone is set for US Analog Info Follows: Currently processing none Maintenance Mode Set to None (not in mtc mode) Number of signaling protocol errors are 0 Impedance is set to 600r Ohm Wait Release Time Out is 30 s Station name None, Station number None Voice card specific Info Follows: Signal Type is wink-start Dial Type is dtmf In Seizure is inactive
12
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Out Seizure is inactive Digit Duration Timing is set to 100 ms InterDigit Duration Timing is set to 100 ms Pulse Rate Timing is set to 10 pulses/second InterDigit Pulse Duration Timing is set to 750 ms Clear Wait Duration Timing is set to 400 ms Wink Wait Duration Timing is set to 200 ms Wait Wink Duration Timing is set to 550 ms Wink Duration Timing is set to 200 ms Delay Start Timing is set to 300 ms Delay Duration Timing is set to 2000 ms Dial Pulse Min. Delay is set to 140 ms Percent Break of Pulse is 60 percent Auto Cut-through is disabled Dialout Delay for immediate start is 300 ms
Configuring ISDN BRI Digital Interfaces To configure the ISDN BRI digital interfaces, perform this task.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type switch-type
4.
network-clock-participate slot slot-number
5.
network-clock-select priority {bri | t1 | e1} slot/port
6.
interface bri slot/port or interface bri slot/subslot/port
7.
isdn overlap-receiving
8.
isdn twait-disable
9.
isdn spid1 spid-number [ldn]
10. isdn spid2 spid-number [ldn] 11. isdn incoming-voice voice 12. shutdown 13. isdn layer1-emulate {user | network} 14. line-power
or no line-power 15. no shutdown 16. isdn protocol-emulate {user | network} 17. isdn sending-complete 18. isdn static-tei tei-number 19. end 20. clear interface slot/port
13
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
isdn switch-type switch-type
Configures the global ISDN switch type. •
Example:
Switch types for an NT interface are basic-net3 and basic-qsig.
Router(config)# isdn switch-type basic-qsig
Step 4
network-clock-participate slot slot-number
Example:
Allows the ports on a specified network module or VWIC to use the network clock for timing. •
Router(config)# network-clock-participate slot 2
Step 5
network-clock-select priority {bri | t1 | e1} slot/port
Example:
slot-number—the network module slot number on the router chassis.
(Optional) Allows backplane TDM PLL circuitry to select recovered timing references from operating digital links according to a defined priority. •
The priority argument specifies selection priority for the clock sources (1 is the highest priority).
•
When the higher-priority clock source fails, the next-higher-priority clock source is selected.
•
The bri keyword specifies that the slot is configured as BRI.
•
The t1 keyword specifies that the slot is configured as T1.
•
The e1 keyword specifies that the slot is configured as E1.
•
The slot argument is the slot number identifying the controller that is the clock source.
•
The port argument is the port number identifying the controller that is the clock source.
Router(config)# network-clock-select 1 bri 2/0
– The range is from 0 to 7.
14
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 6
interface bri slot/port
or
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified interface. •
slot—Identifies the location of the voice network module in the router.
•
port—Identifies the location of the BRI VIC in the voice network module. Range is 0 to 7:
interface bri slot/subslot/port
Example:
– Port 0 to 3 for EM-4BRI installed in EM0.
Router(config)# interface bri 2/0
– Port 4 to 7 for EM-4BRI installed in EM1.
or Note Router(config)# interface bri 0/1/0
Step 7
isdn overlap-receiving
Example:
(Optional) Activates overlap signaling to send to the destination PBX. •
Router(config-if)# isdn overlap-receiving
Step 8
isdn twait-disable
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn twait-disable
Step 9
For the Cisco 2800 series, there are two kinds of port numbering: slot/port and slot/subslot/port. The first example shows that the network module is in slot 2. The second example shows that the VIC2-2BRI is in HWIC slot 1. The first 0 means the module is on the motherboard, the 1 means it is in HWIC slot 1, and the last 0 means it is the first BRI interface on VIC2-2BRI.
In this mode, the interface waits for possible additional call-control information.
(Optional) Delays a National ISDN BRI switch a random time before activating the Layer 2 interface when the switch starts up. •
Use this command when the ISDN switch type is basic-ni1.
isdn spid1 spid-number [ldn]
(Optional) Specifies a SPID and optional local directory number for the B1 channel.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# isdn spid1 12
This command applies to TE configuration only.
•
The spid-number argument identifies the service to which you have subscribed. This value is assigned by the ISDN service provider and is usually a 10-digit telephone number with additional digits such as 40855501000101.
•
(Optional) The ldn argument is a seven-digit number assigned by the service provider. You can optionally specify a second and third LDN.
•
Only the DMS-100 and NI-1 switch types require SPIDs.
•
Although some switch types might support a SPID, Cisco recommends that you set up ISDN service without SPIDs.
15
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) How to Configure High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 10
isdn spid2 spid-number [ldn]
(Optional) Specifies a SPID and optional local directory number for the B2 channel.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# isdn spid2 13
Step 11
•
The spid-number argument identifies the service to which you have subscribed. This value is assigned by the ISDN service provider and is usually a ten-digit telephone number with additional digits such as 40855501000101.
•
(Optional) The ldn argument is a seven-digit number assigned by the service provider. You can optionally specify a second and third LDN.
Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice voice
Configures the port to treat incoming ISDN voice calls as voice calls that are handled by either a modem or a voice DSP, as directed by the call-switching module.
shutdown
(Optional) Resets the interface.
isdn incoming-voice voice
Example: Step 12
This command applies to TE configuration only.
•
Do this before setting the port emulation.
Example: Router(config-if)# shutdown
Step 13
isdn layer1-emulate {user | network}
Example:
(Optional) Configures the Layer-1 port-mode emulation and clock settings. •
Enter user to configure the port as TE and to function as a clock slave. This is the default.
•
Enter network to configure the port as NT and to function as a clock master.
Router(config-if)# isdn layer1-emulate network
Step 14
line-power
or
Turns on or off the power supplied from an NT-configured port to a TE device.
no line-power
Example: Router(config-if)# line-power
or Router(config-if)# no line-power
Step 15
no shutdown
Example: Router(config-if)# no shutdown
16
Activates the interface.
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
Step 16
isdn protocol-emulate {user | network}
Example:
Configures the Layer 2 and Layer 3 port protocol emulation. Keywords are as follows: •
user—Configures the port as TE; the PBX is the master. This is the default.
•
network—Configures the port as NT; the PBX is the slave.
Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate network
Step 17
isdn sending-complete
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn sending-complete
Step 18
isdn static-tei tei-number
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn static-tei 33
Step 19
(Optional) Configures the voice port to include the Sending Complete information element in the outgoing call setup message. •
This command is used in some geographic locations, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan, where the sending complete information element is required in the outgoing call setup message.
(Optional) Configures a static ISDN Layer 2 terminal-endpoint identifier (TEI). The argument is as follows: •
tei-number—Range is 0 to 64.
Exits interface configuration mode.
end
Example: Router(config-if)# end
Step 20
clear interface slot|port
(Optional) Resets the interface. •
Example: Router# clear interface 2/0
The interface needs to be reset if the static TEI number has been configured in Step 18. Arguments are as follows: – slot—Location of the voice network
module in the router. – port—Location of the BRI VIC in the
voice network module. Range is from 0 to 7.
Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax This section provides the following configuration examples. •
show running-config Command: Example, page 18
•
show running-config Command: Example with Base Voice Module and Two 4BRI Expansion Modules, page 19
17
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
show running-config Command: Example This example shows the result of a show running-config command used with a base voice module (8FXS/DID) and one 4BRI expansion module: Router1# show running-config isdn switch-type basic-dms100 ! voice-card 0 no dspfarm ! interface GigabitEthernet0/0 ip address 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface GigabitEthernet0/1 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface BRI2/0 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-dms100 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/1 no ip address ! interface BRI2/2 no ip address ! interface BRI2/3 no ip address ! voice-port 2/0/0 signal did wink-start ! voice-port 2/0/1 signal did wink-start ! voice-port 2/0/2 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/3 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/4 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/5 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/6 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/7 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/8 !
18
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
voice-port 2/0/9 ! voice-port 2/0/10 ! voice-port 2/0/11 ! voice-port 2/0/17 caller-id enable signal groundStart ! voice-port 2/0/18 caller-id enable ! voice-port 2/0/19 caller-id enable ! dial-peer voice 1 pots destination-pattern 202 port 2/0/2 ! dial-peer voice 2 pots destination-pattern 203 port 2/0/3 ! dial-peer voice 3 pots destination-pattern 204 port 2/0/4 ! dial-peer voice 4 pots destination-pattern 205 port 2/0/5 ! dial-peer voice 5 pots destination-pattern 206 port 2/0/6 ! dial-peer voice 6 pots destination-pattern 207 port 2/0/7 ! end
show running-config Command: Example with Base Voice Module and Two 4BRI Expansion Modules This example shows the result of a show running-config command used with base voice module (8FXS/DID) and two 4BRI expansion modules. Note that the BRI interfaces are from BRI 2/0 to BRI 2/7, but that the voice ports for those BRIs are from 2/0/8 to 2/0/11 and 2/0/16 to 2/0/19.
version 12.3 network-clock-participate slot 2 network-clock-select 1 BRI2/2 network-clock-select 2 BRI2/3 network-clock-select 3 BRI2/4 network-clock-select 4 BRI2/5 network-clock-select 5 BRI2/6 network-clock-select 6 BRI2/7 !
19
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
isdn switch-type basic-net3 voice-card 0 no dspfarm ! interface BRI2/0 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn incoming-voice voice isdn skipsend-idverify ! interface BRI2/1 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn layer1-emulate network isdn incoming-voice voice isdn skipsend-idverify ! interface BRI2/2 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/3 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/4 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/5 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/6 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! interface BRI2/7 no ip address isdn switch-type basic-net3 isdn incoming-voice voice ! voice-port 2/0/0 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/1 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/2 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/3 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/4 cptone IT
20
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Configuration Examples for High-Density Analog and Digital Extension Module for Voice/Fax
! voice-port 2/0/5 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/6 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/7 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/8 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/9 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/10 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/11 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/16 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/17 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/18 cptone IT ! voice-port 2/0/19 cptone IT ! dial-peer voice 200 pots destination-pattern 200 port 2/0/0 ! dial-peer voice 201 pots destination-pattern 201 port 2/0/1 ! dial-peer voice 202 pots destination-pattern 202 port 2/0/2 ! dial-peer voice 203 pots destination-pattern 203 port 2/0/3 ! dial-peer voice 204 pots destination-pattern 204 port 2/0/4 ! dial-peer voice 205 pots destination-pattern 205 port 2/0/5 ! dial-peer voice 206 pots destination-pattern 206 port 2/0/6 ! dial-peer voice 207 pots destination-pattern 207
21
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Additional References
port 2/0/7 ! end
Additional References The following sections provide references related to the High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax feature.
Related Documents Related Topic
Document Title
Hardware installation instructions for network modules Cisco Network Modules Hardware Installation Guide General information about voice configuration and command
Cisco IOS Voice Command Reference, Release 12.3T
Update to information about voice configuration cards Voice Network Module and Voice Interface Card Configuration Note
Standards Standards
Title
No new or modified standards are supported by this — feature, and support for existing standards has not been modified by this feature.
RFCs RFCs
Title
No new or modified RFCs are supported by this feature, and support for existing RFCs has not been modified by this feature.
—
MIBs MIBs •
CISCO-ENTITY-VENDORTYPE-OID-MIB
•
OLD-CISCO-CHASSIS-MIB
MIBs Link To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco IOS releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
22
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Additional References
Technical Assistance Description
Link
Technical Assistance Center (TAC) home page, containing 30,000 pages of searchable technical content, including links to products, technologies, solutions, technical tips, and tools. Registered Cisco.com users can log in from this page to access even more content.
http://www.cisco.com/public/support/tac/home.shtml
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
23
High-Density Analog (FXS/DID/FXO) and Digital (BRI) Extension Module for Voice/Fax (EVM-HD) Additional References
24
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers This chapter describes how to configure ISDN PRI interfaces to support the integration of data and voice calls on multiservice access routers. This feature enables data (dial-in, dial-on-demand routing [DDR], and DDR backup) and voice call traffic to occur simultaneously from the supported ISDN PRI interfaces. You can also enable multilevel precedence and preemption (MLPP) for DDR calls over the active voice call when no idle channel is available during the DDR call setup. Feature History for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Release
Modification
12.4(4)XC
This feature was introduced.
12.4(9)T
This feature was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.4(9)T.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS and Catalyst OS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS and Catalyst OS software image support. To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to http://www.cisco.com/go/cfn. An account on Cisco.com is not required.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces, page 2
•
Restrictions for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces, page 2
•
Information About Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces, page 3
•
How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces, page 6
•
Troubleshooting Tips for Integrated Data and Voice Services, page 22
•
Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces, page 23
•
Additional References, page 39
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Prerequisites for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Prerequisites for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces •
Establish a working H.323 or SIP network for voice calls.
•
Ensure that you have a Cisco IOS image that supports this feature. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/cfn.
•
Perform basic ISDN PRI voice configuration, including dial-on demand routing (DDR) configuration for data calls. For more information, see Configuring ISDN PRI Voice-Interface Support.
•
To support PRI data calls, a VWIC-1MFT-E1 voice cards must have a packet voice data module (PVDM).
Supported Modules •
This feature supports the following modules: – NM-HD – NM-HDV2 – Onboard DSPs
•
This feature supports the following voice cards: – VWIC-XMFT-X interface modules – VWIC2-XMFT-X interface modules
Note
Data calls are supported only on the NM-HDV2-2T1/E1 and NM-HD-2V-E network modules, and the VWIC-2MFT-E1, VWIC-2MFT-T1 and VWIC2-T1/E1 voice cards.
Use the isdn switch-type ? command in interface configuration mode or global configuration mode to view the list of supported ISDN switch types. See the following example: Router(config)# isdn switch-type ? primary-4ess Lucent 4ESS switch type for the U.S. primary-5ess Lucent 5ESS switch type for the U.S. primary-dms100 Northern Telecom DMS-100 switch type for the U.S. primary-dpnss DPNSS switch type for Europe primary-net5 NET5 switch type for UK, Europe, Asia and Australia primary-ni National ISDN Switch type for the U.S. primary-ntt NTT switch type for Japan primary-qsig QSIG switch type primary-ts014 TS014 switch type for Australia (obsolete)
Restrictions for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
2
•
This feature is supported only on C5510 DSP-based platforms.
•
ISDN backhaul is not supported.
•
This feature does not support modem calls.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Information About Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
•
For platforms that support HDLC resources on the motherboard, the available on board HDLC resources are limited to 31 if all resources are not enabled.
•
The Cisco 2801 platform does not support full channelized data or full integrated data and voice over T1/E1 PRI interfaces. However, data back up through one PRI channel, or one group of PRI channels for data backup, is supported on this platform.
•
Only PPP with multilink is supported for multiple channels. HDLC is not supported for multiple channels.
•
You can either configure ds0-groups or pri-groups on one controller, but not both. You receive a message, as in the following example: Router(config-controller)#ds0-group 19 timeslots 20 type e&m-imme$9 timeslots 20 type e&m-immediate-start %A pri-group was configured already. Please remove it to configure a ds0-group
•
The following calls are not preempted by a DDR call: – Calls from a T.37 store-and-forward off-ramp gateway – Incoming ISDN calls
•
This feature is not supported from a BRI interface.
•
The following dialer commands are not supported with the integrated data and voice feature: – dialer aaa – dialer callback-secure – dialer callback-server – dialer dns – dialer order – dialer persistent – dialer redial – dialer vpdn – dialer watch-disable – dialer watch-group – dialer watch-list – dialer watch-list delay
Information About Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces Before you configure integrated data and voice services on ISDN interfaces, you should understand the following concepts: •
Integrated Services for Multiple Call Types, page 4
•
Resource Allocation for Voice and Data Calls, page 4
•
MLPP Call Preemption over Voice Calls, page 4
3
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Information About Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Integrated Services for Multiple Call Types ISDN interfaces can support both data calls and voice calls. Typically, this is done using one interface for data and another for voice. This feature enables data (dial-in, dial-on-demand routing [DDR], and DDR backup) and voice call traffic to occur simultaneously from the supported ISDN PRI interfaces. To enable integrated services, the interface used for incoming voice calls is configured to accept multiple voice call types. Figure 6 shows an ISDN network configured for integrated data and voice services. Integrated Voice with DDR Interface for WAN Failure Backup
PBX
PBX IP
IP
Single PRI
Single PRI
IP
IP Voice V
PSTN
Data
Data
Voice V
Data
Data network
Data
PC Video
PC Video
132379
Figure 6
Resource Allocation for Voice and Data Calls Voice calls use DSP resources and data calls use HDLC resources for transmission. When an interface is configured for integrated services, the gateway allocates the HDLC resources dynamically during call setup and frees them back to the HDLC resource pools when the call terminates. This allows spare HDLC resources to support ISDN PRI data calls and DSP resources to support voice calls.
MLPP Call Preemption over Voice Calls Multilevel precedence and preemption (MLPP) is the placement of priority calls through the network. Precedence designates the priority level that is associated with a call. Preemption designates the process of terminating lower-priority calls so that a call of higher precedence can be extended. Preemption levels are assigned to outgoing voice calls and DDR backup calls. DDR backup is used to provide backup to a WAN link. From the gateway, voice and DDR backup calls are controlled by different entities:
4
•
The preemption level of an outgoing voice call is determined using the selected outbound POTS dial peer.
•
The preemption level of a DDR backup call is determined using the dialer map class.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Information About Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
A trunk group is used as the common channel resource pool for outgoing voice call and DDR backup calls. Calls with a higher precedence preempt an active outgoing voice call, of a lower precedence, if an idle B channel is not available. An ISDN interface that is configured for integrated mode is assigned to this trunk group to allow dialer resources and voice resources to request an idle B channel from the same resource pool.
Preemption of Outgoing Voice Calls The trunk group and preemption level are configured as part of a map class, which can be attached to a dialer map. The dialer map class supplies configuration parameters to dialer interfaces and can be referenced from multiple dialer interfaces. During dial-on-demand routing (DDR) backup call setup, an idle B channel is selected from the trunk group. When no idle channel is found, the trunk group resource manager (TGRM) selects a B channel on the basis of the following: •
The B channel currently active with a connected outgoing voice call
•
The preemption level of the connected voice call being lower than the preemption level of a DDR call
A guard timer, configured for the trunk group, is used to delay the idle channel notification and defer the DDR setup to allow the remote channel time to become ready and accept the incoming call with the higher precedence. By default, the preemption level of dialer calls is set to the lowest level (routine) to disable the MLPP service for a DDR call. The preemption level of an outgoing voice call is defined from the selected outbound POTS dial peer. During the voice call setup, the trunk group resource manager (TGRM) selects an idle B channel from a trunk group on the basis of the following: •
The call ID of an outgoing voice call
•
The preemption level of an outgoing call as defined by the POTS dial peer
•
The voice interface B channel information of an outgoing voice call
When the preemption call notification is received, the TGRM saves the outgoing voice call to the preemption level link list based on FIFO.
Preemption Tones When an outgoing voice call is preempted by a DDR backup call, the preemption call treatment starts by providing a preemption tone and starting the tone timer. An MLPP preemption tone is a special tone played to the voice call announcing that the line is about to be seized by a call with a higher precedence. A steady tone, 1060 ms in duration, is played on all legs of the call until the user hangs up or the preemption tone times out. •
For the telephony leg of the call, the preemption tone is played using the DSP.
•
For the IP leg (across the VoIP network) of the call, the preemption tone is played as media.
•
For the ephone leg on Cisco CME, a reorder tone is played for the local user and a preemption tone is played for the remote user.
Preemption Cause Codes
When the preemption tone timer is expired and the call is still in a connected state, both call legs are disconnected by the gateway with the following cause code:
5
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Preemption - Circuit Reserved 0x8
If you release the call before the preemption tone timer expires, the following cause code is used: Normal Call Clear 0x10
In both cases, the following internal cause code is used for the release calls: Preemption Circuit Reserved 0x8
How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces This section describes the tasks required to configure integrated services for ISDN interfaces: •
Configuring the ISDN PRI Interface for Multiple Call Types, page 6 (Required)
•
Configuring MLPP Call Preemption over Outgoing Voice Calls, page 14 (Optional)
Configuring the ISDN PRI Interface for Multiple Call Types An ISDN serial interface configured for integrated mode supports data and voice calls using incoming call type checking to accept incoming voice and data calls when an inbound voice dial peer is matched. Perform the following tasks to configure integrated services: •
Prerequisites, page 6
•
Configuring the POTS Dial-Peer Incoming Called Number, page 8
•
Configuring the Data Dial Peer Lookup Preference, page 9
•
Enabling Integrated Services, page 10
•
Creating a Trunkgroup and Configuring Maximum Calls Based on Call Type, page 11
•
Disabling Integrated Services, page 13
Prerequisites Unlike voice calls, which use DSP resources, data calls use HDLC resources for transmission. To use the integrated services feature, the gateway must allocate HDLC resources dynamically during call setup and free them back to the HDLC resource pools when the call terminates. Use the following show commands to view the availability of HDLC resources: •
show tdm connections The following example shows HDLC resources on the TDM side. Router# show tdm connections slot 0 Active TDM connections for slot 0 ================================= (Key: GT=FLEX TDM, V0=VWIC0, V1=VWIC1, V2=VWIC2, V3=VWIC3 IC=EXPANSION, P0=PVDM0, P1=PVDM1, P2=PVDM2, P3=PVDM3 HD=HDLC, BP=Backplane(AIM/NM)) V0:04/04-->HD:31/18, V0:04/06-->HD:31/06, V0:04/08-->HD:31/12
6
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
V0:04/10-->HD:31/36, V0:04/16-->HD:31/04, V0:04/22-->HD:31/20, V0:04/28-->HD:31/26, V0:04/34-->HD:31/34, V0:04/64-->HD:31/00, HD:31/02-->V0:04/66, HD:31/08-->V0:04/32, HD:31/14-->V0:04/18, HD:31/20-->V0:04/22, HD:31/26-->V0:04/28, HD:31/32-->V0:04/30, HD:31/38-->V0:04/38,
•
V0:04/12-->HD:31/16, V0:04/18-->HD:31/14, V0:04/24-->HD:31/24, V0:04/30-->HD:31/32, V0:04/36-->HD:31/28, V0:04/66-->HD:31/02, HD:31/04-->V0:04/16, HD:31/10-->V0:04/14, HD:31/16-->V0:04/12, HD:31/22-->V0:04/20, HD:31/28-->V0:04/36, HD:31/34-->V0:04/34,
V0:04/14-->HD:31/10 V0:04/20-->HD:31/22 V0:04/26-->HD:31/30 V0:04/32-->HD:31/08 V0:04/38-->HD:31/38 HD:31/00-->V0:04/64 HD:31/06-->V0:04/06 HD:31/12-->V0:04/08 HD:31/18-->V0:04/04 HD:31/24-->V0:04/24 HD:31/30-->V0:04/26 HD:31/36-->V0:04/10
show controllers serial [slot/port] In the following example, the -1 listings under the hdlc_chan column show the free HDLC channels. Router# show controllers Serial 1/1:0 Interface Serial1/1:0 Hardware is HDLC32 HDLC32 resource allocated to this interface: Slot 1, Vic_slot 1, Port 1 CRC on 1, idle flags 1, frame inverted 0, clocking 0 Channel-group number 0, hdlc32 channel number 2 Channel-group bitfield 0x80000000, hdlc32 quad used 0x4 Channel HW state: 2 TX Ring: data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 data_ptr: 0x2DD1918C, descriptor: 0xB8830102 data_ptr: 0x0, descriptor: 0x102 RX Ring: data_ptr: 0x2EE83E04, descriptor: 0x88800102 data_ptr: 0x2EE84064, descriptor: 0x88800102 data_ptr: 0x2EE842C4, descriptor: 0x88800102 data_ptr: 0x2EE84524, descriptor: 0x88800102 hdlc_chan hdlc_quad owner_idb chan chan_bitfield vic_slot ========= ========= ========= ==== ============= ======== 0 1 65C03D5C 15 10000 1 1 2 65CB80F8 15 10000 1 2 4 67B862B0 0 80000000 1 3 8 65C7B1E4 1 40000000 1 4 10 67B8EDFC 2 20000000 1 5 20 65C83D30 3 10000000 1 6 40 67B97948 4 8000000 1 7 80 65C8C87C 5 4000000 1 8 100 67BA0494 6 2000000 1 9 200 65C953C8 7 1000000 1 -1 0 0 8 800000 1 -1 0 0 28 8 1
port ==== 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
7
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Configuring the POTS Dial-Peer Incoming Called Number The call type of an incoming call is determined using the incoming dial-peer. For data dial peer matching, the called number of an incoming call is used to match the incoming called-number of POTS dial peers. Use the following procedure to configure the POTS dial peer and incoming called number.
SUMMARY STEPS
8
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer data tag pots
4.
incoming called number string
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer data tag pots
Creates a data dial peer and enters data dial-peer configuration mode.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer data 100 pots
Step 4
incoming called number string
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# incoming called number 4085550110
For data dial-peer matching, only the called number of an incoming call is used to match the incoming called number of POTS dial peers. Wild cards are accepted. Note
The string must match the dialer string on the remote gateway.
Configuring the Data Dial Peer Lookup Preference To optimize data or voice dial-peer searches for incoming ISDN calls, configure the preference of dial-peer lookup during the call type checking. Use the following procedure to configure a search for dial peers by type.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer search type {data | none | voice} {data | voice}
9
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer search type {data | none | voice} {data | voice}
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer search type data voice
Configures the preference of voice or data dial-peer lookup during the calltype checking for incoming ISDN calls. •
data—Search dial peers with type data first.
•
none—Search dial peers with any type at the same preference.
•
voice—Search dial peers with type voice first.
By default, the data dial peer is searched first before voice dial peers.
Enabling Integrated Services Enabling integrated services allows data and voice call traffic to occur from ISDN PRI interfaces simultaneously. When an interface is in integrated service mode: •
ISDN performs calltype checking for the incoming call. The call is rejected by ISDN if no voice or data dial peer is matched for an incoming call.
•
The voice option for the isdn incoming-voice command, which treats incoming calls as voice calls, is not available.
By default, the integrated service option is disabled from the supported interfaces. Use the following procedure to enable integrated mode on a serial interface.
SUMMARY STEPS
10
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial slot/port:timeslot
4.
shutdown
5.
isdn integrate calltype all
6.
no shutdown
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface serial slot/port:timeslot
Example:
Specifies a serial interface for ISDN PRI channel-associated signaling and enters interface configuration mode.
Router(config)# interface serial 0/1:15
Step 4
Shuts down the interface.
shutdown
Example: Router(config-if)# shutdown
Step 5
isdn integrate calltype all
Enables the serial interface for integrated mode, which allows data and voice call traffic to occur simultaneously.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# isdn integrate calltype all
Step 6
This configuration disables the voice option for the isdn incoming-voice command on the interface.
Returns the interface to the active state.
no shutdown
Example: Router(config-if)# no shutdown
Creating a Trunkgroup and Configuring Maximum Calls Based on Call Type After an ISDN interface is assigned to a trunk group, you can configure maximum incoming and outgoing calls based on the call type (voice or data) or direction (inbound or outbound) through the trunk group.
Note
If trunk groups are not configured, data and voice calls are treated as first-come first-served. Use the following procedure to create a trunk group and configure maximum calls based on call type.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
trunk group name
4.
max-calls {any | data | voice} number [direction [in | out]]
11
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
trunk group name
Defines a trunk group and enters trunk group configuration mode. •
Example: Router(config)# trunk group 20
Step 4
max-calls {any | data | voice} number [direction [in | out]]
Defines the maximum number of dial-in or DDR data calls, or voice calls (incoming or outgoing) that can be accepted. •
any—Assigns the maximum number of calls that the trunk group can handle, regardless of the call type.
•
data—Assigns the maximum number of data calls to the trunk group.
•
voice—Assigns the maximum number of voice calls to the trunk group.
•
number—Specifies number of allowed calls. Range is from 0 to 1000.
•
direction—(Optional) Specifies direction of calls.
•
in—(Optional) Allows only incoming calls.
•
out—(Optional) Allows only outgoing calls.
Example: Router(config-trunk-group)# max-calls data 100 direction out
name—Name of the trunk group. Valid names contain a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
Examples See the following sample configurations for the max-calls command: •
This example configuration for trunk group 1 accepts up to a maximum of 7 dial-in data or DDR calls and places no restriction on voice calls: trunk group 1 max-calls data 7
•
This sample configuration for trunk group 2 accepts up to a maximum of 2 data dial-in, 3 DDR calls, and 16 voice calls in any direction: trunk group 2 max-calls data 2 direction in max-calls data 3 direction out max-calls voice 16
•
12
This sample configuration for trunk group 3 accepts up to a maximum of 10 incoming voice and dial-in data calls.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
trunk group 3 max-calls any 10 direction in
Disabling Integrated Services When the isdn integrate calltype all command is removed from the interface, the isdn incoming-voice voice setting is restored and the interface returns to voice mode. Use the following procedure to remove the integrated services option from the interface. 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface serial slot/port:timeslot
4.
shutdown
5.
no isdn integrate calltype all
6.
no shutdown
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface serial slot/port:timeslot
Example:
Specifies a serial interface for ISDN PRI channel-associated signalling and enters interface configuration mode.
Router(config)# interface serial 0/1:15
Step 4
shutdown
Shuts down the interface.
Example: Router(config-if)# shutdown
Step 5
no isdn integrate calltype all
Disables the serial interface from being in integrated mode. You are prompted to confirm this command.
Example:
Note
Router(config-if)# no isdn integrate calltype all
Step 6
no shutdown
This configuration restores the voice option for the isdn incoming-voice command on the interface.
Returns the interface to the active state.
Example: Router(config-if)# no shutdown
13
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Configuring MLPP Call Preemption over Outgoing Voice Calls This feature adds support for multilevel precedence and preemption (MLPP) for dial-on-demand routing (DDR) backup calls over outgoing voice calls. Precedence designates the priority level that is associated with a call. Preemption designates the process of terminating lower-precedence calls so that a call of higher precedence can be extended. DDR backup is used to provide backup to a WAN link using any DDR or a dial-capable interface, like ISDN PRI interfaces. From the gateway, voice and DDR backup calls are controlled by different entities. •
The preemption level of an outgoing voice call is determined using the selected outbound POTS dial peer.
•
The preemption level of a DDR backup call is determined using the dialer map class.
A DDR backup call with higher precedence preempts the active outgoing voice call with a lower precedence if the idle B channel is not available from a trunk group during the DDR backup call setup. If MLPP is not configured, data calls wait for a free channel. Perform the following tasks to configure call preemption: •
Enabling Preemption on the Trunk Group, page 14
•
Defining a Dialer Map Class and Setting the Preemption Level, page 15
•
Associating the Class Parameter on the Dialer Interface, page 16
•
Disabling TDM Hairpinning on the Voice Card, page 20
•
Configuring the POTS Dial Peer for Outgoing Voice Calls, page 21
•
Troubleshooting Tips for Integrated Data and Voice Services, page 22
Enabling Preemption on the Trunk Group A trunk group is used as a common channel resource pool for idle channel allocation for outgoing voice calls and DDR backup calls. Multiple ISDN PRI interfaces that have been configured for integrated services are assigned to this trunk group to build up a channel resource pool for both voice and data calls. Enabling preemption on the trunk group allows DDR call preemption over a voice call per trunk group.
Note
If the trunk group channel resource pool is not shared between voice and DDR calls, you should not enable preemption on the trunk group. The tone timer defines the expiry timer for the preemption tone for the outgoing voice call, which is being preempted by a DDR backup call. When the tone timer expires, the call is disconnected. Use the following procedure to create a trunk group resource pool and enable preemption on the trunk group.
SUMMARY STEPS
14
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
trunk group name
4.
preemption enable
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
5.
preemption tone timer seconds
6.
preemption guard timer value
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
trunk group name
Defines a trunk group and enters trunk group configuration mode. •
Example: Router(config)# trunk group 20
Step 4
preemption enable
name—Name of the trunk group. Valid names contain a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
Enables preemption capabilities on a trunk group.
Example: Router(config-trunk-group)# preemption enable
Step 5
preemption tone timer seconds
Defines the expiry time for the preemption tone for the outgoing call being preempted by a DDR backup call. •
Example: Router(config-trunk-group)# preemption tone timer 20
Note
Step 6
preemption guard timer value
Router(config-trunk-group)# preemption guard timer 60
Use the default preemption tone timer command to change back to the default value and no preemption tone timer to disable the tone timer.
Defines the guard timer for the DDR call to allow time to clear the last call from the channel. •
Example:
seconds—Expiry time, in seconds. The range is 4 to 30. The default value is 10.
value—Guard timer, in milliseconds. The range is 60 to 500. When preemption is enabled on the trunk group, the default value is 60.
Defining a Dialer Map Class and Setting the Preemption Level During dial-on-demand routing (DDR) call setup, an idle B channel is selected from the trunk group. The trunk group and preemption level are configured as part of a map class, which can be attached to a dialer map or dialer string. By default, the preemption level of dialer calls is set to the lowest level (routine) to disable the MLPP service for a DDR call. Use the following procedure to define a map class for the dialer interface.
15
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
map-class dialer class-name
4.
dialer trunkgroup label
5.
dialer preemption level {flash-override | flash | immediate | priority | routine}
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
map-class dialer class-name
Example: Router(config)# map-class dialer dial1
Defines a class of shared configuration parameters associated with the dialer map command for outgoing calls from an ISDN interface. The class name is a unique class identifier. •
Step 4
dialer trunkgroup label
Defines the dial-on-demand trunk group label. •
Example: Router(config-map-class)# dialer trunkgroup 20
Step 5
dialer preemption level {flash-override | flash | immediate | priority | routine}
Example: Router(config-map-class)# dialer preemption level flash
class-name—Unique class identifier. label—Unique name for the dialer interface trunk group. Valid names contain a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
Defines the preemption level of the DDR call on the dialer interface. The default is routine. •
flash-override—Level 0 (highest)
•
flash—Level 1
•
immediate—Level 2
•
priority—Level 3
•
routine—Level 4 (lowest)
Associating the Class Parameter on the Dialer Interface The trunk group preemption level is configured as part of a map class, which can be attached to a dialer map or dialer string. •
16
For legacy DDR, configure the dialer interface to associate the class parameter with the dialer in-band and dialer map commands.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
•
For dialer profiles, configure the dialer interface to associate the class parameter with the dialer pool and dialer string commands.
Use the following procedure to associate the class parameter on the dialer interface.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface dialer dialer-rotary-group-number
4.
dialer in-band [no-parity | odd-parity] or dialer pool number
5.
dialer map protocol-keyword protocol-next-hop-address [name host-name] [speed 56 | speed 64] [broadcast] class dialer-map-class-name [dial-string[:isdn-subaddress]] or dialer string dial-string [class class-name]
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
interface dialer dialer-rotary-group-number
Defines a dialer rotary group. •
Example:
dialer-rotary-group-number—Number of the dialer rotary group. The range is 0 to 255.
Router(config)# interface dialer 10
17
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
dialer in-band [no-parity | odd-parity]
Specifies that dial-on-demand routing (DDR) is to be supported on this interface.
or
•
no-parity—(Optional) No parity is to be applied to the dialer string that is sent out to the modem on synchronous interfaces.
•
odd-parity—(Optional) Dialed number has odd parity (7-bit ASCII characters with the eighth bit as the parity bit) on synchronous interfaces.
dialer pool number
Example: Router(config-if)# dialer in-band or
or Example: Router(config-if)# dialer pool 1
Specifies, for a dialer interface, which dialing pool to use to connect to a specific destination subnetwork. •
18
number—The dialing pool number. The range is 1 to 255.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Step 5
Command or Action
Purpose
dialer map protocol-keyword protocol-next-hop-address [name host-name] [speed 56 | speed 64] [broadcast] class dialer-map-class-name [dial-string[:isdn-subaddress]]
Configures an ISDN interface to place a call to multiple sites and to authenticate calls from multiple sites. •
protocol-keyword protocol-next-hop-address—For ISDN services, you must use ip for the protocol-keyword.
•
name host-name—(Optional) The remote system with which the local router or access server communicates. Used for authenticating the remote system on incoming calls. The host-name argument is a case-sensitive name or ID of the remote device. For routers with ISDN interfaces, if calling line identification—sometimes called CLID, but also known as caller ID and automatic number identification (ANI)—is provided, the host-name argument can contain the number that the calling line ID provides.
•
speed 56 | speed 64—(Optional) Keyword and value indicating the line speed in kbps to use. Used for ISDN only. The default speed is 64 kbps.
•
broadcast—(Optional) Forwards broadcasts to the address specified with the protocol-next-hop-address argument.
•
class dialer-map-class-name—Dialer map class name.
•
dial-string[:isdn-subaddress]—(Optional) Dial string (telephone number) sent to the dialing device when it recognizes packets with the specified address that matches the configured access lists, and the optional subaddress number used for ISDN multipoint connections. The colon is required for separating numbers. The dial string and ISDN subaddress, when used, must be the last item in the command line.
or dialer string dial-string [class class name]
Example: Router(config-if)# dialer map ip 172.22.82.2 name gw3845 class dial1 20009 or
Example: Router(config-if)# dialer string 4081234 class test
or Specifies the string (telephone number) to be used when placing a call from an interface. •
dial-string—Telephone number to be sent to a DCE device.
•
class class name—(Optional) Dialer map class associated with this telephone number.
Examples Legacy DDR Example interface Dialer11 ip address 172.22.82.1 255.255.255.0 encapsulation ppp dialer in-band dialer map ip 172.22.82.2 name gw3845 class dial1 20009 dialer load-threshold 1 outbound dialer-group 1
19
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
ppp callback accept ppp authentication chap ppp multilink map-class dialer dial1 dialer trunkgroup 1 dialer preemption level flash-override
Dialer Profiles Example interface Dialer10 ip address 192.168.254.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer remote-name is2811 dialer string 4081234 class test dialer-group 1 map-class dialer test dialer trunkgroup 1 dialer preemption level flash-override
Disabling TDM Hairpinning on the Voice Card For TDM-only calls, or for calls that are hairpinned, the preemption tone is not heard as the DSPs are dropped. For this reason, you must disable TDM hairpinning on the voice card to use the MLPP DDR backup call preemption feature. Use the following procedure to disable TDM hairpinning on the voice card.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
voice-card slot
4.
no local-bypass
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Example: Router# configure terminal
20
Enters global configuration mode.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers How to Configure Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
voice-card slot
Enters voice-card configuration mode to configure a voice card. •
Example: Router(config)# voice-card 1
Step 4
slot—Slot number for the card to be configured. Valid entries vary by router platform; enter the show voice port summary command for available values.
Note
Disables TDM hairpinning.
no local-bypass
Example: Router(config-voicecard)# no local-bypass
Configuring the POTS Dial Peer for Outgoing Voice Calls The preemption level of an outgoing voice call is defined from the outbound POTS dial peer. The preemption level defines the preemption priority level of an outgoing voice call. Use the following procedure to set the preemption level for outgoing voice calls on a POTS dial peer.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer voice tag pots
4.
trunkgroup name [preference number]
5.
preemption level {flash-override | flash | immediate | priority | routine}
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. •
Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer voice tag pots
Example:
Defines a particular dial peer, specifies the method of voice encapsulation, and enters dial-peer configuration mode. •
tag—Digits that define a particular dial peer. The range is from 1 to 2147483647.
•
pots—Indicates that this is a POTS peer that uses VoIP encapsulation on the IP backbone.
Router(config)# dial-peer voice 25 pots
21
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Troubleshooting Tips for Integrated Data and Voice Services
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
trunkgroup name [preference-number]
Defines the trunk group associated with this dial peer. •
name—Label of the trunk group to use for the call. Valid trunk group names contain a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
•
preference-number—Preference or priority of the trunk group. Range is from 1 (highest priority) to 64 (lowest priority).
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# trunkgroup 1
Step 5
preemption level {flash-override | flash | immediate | priority | routine}
Sets the preemption level of the selected outbound dial peer. Voice calls can be preempted by a DDR call with a higher preemption level. The default is routine.
Example:
•
flash-override—Level 0 (highest)
Router(config-dial-peer)# preemption level flash
•
flash—Level 1
•
immediate—Level 2
•
priority—Level 3
•
routine—Level 4 (lowest)
Note
The preemption level flash-override setting can prevent the call to be preempted by a DDR call.
Troubleshooting Tips for Integrated Data and Voice Services ISDN call failures are most commonly attributed to the following issues: •
Dial-on-demand routing (DDR)
•
ISDN layers 1, 2 and 3
•
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP): including link control protocol (LCP), Authentication, or IP Control Protocol (IPCP) related issues.
Use the following commands to troubleshoot integrated data and voice for ISDN interfaces:
22
•
debug dialer events—Used to display debugging information about the packets received on a dialer interface.
•
debug isdn q931—Used to check outgoing dial-peer matching for an ISDN incoming call. Enable this command on both sides of the call. The output indicates whether the messages are generated by the calling party router (indicated by TX ->) or by the called party router (indicated by RX <-).
•
debug tgrm inout—Used to check voice or DDR channel selection request and return status. From the output, you can determine what type of call enabled the preemption and which timeslot is selected from which trunkgroup.
•
debug voip ccapi individual 146—Used to troubleshoot the call control application programming interface (CCAPI) contents. The individual 146 command option is used to log call preemption indication information.
•
debug voip ccapi inout—Used to show how a call flows through the system. From the output, you can see the call setup and teardown operations performed on both the telephony and network call legs.
•
show call history voice | i Cause—Used to gather DisconnectCause information from the show call history voice command line display.
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
•
show isdn active and show isdn status—Used to show the active data and voice calls.
•
show trunk group—Used to check the preemption active or pending calls counter for MLPP preemption calls. The output shows the number of active channels from the trunkgroup and the current preemption levels. If a data call with a higher priority initiates the preemption of voice call, it is shown as pending against the higher priority preemption level.
Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces This section provides the following configuration examples: •
MLPP DDR Backup Call Preemption over Voice Call: Example, page 23
•
Legacy DDR (Dialer Map): Example, page 29
•
Dialer Profiles: Example, page 30
•
Maximum Number of Data and Voice Calls on the Dial-Out Trunk Group: Example, page 32
•
Dial-Peer Configuration: Example, page 35
MLPP DDR Backup Call Preemption over Voice Call: Example The following example shows that preemption is enabled on the trunk group, the trunk group is associated with a map class, and the preemption level is set on the dialer interface. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 5984 bytes ! version 12.3 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname Router ! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! card type e1 0 3 no logging buffered ! no aaa new-model ! resource manager ! network-clock-participate slot 1 network-clock-participate wic 3 ip subnet-zero ! ! ip cef no ip dhcp use vrf connected ! ip dhcp pool ITS
23
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
network 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0 option 150 ip 10.0.0.1 default-router 10.0.0.1 ! ! no ip domain lookup ip name-server 192.168.2.87 ftp-server enable no ftp-server write-enable ftp-server topdir flash:/ isdn switch-type primary-ntt ! ! trunk group 1 max-calls data 10 direction out preemption enable preemption tone 4! voice-card 0 dspfarm no local-bypass ! voice-card 1 dspfarm no local-bypass ! ! voice call send-alert ! ! ! controller E1 0/3/0 clock source internal pri-group timeslots 1-5,16 trunk-group 1 timeslots 1-5 ! controller E1 0/3/1 clock source internal pri-group timeslots 1-2,16 trunk-group 1 timeslots 1-2 ! controller E1 1/0/0 clock source internal pri-group timeslots 1-31 trunk-group 1 timeslots 1-31 ! controller E1 1/0/1 clock source internal pri-group timeslots 1-10,16 trunk-group 1 timeslots 1-10 ! ! ! interface Loopback0 ip address 10.10.1.1 255.255.255.255 ! interface GigabitEthernet0/0 ip address 10.3.202.87 255.255.0.0 no ip proxy-arp duplex auto speed auto ! interface GigabitEthernet0/1 ip address 10.0.0.2 255.255.0.0
24
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1/0 switchport access vlan 2 no ip address load-interval 30 duplex full speed 100 ! interface FastEthernet0/1/1 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/2 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/3 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/4 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/5 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/6 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/7 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/1/8 no ip address ! interface Serial0/2/0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay load-interval 30 shutdown no keepalive clockrate 2000000 ! interface Serial0/2/0.1 point-to-point ip address 10.3.3.1 255.255.255.0 frame-relay interface-dlci 100 ! interface Serial0/2/1 no ip address shutdown clockrate 2000000 ! interface Serial0/3/0:15 no ip address dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-ntt isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 15000 isdn bchan-number-order descending isdn integrate calltype all no cdp enable ! interface Serial0/3/1:15 no ip address
25
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-ntt isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 15000 isdn bchan-number-order descending isdn integrate calltype all no cdp enable ! interface Serial1/0/0:15 no ip address dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-dms100 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 15000 isdn bchan-number-order descending isdn integrate calltype all no cdp enable ! interface Serial1/0/1:15 no ip address encapsulation ppp dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-ntt isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 15000 isdn bchan-number-order descending isdn integrate calltype all ppp multilink ! interface Vlan1 ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.0.0 load-interval 30 ! interface Vlan2 ip address 10.7.7.7 255.255.0.0 ! interface Dialer0 ip address 10.5.5.5 255.0.0.0 encapsulation ppp load-interval 30 dialer pool 1 dialer remote-name Router dialer string 4081234 class test dialer load-threshold 10 outbound dialer-group 1 ppp multilink ppp multilink load-threshold 5 outbound ! interface Dialer1 ip address 192.168.253.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4085678 class test dialer-group 1 ! interface Dialer2 ip address 192.168.252.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4087777 class test dialer-group 1 ! ip default-gateway 5.5.5.6 ip classless ip route 172.16.254.254 255.255.255.255 10.3.0.1 ! ip http server !
26
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
! map-class dialer test dialer trunkgroup 1 dialer preemption level flash dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit snmp-server community public RO snmp-server enable traps tty ! ! ! control-plane ! ! ! voice-port 0/3/0:15 echo-cancel enable type hardware ! voice-port 0/3/1:15 echo-cancel enable type hardware ! voice-port 1/0/0:15 compand-type u-law ! voice-port 1/0/1:15 ! voice-port 2/0/0 shutdown ! voice-port 2/0/1 ! voice-port 2/0/2 ! voice-port 2/0/3 ! voice-port 2/0/4 ! voice-port 2/0/5 ! voice-port 2/0/6 ! voice-port 2/0/7 ! ! ! ! ! ! dial-peer voice 100 pots destination-pattern 1... port 2/0/1 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 2001 pots trunkgroup 1 destination-pattern 2... forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 3001 pots trunkgroup 1 destination-pattern 3... forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 300 pots destination-pattern 4...
27
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
port 2/0/2 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 10 pots incoming called-number . direct-inward-dial forward-digits 0 ! dial-peer voice 5001 pots trunkgroup 1 destination-pattern 5... forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 500 pots destination-pattern 6... port 2/0/3 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 800 pots trunkgroup 1 destination-pattern 8... forward-digits all ! dial-peer data 50 pots incoming called-number 650T ! ! ! telephony-service load 7960-7940 P00303020214 max-ephones 5 max-dn 5 ip source-address 10.0.0.1 port 2000 create cnf-files version-stamp Jan 01 2002 00:00:00 transfer-system full-consult transfer-pattern .T ! ! ephone-dn 1 dual-line number 7000 ! ! ephone-dn 2 number 7002 ! ! ephone-dn 3 number 1003 ! ! ephone-dn 4 number 1004 ! ! ephone 1 mac-address 0030.94C2.6073 type 7960 button 1:1 ! ! ! ephone 2 mac-address 000C.851C.ED81 type 7960 button 1:2 !
28
max-conferences 8 gain -6
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
! ! ephone 3 ! ! ! ephone 4 ! ! alias exec c conf t alias exec s sh run ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 privilege level 15 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! scheduler allocate 20000 1000 ! end
Legacy DDR (Dialer Map): Example The following example shows how to associate the class parameter for legacy DDR. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1358 bytes ! version 12.3 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname host2 ! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! card type t1 1 ! username client password 0 lab memory-size iomem 10 no network-clock-participate aim 0 no network-clock-participate aim 1 no aaa new-model ip subnet-zero ! ip cef ! ip ips po max-events 100 no ftp-server write-enable isdn switch-type primary-ni ! controller T1 1/0 framing esf linecode b8zs cablelength long 0db
29
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
pri-group timeslots 1-24 ! controller T1 1/1 framing sf linecode ami cablelength long 0db ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.193.77 255.255.0.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial1/0:23 ip address 192.168.254.2 255.255.255.0 encapsulation ppp dialer map ip 172.22.82.2 name gw3845 class dial1 20009 dialer-group 2 isdn switch-type primary-ni ppp authentication chap ! no ip classless ip route 10.10.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.254.1 ip route 172.16.254.0 255.255.255.0 10.10.0.1 ! ip http server no ip http secure-server ! dialer-list 2 protocol ip permit ! control-plane ! line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! scheduler allocate 20000 1000 ! end
Dialer Profiles: Example The following example shows how to associate the class parameter for dialer profiles. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1689 bytes ! version 12.3 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname host3
30
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! card type t1 1 no logging console ! username uut password 0 lab no network-clock-participate aim 0 no network-clock-participate aim 1 no aaa new-model ip subnet-zero ! ip cef ! ip ips po max-events 100 no ftp-server write-enable isdn switch-type primary-ni ! controller T1 1/0 framing esf linecode b8zs cablelength long 0db pri-group timeslots 1-24 ! controller T1 1/1 framing sf linecode ami cablelength long 0db ! no crypto isakmp enable ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.193.88 255.255.0.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 10.10.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/3/0 no ip address clockrate 2000000 ! interface Serial0/3/1 no ip address clockrate 2000000 ! interface Serial1/0:23 no ip address encapsulation ppp dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 30000 isdn bchan-number-order descending ppp authentication chap ! iinterface Dialer2 ip address 192.168.252.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4087777 class test
31
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
dialer-group 1 ! ip default-gateway 5.5.5.6 ip classless ip route 172.16.254.254 255.255.255.255 10.3.0.1 ! ip http server ! ! map-class dialer test dialer trunkgroup 1 dialer preemption level flash dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit snmp-server community public RO snmp-server enable traps tty ! dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit ! control-plane ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! scheduler allocate 20000 8000 end
Maximum Number of Data and Voice Calls on the Dial-Out Trunk Group: Example The following sample configuration shows a maximum number of 500 data and voice calls configured on the trunk group, includes all B channels in the trunk group, and associates dialer test with the trunk group. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 2283 bytes ! version 12.3 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname host4 ! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! card type t1 1 1 no logging console ! no aaa new-model ! resource manager ! no network-clock-participate slot 1 ip subnet-zero !
32
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
ip cef ! no ftp-server write-enable isdn switch-type primary-ni ! trunk group 1 max-calls any 500 ! voice-card 0 dspfarm ! voice-card 1 dspfarm ! controller T1 1/0 framing esf linecode b8zs ! controller T1 1/0/0 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-12,24 ! controller T1 1/0/1 framing esf linecode b8zs ! interface GigabitEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.212.212 255.255.0.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface GigabitEthernet0/1 no ip address duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial1/0/0:23 no ip address dialer pool-member 1 isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 30000 isdn bchan-number-order descending isdn integrate calltype all trunk-group 1 1 no cdp enable ! interface Dialer0 ip address 192.168.254.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4081234 class test dialer-group 1 ! interface Dialer1 ip address 192.168.253.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4085678 class test dialer-group 1 ! interface Dialer2 ip address 192.168.252.1 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 1 dialer string 4087777 class test
33
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
dialer-group 1 ! ip classless ip route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 Dialer0 ip route 192.168.11.0 255.255.255.0 Dialer1 ip route 192.168.12.0 255.255.255.0 Dialer2 ip route 172.16.254.254 255.255.255.255 GigabitEthernet0/0 ! ip http server ! map-class dialer test dialer trunkgroup 1 dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit ! control-plane ! voice-port 1/0/0:23 ! voice-port 2/0/0 ! voice-port 2/0/1 ! voice-port 2/0/2 ! voice-port 2/0/3 ! voice-port 2/0/4 ! voice-port 2/0/5 ! voice-port 2/0/6 ! voice-port 2/0/7 ! dial-peer voice 100 pots destination-pattern 1001 port 2/0/0 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 2001 pots destination-pattern 200. port 1/0/0:23 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 101 pots destination-pattern 1002 port 2/0/1 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! scheduler allocate 20000 1000 ! end
34
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
Dial-Peer Configuration: Example Data dial peers enable the configuration and order assignment of dial peers so that the gateway can identify incoming calls as voice or data. The incoming called number specifies the number associated with the data dial peer. The following example shows a configuration for the voice and data dial-peers and incoming called number. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1978 bytes ! version 12.3 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname host6 ! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! no aaa new-model ! resource manager ! no network-clock-participate slot 1 ip subnet-zero ! ip cef ! no ftp-server write-enable isdn switch-type primary-ni ! trunk group 1 max-calls any 2 ! voice-card 0 dspfarm ! voice-card 1 dspfarm ! controller T1 1/1/0 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-12,24 trunk-group 1 timeslots 2 ! controller T1 1/1/1 framing esf linecode b8zs ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.193.90 255.255.0.0 duplex half speed 10 ! interface FastEthernet0/1 no ip address shutdown
35
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1/0 no ip address shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1/2 no ip address shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1/3 no ip address shutdown ! interface Serial1/1/0:23 no ip address dialer pool-member 2 isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn integrate calltype all no cdp enable ! interface Vlan1 no ip address ! interface Dialer0 ip address 192.168.254.2 255.255.255.0 dialer pool 2 dialer string 6501234 dialer-group 2 ! ip classless ip route 10.10.1.0 255.255.255.0 Dialer0 ip route 172.16.254.0 255.255.255.0 10.10.0.1 ! ip http server ! dialer-list 2 protocol ip permit ! control-plane ! voice-port 0/2/0 ! voice-port 0/2/1 ! voice-port 0/2/2 ! voice-port 0/2/3 ! voice-port 1/1/0:23 ! dial-peer voice 100 pots destination-pattern 2001 port 0/2/0 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 10 pots incoming called-number . direct-inward-dial port 1/1/0:23
36
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
! dial-peer data 50 pots incoming called-number 408T ! dial-peer voice 101 pots destination-pattern 2002 port 0/2/1 forward-digits all ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! scheduler allocate 20000 1000 ! end
Disconnect Cause: Example This example shows the DisconnectCause information for a preemption call. Router# show call history voice Telephony call-legs: 2 SIP call-legs: 0 H323 call-legs: 0 Call agent controlled call-legs: 0 Total call-legs: 2 GENERIC: SetupTime=281680 ms Index=1 PeerAddress=7002 PeerSubAddress= PeerId=20002 PeerIfIndex=161 LogicalIfIndex=160 DisconnectCause=8 DisconnectText=preemption (8) ConnectTime=286160 ms DisconnectTime=441190 ms CallDuration=00:02:35 sec CallOrigin=2 ReleaseSource=7 InternalErrorCode=1.1.8.11.35.0 ChargedUnits=0 InfoType=speech TransmitPackets=0 TransmitBytes=0 ReceivePackets=6910 ReceiveBytes=1105600 TELE: ConnectionId=[0x4E9D9EF1 0x23E411DA 0x8002A31F 0xB25BECEF] IncomingConnectionId=[0x4E9D9EF1 0x23E411DA 0x8002A31F 0xB25BECEF] CallID=1 TxDuration=0 ms VoiceTxDuration=0 ms FaxTxDuration=0 ms CoderTypeRate=g711ulaw NoiseLevel=0 ACOMLevel=0
37
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Configuration Examples for Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces
SessionTarget= ImgPages=0 CallerName= CallerIDBlocked=False OriginalCallingNumber=7002 OriginalCallingOctet=0x0 OriginalCalledNumber= OriginalCalledOctet=0x80 OriginalRedirectCalledNumber= OriginalRedirectCalledOctet=0x0 TranslatedCallingNumber=7002 TranslatedCallingOctet=0x0 TranslatedCalledNumber= TranslatedCalledOctet=0x80 TranslatedRedirectCalledNumber= TranslatedRedirectCalledOctet=0x0 GwCollectedCalledNumber=2000 GwReceivedCallingNumber=7002 GwReceivedCallingOctet3=0x0 GwReceivedCallingOctet3a=0x0 GENERIC: SetupTime=282800 ms Index=2 PeerAddress=2000 PeerSubAddress= PeerId=2001 PeerIfIndex=144 LogicalIfIndex=42 DisconnectCause=8 DisconnectText=preemption (8) ConnectTime=286160 ms DisconnectTime=441210 ms CallDuration=00:02:35 sec CallOrigin=1 ReleaseSource=7 InternalErrorCode=1.1.8.11.35.0 ChargedUnits=0 InfoType=speech TransmitPackets=6910 TransmitBytes=1160880 ReceivePackets=6917 ReceiveBytes=1106720 TELE: ConnectionId=[0x4E9D9EF1 0x23E411DA 0x8002A31F 0xB25BECEF] IncomingConnectionId=[0x4E9D9EF1 0x23E411DA 0x8002A31F 0xB25BECEF] CallID=2 TxDuration=0 ms VoiceTxDuration=0 ms FaxTxDuration=0 ms CoderTypeRate=g711ulaw NoiseLevel=-41 ACOMLevel=26 SessionTarget= ImgPages=0 CallerName= CallerIDBlocked=False AlertTimepoint=282820 ms Target tg label=1 OriginalCallingNumber=7002 OriginalCallingOctet=0x0 OriginalCalledNumber= OriginalCalledOctet=0x80 OriginalRedirectCalledNumber= OriginalRedirectCalledOctet=0x0 TranslatedCallingNumber=7002
38
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Additional References
TranslatedCallingOctet=0x0 TranslatedCalledNumber=2000 TranslatedCalledOctet=0x80 TranslatedRedirectCalledNumber= TranslatedRedirectCalledOctet=0x0 GwCollectedCalledNumber=2000 GwOutpulsedCalledNumber=2000 GwOutpulsedCalledOctet3=0x80 GwReceivedCallingNumber=7002 GwReceivedCallingOctet3=0x0 GwReceivedCallingOctet3a=0x0 GwOutpulsedCallingNumber=7002 GwOutpulsedCallingOctet3=0x0 GwOutpulsedCallingOctet3a=0x0 DSPIdentifier=0/1:1
Additional References The following sections provide references related to configuring integrated data and voice for ISDN interfaces.
Related Documents Related Topic
Document Title
Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library, including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation.
Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library
Voice command reference
Cisco IOS Voice Command Reference
Cisco IOS ISDN voice technologies
Cisco IOS ISDN Voice Configuration Guide
Cisco dial technologies
•
Cisco IOS Dial Technologies Configuration Guide
•
Cisco IOS Dial Technologies Command Reference
ISDN PRI configuration information
Configuring Network Side ISDN PRI Signaling, Trunking, and Switching
Multilevel precedence and preemption (MLPP) information
Multilevel Precedence and Preemption
ISDN voice interface information.
Configuring ISDN PRI Voice-Interface Support
Standards Standard
Title
No new or modified standards are supported by this feature, and support for existing standards has not been modified by this feature.
39
Integrated Data and Voice Services for ISDN PRI Interfaces on Multiservice Access Routers Additional References
MIBs MIB
MIBs Link
CISCO-VOICE-COMMON-DIAL-CONTROL-MIB To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco IOS releases, and feature sets, use Cisco MIB Locator found at the • CISCO-VOICE-DIAL-CONTROL-MIB following URL: •
http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
RFCs RFC
Title
No new or modified RFCs are supported by this feature, and support for existing RFCs has not been modified by this feature.
Technical Assistance Description
Link
The Cisco Technical Support website contains http://www.cisco.com/techsupport thousands of pages of searchable technical content, including links to products, technologies, solutions, technical tips, and tools. Registered Cisco.com users can log in from this page to access even more content.
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
40
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces This chapter describes how to implement the Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces with the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module feature. This card provides a voice-processing termination solution at a density of 30 VoIP or VoFR voice or fax channels, while not consuming a network-module slot. It provides the following benefits: •
Integrated voice and serial data WAN functionality on the same T1/E1 interface or on the second port of the voice/WAN interface cards (VWIC)
•
Support for high-complexity codecs
The serial interface supports the following features: •
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), Frame Relay (FR), and high-level data link control (HDLC) encapsulations—Up to 120 channels
•
FR, HDLC, and PPP encapsulation and voice on the same T1/E1 voice interface available in the following two options: – Channel associated signaling (CAS) or Primary Rate Interface (PRI) group, plus the channel
group are defined on the same T1/E1 interface in the Cisco 2600 WIC slot. – The DS0 or PRI, plus the channel groups are configured across two ports of the same T1/E1
VWIC. For example, you can configure a DS0 group or a PRI group on port 0, and a channel group on the same port or another port. •
HDLC data inversion—Meets the density requirement for T1 links
•
Compression support—Software and hardware compression is supported on the Cisco 3660, Cisco 3725, and Cisco 3745
Note
There is only one advanced integration module (AIM) slot on Cisco 2600 platforms, so hardware compression is not applicable to the Cisco 2600 series.
•
Multilink PPP
•
G.703 (E1 unframed mode)
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Contents
Feature History for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces with the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Release
Modification
12.2(15)T
This feature was introduced.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 24.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 2
•
Restrictions for Configuring Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 3
•
Information About Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 3
•
How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 7
•
Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 19
•
Additional References, page 24
Prerequisites for Configuring Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 2600XM •
Ensure that you have the following: – 64-MB RAM and 32-MB flash memory
2
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Restrictions for Configuring Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30
– Appropriate voice-interface hardware, as listed in AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and
AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660 Cisco 3660, Cisco 3725, and Cisco 3745 •
Ensure that you have the following: – Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T IP Plus or a later release – 128-MB RAM and 32-MB flash memory – Multiservice interchange (MIX) module (MIX-3660-64) installed in the time-division
multiplexing (TDM) slot on the motherboard on the Cisco 3660 only – Appropriate voice-interface hardware, as listed in AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and
AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660
Restrictions for Configuring Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4. In addition, the following apply. Cisco 2600 Series Restrictions •
This feature does not support Drop and Insert.
•
Voice channels can appear only on a single port of the two T1/E1 interfaces on the VWIC. Data channels can appear on both.
Other Platform Restrictions •
This feature is not supported on the following platforms: Cisco 1700 series, Cisco MC3810, and Cisco AS5x00.
Hardware Restrictions •
This feature is not supported on the AIM-VOICE-30 card or the AIM-ATM card.
•
Modem relay is not supported on AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 DSPs.
•
Codec GSM-EFR is not supported.
•
With a high-complexity image set, an AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 DSP card can process up to only 16 voice channels. The 16 associated time slots must be within a contiguous range. Applications and voice interfaces that can be used with the three types of AIM are listed in AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660.
Information About Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4.
3
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Information About Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
To implement this feature, you should understand the following concepts: •
AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module, page 4
•
Integrated Voice and Data WAN, page 4
•
High-Complexity Voice Compression, page 6
•
Network Clock Source and Participation, page 6
AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module The AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 module is an advanced integration module capable of supporting up to 30 voice or fax channels when used in a supported platform with one of the T1/E1 voice/WAN interface cards (such as VWIC-1T1). The module includes DSPs that are used for a number of voice-processing tasks such as voice compression and decompression, voice-activity detection or silence suppression, and PBX or PSTN signaling protocols. The module supports VoIP, VoFR, and VoIP over ATM (VoATM) while leaving the router network-module slot open for other functions such as asynchronous or synchronous serial concentration. For additional information, see AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660.
Integrated Voice and Data WAN This feature adds integrated voice and serial-data WAN service on the same T1 or E1 interface or VWIC on AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 DSP cards. This enhancement enables you to use some DS0 channels for serial-data Frame Relay, high-level data link control (HDLC), and Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), for example, while the remaining T1 or E1channels can be used for voice channel-associated signaling (CAS) or PRI. Figure 7 shows a typical application scenario in which 16 channels of a T1 line are used for voice and 4 channels are used for Frame relay data. Integrating voice and serial data on the same T1 or E1 line minimizes the recurring cost of providing PSTN and data WAN access. In particular, integrated access provides a number of voice DS0s (for PSTN access) and a Frame Relay link on the same T1.
4
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Information About Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Figure 7
Applications server
Typical Application Scenario
Cisco CallManager
Headquarters
Cisco 7200 WAN
AIM-ATM-VOICE-30
Cisco 2600 series with high-density voice and fax network module, AIM-ATM-VOICE-30, and SRST
V
16 DS-0 voice + 256K FR PSTN
V
FXO
IP
IP
72362
FXS
Figure 8 shows a typical deployment scenario in which port 0 of the VWIC-MFT module is connected to an integrated voice and data service provider with 20 channels. These 20 channels are used for voice (running CAS or PRI); the remaining four channels are used for serial data (running Frame Relay). Using this type of configuration, you can take advantage of the integrated service offered by a service provider and minimize the cost of leasing and supporting T1 or E1 lines. Figure 8
Typical Feature Deployment
VWIC-MFT
20 channels T1 CAS 4 channels FR, 256K port speed, 128K CIR Cisco 2600XM NM-2V
PSTN
72469
NM slot
IP service provider
5
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Information About Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
High-Complexity Voice Compression This feature adds high-complexity G.723, G.728, and GSM-FR codec support to the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 module so that the DSP can support both medium- and high-complexity codecs running separately. Each DSP core can process up to two voice channels, so each module can support up to 16 voice channels when running a high-complexity DSP firmware image. The following high-complexity codecs are supported: •
G.723.1 5.3K
•
G.723.1 6.3K
•
G.723 1A 5.3K
•
G.723 1A 6.3K
•
G.728
•
G.729
•
G.729B
•
GSM-FR
The following medium-complexity codecs are supported in high-complexity mode:
Note
•
G.711 mu-law
•
G.711 a-law
•
G.726
•
G.729A
•
G.729 AB
•
Clear-channel codec
•
Fax relay
Neither modem-relay nor GSM-EFR is supported.
Network Clock Source and Participation Note
You must configure network clock source and participation to use the Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module feature. Packet voice and video are sensitive to time delays. To prevent mismatches and data slips, you must synchronize data flows to a single clock source, known as the network clock. When a network clock is configured on a gateway, the router is externally clocked by one T1 or E1 port and passes that clock signal across the backplane to another T1 or E1 port on another WIC or network module slot. Use of a network clock on a gateway is configured by naming the network modules and interface cards that are participating in network clocking, and then selecting a port to act as the source of timing for the network clock.
6
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
The network clock provides timing from the source, through the port to the AIM, and then out to all participating router slots. The number of supported AIM slots is as follows: •
The Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 2600XM support one internal AIM slot.
•
The Cisco 3660, Cisco 3725, and Cisco 3745 support two internal AIM slots.
The network clock source must be derived from an external source—for example, PSTN, PBX, or ATM network. For digital voice ports, the clock source command in configures the type of timing (internal or from the line) for each port that you designate as a primary source or backup for the network clock. This command allows maximum flexibility. For example, on a router with a multiflex trunk VWIC connected to an ATM network and a digital T1/E1 packet voice trunk network module connected to a PBX, you can set up network clocking in any of three ways:
Note
•
The multiflex trunk VWIC provides clocking to the AIM, which provides it to the digital T1/E1 packet voice trunk network module (that is, to the PBX).
•
The digital T1/E1 packet voice trunk network module provides clocking to the AIM, which provides it to the multiflex trunk VWIC.
•
The ATM network and the PBX run their own clocks, which are not necessarily synchronized. However, this scenario could result in poor voice quality.
For a detailed discussion of clock sources on individual ports, see the information about clock sources on digital T1/E1 voice ports in the chapter on configuring voice ports in the Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide.
How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module This section contains the following procedures:
Note
•
Configuring Network Clock Source and Participation, page 7
•
Configuring the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Card for High-Complexity Codecs and Time Slots, page 14 (optional)
•
Configuring Integrated Voice and Serial Data WAN, page 15 (optional)
•
Verifying Integrated Voice and Serial Data WAN, page 17 (optional)
For detailed configuration tasks for the AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, see AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660.
Configuring Network Clock Source and Participation Note
You must configure network clock source and participation to use the Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module feature.
7
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Configuring Clock Source Internal To configure a clock with an internal source, perform the following steps.
Prerequisites •
Configure the controller for PRI or DS0 groups and for ATM AIM or CAS before configuring network-clock participation parameters.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller
4.
clock source
5.
mode atm
6.
exit
7.
network-clock-participate
8.
exit
SUMMARY STEPS
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/0
8
Enters controller configuration mode on the T1 or E1 controller on the selected slot/port.
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
clock source {line [primary] | internal}
Specifies the source from which the phase-locked loop (PLL) on this port derives its clocking and, if the source is line, whether this port is the primary source. Arguments and keywords are as follows:
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source internal
•
line—Clock recovered from the line’s receive data stream. This is the default.
•
primary—External source to which the port is connected. This option also puts a second port, which is generally connected to the PBX, into looped-time mode. Both ports are configured with line, but only the port connected to the external source is configured with primary.
•
internal—T1 or E1 controller internal PLL.
Note
Step 5
mode atm [aim aim-slot-number]
Example: Router(config-controller)# mode atm aim 0
With the default, the clock source does not appear in the show running-config command output. Use the show controllers command to display the current source for a port.
Specifies that the configuration on this controller is for ATM, using the AIM in the specified slot for ATM processing, and creates ATM interface 0. Use when you connect the T1 line to an ATM network. The argument is as follows: •
aim-slot-number—AIM slot number on the router chassis: – Cisco 2600 series: 0 – Cisco 3660 and Cisco 3700 series: 0 or 1
Note
Step 6
exit
This command without the aim keyword uses software rather than the AIM to perform ATM SAR. This is supported on Cisco 2600 series WIC slots only and not on network module slots.
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
9
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Step 7
Command or Action
Purpose
network-clock-participate [slot slot-number | wic wic-slot | aim aim-slot-number]
Allows the network module or VWIC in the specified slot to use the network clock for its timing. Keywords depend on platform.
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-participate slot 5
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-participate wic 0
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-participate aim 0
Step 8
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config)# exit
Configuring the Clock-Source Line To configure the clock-source line, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller
4.
clock source
5.
mode atm or mode cas or ds0-group timeslots or pri-group timeslots
10
6.
exit
7.
network-clock-participate
8.
network-clock-select priority
9.
exit
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode on the T1 or E1 controller on the specified slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/0
Step 4
clock source {line [primary] | internal}
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source line
Specifies the source from which the phase-locked loop (PLL) on this port derives its clocking and, if the source is line, whether this port is the primary source. Keywords are as follows: •
line—Clock recovered from the line’s receive data stream. This is the default.
•
primary—External source to which the port is connected. This option also puts a second port, which is generally connected to the PBX, into looped-time mode. Both ports are configured with line, but only the port connected to the external source is configured with primary.
•
internal—T1 or E1 controller internal PLL.
Note
With the default, the clock source does not appear in the show running-config command output. Use the show controllers command to display the current source for a port.
11
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Step 5
Command or Action
Purpose
mode atm [aim aim-slot]
(mode atm command) Sets the controller to ATM mode and creates ATM interface ATM 0. Use for Cisco 2600 series, Cisco 3660, and Cisco 3700 series that use an AIM for ATM processing. Do not use on routers that use an AIM only for DSP resources.
or mode cas
or
Note
ds0-group group-number timeslots timeslot-range type type
or
This command without the aim keyword uses software (rather than AIM) to perform ATM segmentation and reassembly. This is supported on Cisco 2600 series WIC slots only and is not supported on network module slots.
pri-group timeslots timeslot-range
or
Example: Router(config-controller)# mode atm aim 0
(mode cas command) Sets the controller to CAS mode (for software images earlier than Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T). Use for Cisco 2600 series with WIC slots.
or
or
Example:
(ds0-group timeslots command) Creates a DS0 group that makes up a logical voice port on a T1/E1 controller and specifies the signaling type by which the router connects to the PBX or CO.
Router(config-controller)# mode cas
or Example:
or (pri-group timeslots command) Creates a PRI group that makes up a logical voice port on a channelized T1 or E1 controller.
Router(config-controller)# ds0-group 0 timeslots 1-4,8-23 type fxs-loop-start
or Example: Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-4,8-23
Step 6
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 7
network-clock-participate [slot slot-number | wic wic-slot | aim aim-slot-number]
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-participate wic 0
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-participate slot 5
12
Allows the network module or VWIC in the specified slot to use the network clock for its timing. Keywords depend on platform.
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Step 8
Command or Action
Purpose
network-clock-select priority {t1 | e1} slot/port
Specifies a slot/port to be used as a timing source for the network clock and the priority level for that port. The source that is given the highest priority is designated the primary source and is used first; if it becomes unavailable, the source with the second-highest priority is used, and so forth. This command is required if the clock source is from the line. The clocking is provided to the AIM, which then provides it to participating slots in the router. Keywords and arguments are as follows:
Example: Router(config)# network-clock-select 1 e1 0/1
•
priority—Priority for the clock source (1 is highest priority)
•
t1 or e1—T1 or E1 ports
•
slot/port—Slot and port for the controller clock source. Slots are as follows: – Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 2600XM—0 (built-in WIC
slot) or 1 (network module slot) – Cisco 3660—1 to 6 – Cisco 3725 and Cisco 3745—1 to 4 Step 9
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config)# exit
13
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Configuring the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Card for High-Complexity Codecs and Time Slots To configure the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 card for high-complexity codecs and time slots, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
voice-card
4.
codec complexity
5.
dspfarm
6.
exit
7.
controller
8.
ds0-group timeslot
9.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
voice-card slot
Example: Router(config)# voice-card 0
Enters voice-card configuration mode to configure DSP resources on the specified card. The argument is as follows: •
slot—AIM slot number on the router chassis: – Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 2600XM—0 – Cisco 3660—7 is AIM slot 0; 8 is AIM slot 1 – Cisco 3725—3 is AIM slot 0; 4 is AIM slot 1 – Cisco 3745—5 is AIM slot 0; 6 is AIM slot 1
14
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Command or Action Step 4
codec complexity
Purpose {high | medium}
Example: Router(config-voice-card)# codec complexity high
Changes the codec complexity to high or medium and matches the DSP complexity packaging to the supported codecs. When codec complexity changes, the system prompts you to remove all existing DS0 or PRI groups. Then all DSPs are reset, loaded with the specified firmware image, and released. For switched calls, you can configure a high-complexity codec even when the DSPs are loaded with medium-complexity firmware. However, an error message displays during call setup when a high-complexity codec is detected. This command affects all DSPs on this voice card. You cannot specify the DSP firmware type based on the DSP chip type.
Step 5
(Optional) Enters the DSP resources on the AIM specified in the voice-card command into the DSP resource pool.
dspfarm
Example: Router(config-voicecard)# dspfarm
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-voicecard)# exit
Step 7
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode on the T1 or E1 controller on the selected slot/port.
Example: Router(config)# controller e1 1/0
Step 8
ds0-group group-number timeslots timeslot-range type type
Creates a DS0 group that makes up a logical voice port on a T1/E1 controller. The keyword and argument are as follows: •
timeslots timeslot-range—Number, range of numbers, or multiple ranges of numbers separated by commas. T1 range: 1 to 24. E1 range: 1 to 31.
•
type type—Signaling type by which the router communicates with the PBX or PSTN.
Example: Router(config-controller)# ds0-group 0 timeslots 1-16
Note Step 9
High-complexity codecs with the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 module can process up to 16 voice channels.
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configuring Integrated Voice and Serial Data WAN To configure integrated voice and serial data WAN, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
15
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller
4.
clock source
5.
channel-group timeslots
6.
ds0-group timeslots type or pri-group timeslots
7.
no shutdown
8.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Example:
Enters controller configuration mode on the T1 or E1 controller on the specified slot/port. The example shows a VWIC E1 card installed in WIC slot 0.
Router(config)# controller e1 0/1
Step 4
clock source {line [primary] | internal}
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source internal
Specifies the source from which the phase-locked loop (PLL) on this port derives its clocking and, if the source is line, whether this port is the primary source. Arguments and keywords are as follows: •
line—Clock recovered from the line’s receive data stream. This is the default.
•
primary—External source to which the port is connected. This option also puts a second port, which is generally connected to the PBX, into looped-time mode. Both ports are configured with line, but only the port connected to the external source is configured with primary.
•
internal—T1 or E1 controller internal PLL.
Note
16
With the default, the clock source does not appear in the show running-config command output. To display the current source for a port, use the show controllers command.
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Step 5
Command or Action
Purpose
channel-group channel-group-number timeslots timeslot-range [speed bit-rate] aim aim-slot-number
Directs HDLC traffic from the T1/E1 interface to the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 digital signaling processor (DSP) card. Use to specify T1/E1 timeslots to be used for HDLC/PPP/Frame-relay encapsulated data.
Example: Router(config-controller)# channel-group 1 timeslots 1-5 aim 0
Step 6
ds0-group ds0-group-number timeslots timeslot-range type type
or pri-group timeslots timeslot-range | d-channel timeslot | rlm-timeslot timeslot number]
(DS0 groups) Creates a DS0 group that makes up a logical voice port on a T1/E1 controller. Keywords and arguments are as follows: •
timeslot timeslot-range—Number, range of numbers, or multiple ranges of numbers separated by commas. T1 range: 1 to 24. E1 range: 1 to 31.
•
type type—Signaling type by which the router communicates with the PBX or PSTN.
Example: Router(config-controller)# ds0-group 2 timeslots 6-12 type e&m-immediate-start
or
Note
or
Example: Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 6-23
(PRI groups) Creates a PRI group that makes up a logical voice port on a channelized T1 or E1 controller. The keyword and argument are as follows: • Note
Step 7
High-complexity codecs with the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 module can process up to 16 voice channels.
timeslot timeslot-range—Range of numbers. T1 range: 1 to 23. E1 range: 1 to 15. Only one PRI group can be configured on a controller.
Reinstates the controller.
no shutdown
Example: Router(config-controller)# no shutdown
Step 8
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Verifying Integrated Voice and Serial Data WAN To verify integrated voice and serial data WAN, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show controllers serial
2.
show interface serial
3.
show isdn status
4.
show network-clocks
17
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces How to Configure Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
5.
show running-config
6.
show voice dsp
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show controllers serial Use this command to display the configuration on the serial interface Router# show controllers serial 0/0:3 Interface Serial0/0:3 is up Hardware is ATM AIM SERIAL hwidb=0x82C1B768, sardb=0x826404A4 slot 0, unit 0, subunit 0 Current (mxt5100_t)sardb: Ind_Q(0x3D53580), Ind_Q_idx(695), Ind_Q_size(30000) Cmd_Q(0x3D4E720), Cmd_Q_idx(359), Cmd_Q_size(20000) Inpool(0x3B9E1A0), Inpool_size(4096) Outpool(0x3D1B080), Outpool_size(4096) Localpool(0x3D20000), Localpool_size(256) StorBlk(0x3BA7000), host_blk(0x3BA4840), em_blk(0x3BA4900) tx_buf_desc(0x3D476A0), tx_free_desc_idx (1023) num_fallback(0) MXT5100 Port Info: Port Number (4), Port ID (0xE05) Interface Number (0), Interface ID (0xF5E0) Port Type 2, Port Open Status SUCCESS HDLC channels opened(1) Port counters:Tx Packets:50686, Rx Packets:42864 Tx Bytes:0, Rx Bytes:0 Discards:No Resource:0, Protocol Errors 4 MXT5100 Channel Info: HDLC Channel Info (0): Chan_ID (0xF25), Open Status SUCCESS tx_limited=0(8)
Step 2
show interface serial Use this command to display the configuration on the serial interface. Router# show interface serial 0/0:3 Serial0/0:3 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is ATM AIM SERIAL Internet address is 20.0.0.1/16 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 64 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation PPP, loopback not set LCP Open Open:IPCP, CDPCP Last input 00:00:09, output 00:00:09, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters 18:36:25 Input queue:0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops:0 Queueing strategy:weighted fair Output queue:0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Conversations 0/1/256 (active/max active/max total) Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) Available Bandwidth 48 kilobits/sec 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 6696 packets input, 446400 bytes, 0 no buffer
18
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 6697 packets output, 460924 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 0 carrier transitions Timeslot(s) Used:4, Transmitter delay is 0 flags
Step 3
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 4
show network-clocks Use this command to display the current chosen clock and the list of all sources of network clocks according to their priority. Router# show network-clocks Network Clock Configuration --------------------------Priority Clock Source 3 5 9
E1 6/2 T1 2/0 Backplane
Current Primary Clock Source --------------------------Priority Clock Source 3
Step 5
E1 6/2
Clock State
Clock Type
GOOD GOOD Good
Clock State
E1 T1 PLL
Clock Type
GOOD
E1
show running-config Use this command to display the basic router configuration.
Step 6
show voice dsp Use this command to display the voice DSP configuration. Router# show voice dsp DSP DSP DSPWARE CURR BOOT PAK TX/RX TYPE NUM CH CODEC VERSION STATE STATE RST AI VOICEPORT TS ABORT PACK COUNT ==== === == ======== ======= ===== ======= === == ========= == ===== ============ C5421000 00 {high} 3.6.14 IDLE idle 0 0 0/0:0 01 0 5313/1516
Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module This section contains the following configuration examples: •
Single-Serial-Data WAN: Example, page 20
•
Multiple-Serial-Data WAN: Example, page 21
•
High-Complexity Codecs and Network Clock: Example, page 23
19
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
Single-Serial-Data WAN: Example This example shows the configuration of a router whose E1 (0/0) controller is used for integrated voice and serial data. Note that E1 timeslots 1 to 11 are configured for serial data and E1 timeslots 12 to 31 are configured for PRI voice. Also note that interface Serial0/0:1 is the logical interface for E1 timeslots 1 to 11 and interface Serial0/0:15 is the logical interface for E1 timeslots 12 to 31. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1356 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname "buick-hc" ! network-clock-participate wic 0 network-clock-participate aim 0 network-clock-select 1 E1 0/0 voice-card 5 dspfarm ! ip subnet-zero !! isdn switch-type primary-qsig no voice hpi capture buffer no voice hpi capture destination ! mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller E1 0/0 channel-group 1 timeslots 1-11 aim 0 pri-group timeslots 12-31 ! controller E1 0/1 ! controller E1 0/3 controller E1 0/2 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/0:1 ip address 175.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 encapsulation ppp ! interface Serial0/0:15 no ip address no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice no cdp enable ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 1.10.10.1 255.0.0.0
20
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30
speed 100 full-duplex ! ip http server ip classless ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 0/0:15 ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! dial-peer voice 40 pots destination-pattern 427.... direct-inward-dial port 0/0:15 prefix 427 ! dial-peer voice 400 voip destination-pattern 525.... session target ipv4:1.10.10.2 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
Multiple-Serial-Data WAN: Example This example shows the configuration of a router whose E1 (0/0) controller is used voice and serial data traffic and whose E1 (0/1) controller is used completely for data traffic. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1492 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname "buick-hc" ! network-clock-participate wic 0 network-clock-participate aim 0 network-clock-select 1 E1 0/0 voice-card 5 dspfarm ! ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type primary-qsig ! no voice hpi capture buffer no voice hpi capture destination
21
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 Module
! mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller E1 0/0 channel-group 1 timeslots 1-11 aim 0 pri-group timeslots 12-31 ! controller E1 0/1 channel-group 1 timeslots 1-31 aim 0 ! controller E1 0/3 ! controller E1 0/2 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/0:1 ip address 172.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 encapsulation ppp ! interface Serial0/0:15 no ip address no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice no cdp enable ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 10.10.10.1 255.0.0.0 speed 100 full-duplex ! interface Serial0/1:1 ip address 175.5.0.1 255.0.0.0 encapsulation frame-relay ! ip http server ip classless ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 0/0:15 ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! dial-peer voice 40 pots destination-pattern 427.... direct-inward-dial port 0/0:15 prefix 427 ! dial-peer voice 400 voip destination-pattern 525.... session target ipv4:10.10.10.2 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0
22
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Configuration Examples for Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Using the AIM-ATM-VOICE-30
line vty 0 4 login ! end
High-Complexity Codecs and Network Clock: Example This example shows the configuration of a router in which the WIC at slot 0 and AIM at slot 0 are configured to received clock from the network (see the lines network-clock-participate). Also note that E1 0/0 controller is the source of the network clock (see the line network-clock-select). This example also shows that the voice card in slot 5 uses a high-complexity codec. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration : 1276 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname "router-hc" ! network-clock-participate wic 0 network-clock-participate aim 0 network-clock-select 1 E1 0/0 voice-card 5 codec complexity high dspfarm ! ip subnet-zero ! isdn switch-type primary-qsig no voice hpi capture buffer no voice hpi capture destination ! mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller E1 0/0 pri-group timeslots 1-16 ! controller E1 0/1 ! controller E1 0/3 ! controller E1 0/2 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/0:15 no ip address no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-qsig isdn incoming-voice voice no cdp enable !
23
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Additional References
interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 1.10.10.1 255.0.0.0 speed 100 full-duplex ! ip http server ip classless ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 0/0:15 ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! dial-peer voice 40 pots destination-pattern 427.... direct-inward-dial port 0/0:15 prefix 427 ! dial-peer voice 400 voip destination-pattern 525.... session target ipv4:0.10.10.2 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter
24
•
AIM-ATM, AIM-VOICE-30, and AIM-ATM-VOICE-30 on the Cisco 2600 Series and Cisco 3660 at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/122t8/ft_04gin.h tm
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Additional References
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
25
Integrated Voice and Data WAN on T1/E1 Interfaces Additional References
26
ISDN GTD for Setup Message This chapter describes how to implement the ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message feature. The feature provides support for mapping ISDN information elements (IEs) to corresponding GTD parameters. The following IEs and parameters are supported: •
Originating line information (OLI)
•
Bearer capability (USI and TMR) called-party number (CPN)
•
Calling-party number (CGN)
•
Redirecting number (RGN, OCN and RNI)
This feature allows VoIP service providers to develop custom call treatments and enhanced service offerings based on call origination and to correctly identify the source of a call, bill appropriately, and settle accurately with other network providers. Feature History for ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Release
Modification
12.2(15)T
This feature was introduced.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.htm.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 23.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Contents
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Message, page 2
•
Restrictions for Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Message, page 2
•
Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message, page 2
•
How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message, page 14
•
Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message, page 19
•
Additional References, page 23
Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Message •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
•
Configure your VoIP network and Cisco IOS gateways to allow sending and processing of ISDN Q.931 setup messages.
Restrictions for Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Message Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4. In addition, the following applies: •
This feature does not support ISDN BRI calls.
Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. To implement this feature, you should understand the following concepts: •
Feature Design of ISDN GTD for Setup Messages, page 2
•
Mapping of ISDN Information Elements to GTD Parameters, page 3
Feature Design of ISDN GTD for Setup Messages The ISDN GTD for Setup Messages feature allows the delivery of information elements present in ISDN setup messages to Tool Command Language (Tcl) scripts, RADIUS accounting servers, and routing servers in VoIP networks. This allows Tcl scripts and routing servers to access ISDN signaling information to provide enhanced features and routing services. In particular, the OLI IE present in AT&T (TR-41459 ISDN PRI UNI Specification) and MCI setup messages can be passed to the originating-line-info VSA in RADIUS start-accounting messages to identify the originating caller.
2
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
FCC regulations mandate that pay-telephone operators be compensated by network operators for 1-800 calls made from their pay telephones. Before implementation of this feature, network operators had no way to identify calls made from their pay telephones. As a result, network operators had to compensate pay-telephone operators directly from their own revenues. In addition, network operators had no billing records to validate pay-telephone operators’ settlement requests to prevent fraud. This feature provides Cisco network operators with the ability to correctly identify the source of a call. It allows networks to do the following: •
Extract originating-line information (OLI) to identify pay telephone calls and pass on applicable charges
•
Generate billing records that can be used to validate pay telephone operator settlement requests.
Note
For information on accounting records and RADIUS billing, see the RADIUS VSA Voice Implementation Guide.
This feature provides the flexibility to identify other types of originated calls (from prisons, hotels, and so forth) and allows you to use the Tcl interface to define custom services for these types of calls.
Note
For more information on Tcl application programming, see the Tcl IVR API Version 2.0 Programmer's Guide. In addition to passing OLI, this feature supports GTD mapping for Bearer Capability, Called Party Number, Calling Party Number, and Redirecting Number IEs. Cisco implements this feature on Cisco IOS gateways by providing a mechanism to allow creating and passing the Q931 setup message and its parameters in a GTD format. The setup message, received by the gateway to initiate call establishment, is mapped to the GTD initial address message (IAM). Generic transparency descriptors represent parameters within signaling messages and enable transport of signaling data in a standard format across network components and applications. The GTD mechanism allows them to share signaling data and achieve interworking between different signaling types. This feature supports only ISDN PRI and non-facility associated signaling (NFAS) calls.
Mapping of ISDN Information Elements to GTD Parameters ISDN messages, used to signal call control, are composed of information elements and follow the format specified in ITU-T Q.931. This feature supports only the mapping of Q931 setup messages to GTD IAM messages. This section defines the mapping of ISDN information elements to GTD parameters. Parameters are referred to by both parameter name and three-character GTD code. Table 9 defines the mapping of ISDN IEs to GTD parameters. The GTD mechanism also passes the following parameters for which there are no corresponding ISDN IEs: •
Calling-party category (CPC)
•
Forward-call indicators (FCI)
•
Protocol name (PRN)
3
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 9
ISDN IEs Mapped to GTD Parameters
ISDN Information Element
GTD Parameter
Bearer Capability
USI (user-service information), TMR (transmission-medium requirements)
Called Party Number
CPN (called party number)
Calling Party Number
CGN (calling-party number)
Originating Line Info
OLI (originating-line information)
Redirecting Number
RGN (redirecting number), OCN (original called number), RNI (redirection information)
GTD mapping allows up to two redirecting number (original called number) IEs per call as follows: •
If only one IE is present in the incoming setup message, then both RGN and OCN parameters are built by the ISDN stack and the RGN and OCN parameters contain the same values. Both the redirection reason (rr) field and original redirection reason (orr) field in the GTD RNI parameter contain the redirection reason indicated in the IE.
•
If two IEs are present, then OCN contains information specified in the first IE and RGN contains information for the second IE. RNI contains redirection reasons. The GTD orr field indicates the redirection reason of the first IE and the GTD rr field indicates that of the second IE.
Mapping for CPN, CGN, and RGN This section defines mapping for fields and values common to the called party number (CPN), calling party number (CGN), and redirecting information (RGN) GTD parameters carried in the GTD IAM message. Table 10 defines mapping for ISDN type of number fields to GTD nature of address (noa) fields. Table 10
Type of Number to Nature of Address Mapping
ISDN Type of Number
GTD Nature of Address (noa)
0—Unknown
00—Unknown (number present)
1— International number
06—Unique international number
2—National number
04—Unique national (significant) number
3—Network specific number
08—Network specific number
4—Subscriber number
02—Unique subscriber number
6—Abbreviated number
34—Abbreviated number
Table 11 defines mapping for ISDN numbering plan identification fields to GTD numbering plan indicator (npi) fields. Table 11
4
Numbering Plan Identification to Numbering Plan Indicator Mapping
ISDN Numbering Plan Identification
GTD Numbering Plan Indicator (npi)
0—Unknown
u—Unknown
1—ISDN telephony numbering plan
1—ISDN numbering plan
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 11
Numbering Plan Identification to Numbering Plan Indicator Mapping (continued)
ISDN Numbering Plan Identification
GTD Numbering Plan Indicator (npi)
2—Telephony numbering plan
1—ISDN numbering plan (best fit)
3—Data numbering plan
2—Data numbering plan
4—Telex numbering plan
3—Telex numbering plan
8—National standard numbering plan
5—National numbering plan
9—Private numbering plan
4—Private numbering plan
Table 12 defines mapping for ISDN and GTD presentation indicator (pi) fields. Table 12
Presentation Indicator Mapping
ISDN Presentation Indicator
GTD Presentation Indicator (pi)
—
u—Unknown
0— Presentation allowed
y—Presentation allowed
1—Presentation restricted
n—Presentation not allowed
2—Number not available due to interworking
0—Address not available
Mapping for Calling Party Number (CGN) Table 13 defines mapping for ISDN and GTD screening indicator (si) fields. Table 13
Screening Indicator Mapping
ISDN Screening Indicator
GTD Screening Indicator (si)
—
u—Unknown
0— User-provided, not screened
1—User-provided, not screened
1—User-provided, verified and passed
2—User-provided screening passed
2—User-provided, verified and failed
3—User-provided screening failed
Mapping for Redirection Information (RNI) Table 14 defines mapping for the ISDN reason for redirection fields to GTD original redirection reason (orr) and redirection reason (rr) fields in the GTD RNI parameter. Table 14
Reason for Redirection to Original Redirection Reason and Redirection Reason Mapping
ISDN Reason for Redirection
GTD Original Redirection Reason (orr) and Redirection Reason (rr)
0—Unknown
u—Unknown
1—Call forwarding busy or called DTE busy
1—User busy
2—Call forwarding no reply
2—No reply
4—Call deflection
4—Deflection during alerting
5
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 14
Reason for Redirection to Original Redirection Reason and Redirection Reason Mapping (continued)
ISDN Reason for Redirection
GTD Original Redirection Reason (orr) and Redirection Reason (rr)
5—Call deflection immediate response
5—Call deflection immediate response
9—Called DTE out of order
2—No reply (best fit)
10—Call forwarding by the called DTE
5—Call deflection immediate response (best fit)
13—Call transfer
5—Call deflection immediate response (best fit)
14—Call pickup
5—Call deflection immediate response (best fit)
15—Call forwarding unconditional
3—Unconditional
Mapping for Originating Line Information (OLI) Table 15 defines mapping for OLI fields. Table 15
6
Originating Line Information Mapping
ISDN Originating-Line Information
GTD Originating-Line Information (oli)
0— POTS
0—POTS
1—Multiparty line
1—Multiparty line
2—ANI failure
2—ANI failure
6—Station-level rating
6—Station-level rating
7—Special operator handling required
7—Special operator handling required
8—Inter-LATA restricted
8— Inter-LATA restricted
10—Test call
10—Test call
20—AIOD-listed DN sent
20—AIOD-listed DN sent
23—Coin or noncoin on calls using database access
23—Coin or noncoin on calls using database access
24—800 service call
24—800 service call
25— 800 service call from a pay station
25—800 service call from a pay station
27—Payphone using coin control signaling
27—Payphone using coin control signaling
29— Prison or inmate service
29—Prison or inmate service
30— Intercept (blank)
30—Intercept (blank)
31—Intercept (trouble)
31—Intercept (trouble)
32—Intercept (regular)
32—Intercept (regular)
34—Telco operator-handled call
34—Telco operator-handled call
36—CPE
36—CPE
52—OUTWATS
52—OUTWATS
60—TRS call from unrestricted line
60—TRS call from unrestricted line
61—Wireless or cellular PCS (type 1)
61—Wireless or cellular PCS (type 1)
62—Wireless or cellular PCS (type 2)
62—Wireless or cellular PCS (type 2)
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 15
Originating Line Information Mapping (continued)
ISDN Originating-Line Information
GTD Originating-Line Information (oli)
63— Wireless or cellular PCS (roaming)
63—Wireless or cellular PCS (roaming)
66—TRS call from hotel
66—TRS call from hotel
67—TRS call from restricted line
67—TRS call from restricted line
68— Inter-LATA restricted hotel
68—Inter-LATA restricted hotel
78—Inter-LATA restricted coinless
78—Inter-LATA restricted coinless
70—Private paystations
70—Private paystations
93—Private virtual network
93—Private virtual network
Mapping for Bearer Capability (USI and TMR) Parameters The ISDN Bearer Capability IE is mapped to the GTD User Service Information (USI) and Transmission Medium Requirements (TMR) parameters. Table 16 defines mapping for coding standard fields and values. Table 16
ISDN to GTD Coding Standard Mapping
ISDN Coding Standard
GTD Coding Standard (cs)
0—CCITT standardized coding
c—CCITT/ITU standardized coding
1—Reserved for other international standard
i—ISO/IEC standard
2—National standard
n—National standard
3—Standard defined for the network
p—Standard defined for the network
Table 17 defines ISDN to GTD mapping for information transfer capability fields and values. Table 17
Information Transfer Capability Mapping
ISDN Information Transfer Capability
GTD Information Transfer Capability (cap)
0—Speech
s—Speech
8—Unrestricted digital information
d—Unrestricted digital information
9—Restricted digital information
r—Restricted digital information
16—3.1-kHz audio
3—3.1-kbps audio
17—7-kHz audio
7—7-kbps audio
24—Video
v— Video
Table 18 defines mapping for transfer mode fields and values. Table 18
Transfer Mode Mapping
ISDN Transfer Mode
GTD Transfer Mode (mode)
0—Circuit mode
c—Circuit mode
2—Packet mode
p—Packet mode
7
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 19 defines mapping for information transfer rate fields and values. Table 19
Information Transfer Rate Mapping
ISDN Information Transfer Rate
GTD Information Transfer Rate (rate)
0—Packet mode
0—Not applicable (used for packet call)
16—64 kbps
1—64 kbps
17—2x64 kbps
7—2x64 kbps
19—384 kbps
2—384 kbps
21—1536 kbps
4—1536 kbps
23—1920 kbps
5—1920 kbps
Table 20 defines mapping for transmission medium requirements. Table 20
Transmission Medium Requirements Mapping
ISDN Information Transfer Capability
ISDN Information Transfer Rate
GTD Transmission Medium Requirements
0—Speech
—
00
8—Unrestricted digital information
16—64 kbps
01
8—Unrestricted digital information
17—2x64 kbps
04
8—Unrestricted digital information
19—384 kbps
05
8—Unrestricted digital information
21—1536 kbps
06
8—Unrestricted digital information
23—1920 kbps
07
16—3.1-kHz audio
—
02
17—7-kHz audio
—
08
24—Video
—
08
Table 21 defines mapping for structure fields and values. Table 21
Structure Mappings
Structure
Structure (str)
0—Default
0—Default or unknown
1—8-kHz integrity
1—8-kHz integrity
4—Service data unit integrity
2—Service data unit integrity
7—Unstructured
3—Unstructured
Table 22 defines mapping for configuration fields and values.
8
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 22
Configuration Field Mapping
ISDN Configuration
GTD Configuration (conf)
0—Point to point
0—Point to point
Table 23 defines mapping for establishment fields and values. Table 23
Establishment Field Mapping
ISDN Establishment
GTD Establishment (estab)
0—Demand
d—Demand
Table 24 defines mapping for symmetry fields and values. Table 24
Symmetry Field Mapping
ISDN Symmetry
GTD Symmetry (sym)
0—Bidirectional symmetric
sb—Symmetric bidirectional
Table 25 defines mapping for Layer 1 protocol fields and values. Table 25
Layer 1 Protocol Mapping
ISDN Information Layer 1 Protocol
GTD Layer 1 Protocol (lay1)
1—CCITT standardized V110
v110—CCITT standardized V.110/X.30
2—G.711mu-law
ulaw—G711 mu-law
3—G.711A-law
alaw—G711 A-law
4—G.721 32 kbps
g721—G721 32 kbps
5—G.722 and G.725
g722—G.722 and G.725/G.724 7-kHz audio
6—G.7xx 384 video
g735—G.735 for 384 kbps video
7—Non-CCITT standardized
nonc—Non-CCITT rate adaptation
8—CCITT standardized V.120
v120—CCITT standardized V.120
9—CCITT standardized X.31
hdlc—CCITT standardized X.31
Table 26 defines mapping for synchronization fields and values. Table 26
Synchronization Mapping
ISDN Synchronous/Asynchronous
GTD Synchronization (sync)
0—Synchronous
y—Synchronous
1—Asynchronous
n—Asynchronous
Table 27 defines mapping for negotiation fields and values.
9
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 27
Negotiation Mapping
ISDN Negotiation
GTD Negotiation (neg)
0—In-band negotiation not possible
0—In-band negotiation not possible
1—In-band negotiation possible
1—In-band negotiation possible
Table 28 defines mapping for user rate fields and values. Table 28
User-Rate Mapping
ISDN User Rate
ISDN User Rate (subrate)
0—rate is indicated by E-bits
0—rate is indicated by E-bits
1—0.6 kbps
1—0.6 kbps
2—1.2 kbps
2—1.2 kbps
3—2.4 kbps
3—2.4 kbps
4—3.6 kbps
4—3.6 kbps
5—4.8 kbps
5—4.8 kbps
6—7.2 kbps
6—7.2 kbps
7—8.0 kbps
7—8.0 kbps
8—9.6 kbps
8—9.6 kbps
9—14.4 kbps
9—14.4 kbps
10—16.0 kbps
10—16.0 kbps
11—19.2 kbps
11—19.2 kbps
12—32.0 kbps
12—32.0 kbps
14—48.0 kbps
13—48.0 kbps
15—56.0 kbps
14—56.0 kbps
16—64.0 kbps
14—56.0 kbps (best fit)
21—0.1345 kbps
15—0.1345 kbps
22—0.100 kbps
16—0.1000 kbps
23—0.075/1.2 kbps
17—0.075/1.2 kbps
24—1.2/0.075 kbps
18—1.2/0.075 kbps
25—0.050 kbps
19—0.050 kbps
26—0.075 kbps
20—0.075 kbps
27—0.110 kbps
21—0.110 kbps
28—0.150 kbps
22—0.150 kbps
29—0.200 kbps
23—0.200 kbps
30— 0.300 kbps
24—0.300 kbps
31—12 kbps
25—12 kbps
Table 29 defines mapping for intermediate rate fields and values.
10
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 29
Intermediate Rate Mapping
ISDN Intermediate Rate
GTD Intermediate Rate (int)
1—8 kbps
08—8 kbps
2—16 kbps
16—16 kbps
3—32 kbps
32—32 kbps
Table 30 defines mapping for network independent clock on transmission fields and values. Table 30
Mapping for Network Independent Clock on Transmission
ISDN Network Independent Clock on TX
ISDN Network Independent Clock on TX (txnic)
0—Not required to send data
n—Not required to send data
1—Required to send data
y—Required to send data
Table 31 defines mapping for network independent clock on reception fields and values. Table 31
Mapping for Network Independent Clock on Reception
ISDN Network Independent Clock on RX
GTD Network Independent Clock on RX (rxnic)
0—Cannot accept data
n—Cannot accept data
1—Can accept data
y—Can accept data
Table 32 defines mapping for flow control on transmission fields and values. Table 32
Mapping for Flow Control on Transmission
ISDN Flow Control on TX
GTD Flow Control on TX (txfl)
0—Not required to send data
n—Not required to send data
1—Required to send data
y—Required to send data
Table 33 defines mapping for flow control on reception fields and values. Table 33
Mapping for Flow Control on Reception
ISDN Flow Control on RX
GTD Flow Control on RX (rxfl)
0—Cannot accept data
n—Cannot accept data
1—Can accept data
y—Can accept data
Table 34 defines mapping for rate adaptation header fields and values.
11
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 34
Mapping for Rate Adaptation Header
ISDN Rate Adaptation Header/No Header
GTD Rate Adaptation Header (hdr)
0—Rate adaptation header not included
n—Rate adaptation header not included
1—Rate adaptation header included
y—Rate adaptation header included
Table 35 defines mapping for multiframe establishment support for data link fields and values. Table 35
Mapping for Multiframe Establishment (MFE) Support
ISDN MFE Support in Data Link
GTD MFE Support in Data Link (mf)
0—MFE not supported
n—MFE not supported
1—MFE supported
y—MFE supported
Table 36 defines mapping for mode of operation fields and values. Table 36
Mode of Operation Mapping
ISDN Mode of Operation
GTD Mode of Operation (mode)
0—Bit-transparent mode of operation
0—Bit-transparent mode of operation
1—Protocol-sensitive mode of operation
1—Protocol-sensitive mode of operation
Table 37 defines mapping for logical link identifier negotiation fields and values. Table 37
Logical Link Identifier (LLI) Mapping
ISDN LLI Negotiation
GTD LLI Negotiation (lli)
0—Default
0—Default
1—Full protocol negotiation
1—Full-protocol negotiation
Table 38 defines mapping for assignor and assignee fields and values. Table 38
Mapping for Assignor and Assignee
ISDN Assignor and Assignee
GTD Assignor and Assignee (asgn)
0—Message originator is default assignee
0—Message originator is default assignee
1—Message originator is assignor only
1—Message originator is assignor only
Table 39 defines mapping for in-band and out-of-band negotiation fields and values. Table 39
12
Mapping for Inband and Out-of-Band Negotiation
ISDN In-band and Out-of-Band Negotiation
GTD In-band and Out-of-Band Negotiation (inbnd)
0—Negotiation done with USER INFO
0— Not applicable to this protocol
1—Negotiation done in-band
1— Negotiation done in-band
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Information About ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 40 defines mapping for fields and values for number of stop bits. Table 40
Mapping for Number of Stop Bits
ISDN Number of Stop Bits
GTD Number of Stop Bits (stp)
1—1 bit
1—1 bit
2—1.5 bit
3—1.5 bit
3—2 bits
2—2 bits
Table 41 defines mapping for fields and values for number of data bits. Table 41
Mapping for Number of Data Bits
ISDN Number of Data Bits
GTD Number of Data Bits (dat)
1—5 bits
5—5 bits
2—7 bits
7—7 bits
3—8 bits
8—8 bits
Table 42 defines mapping for parity information fields and values. Table 42
Parity Mapping
ISDN Parity Information
GTD Parity (par)
0—Odd
o—Odd
2—Even
e—Even
3—None
n—None
4—Forced to 0
0—Forced to 0
5—Forced to 1
1— Forced to 1
Table 43 defines mapping for duplex mode fields and values. Table 43
Duplex Mode Mapping
ISDN Duplex Mode
GTD Duplex (dup1)
0—Half duplex
h—Half duplex
1—Full duplex
f—Full duplex
Table 44 defines mapping for modem type fields and values. Table 44
Modem Type Mapping
Modem Type
Modem Type (modm)
1—V.21
11—V.21
2—V.22
00—V.22
3—V.22 bis
01—V.22 bis
13
ISDN GTD for Setup Message How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Table 44
Modem Type Mapping (continued)
Modem Type
Modem Type (modm)
4—V.23
02—V.23
5—V.26
03—V.26
6—V.26 bis
04—V.26 bis
7—V.26 ter
05—V.26 ter
8 —V.27
06—V.27
9—V.27 bis
07—V.27 bis
10—V.27 ter
08—V.27 ter
11—V.29
09—V.29
12—V.32
10—V.32
13—V.35
12—V.34 (best fit)
Table 45 defines mapping for Layer 2 protocol fields and values. Table 45
Layer 2 Protocol Mapping
ISDN User Information Layer 2 Protocol
GTD Layer 2 Protocol (lay2)
2—Q.921
2—Q.921
6—X.25
1—X.25
Table 46 defines mapping for Layer 3 protocol fields and values. Table 46
Layer 3 Protocol Mapping
ISDN User Information Layer 3 Protocol
GTD Layer 3 Protocol (lay3)
2—Q.931
2—Q.931
6—X.25
1—X.25
How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Messages, page 14 (optional)
•
Configuring the OLI IE to Interface with MCI Switches, page 15 (optional)
•
Verifying ISDN GTD, page 16
•
Troubleshooting Tips, page 17
Configuring ISDN GTD for Setup Messages This feature is enabled by default; no configuration tasks are required to enable this feature. To reenable the feature if it was disabled by use of the no isdn gtd command, perform the following steps.
14
ISDN GTD for Setup Message How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface
4.
isdn gtd
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
Enters interface configuration mode.
interface
Example: Router(config)# interface
Step 4
Enables GTD parameter mapping for ISDN IEs.
isdn gtd
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn gtd
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Configuring the OLI IE to Interface with MCI Switches To configure OLI IE to interface with MCI switches, perform the following steps.
Note
You must configure the Cisco IOS gateway to support the switch variant from which the gateway receives ISDN signaling. For a gateway that interfaces to an MCI switch or PBX, the OLI IE identifier for the MCI ISDN variant, as defined in CPE Requirements for MCI ISDN Primary Rate Interface, (014-0018-04.3D-ER, revision 4.3D), is configurable. Select the IE value that indicates OLI information to configure gateway support for the MCI ISDN variant.
15
ISDN GTD for Setup Message How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface
4.
isdn ie oli
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
Enters interface configuration mode.
interface
Example: Router(config)# interface
Step 4
Step 5
isdn ie oli value
Configures the OLI IE identifier to allow the gateway to interface with an MCI switch.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn ie oli 7F
OLI IE identifier values are in hexadecimal format. Values range from 00 to 7F.
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Verifying ISDN GTD To verify the interface, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show isdn status
2.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
16
show isdn status
ISDN GTD for Setup Message How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message
Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings. Step 2
show running-config Use this command to display the configuration for the ISDN GTD for Setup Messages feature. If GTD mapping is enabled (default), command output does not display the isdn gtd command.
Troubleshooting Tips •
Use the debug gtd details command to display GTD details.
•
Use the debug gtd error command to display GTD errors.
•
Use the debug gtd events command to display GTD events.
Examples This section provides the following output example: •
Sample Output for the debug gtd events Command, page 17
Sample Output for the debug gtd events Command Router# debug gtd events 00:05:19:%SYS-5-CONFIG_I:Configured from console by console *Aug 8 06:32:20.915:ISDN Se3:23 Q931:RX <- SETUP pd = 8 callref = 0x0002 Bearer Capability i = 0x8890 Standard = CCITT Transer Capability = Unrestricted Digital Transfer Mode = Circuit Transfer Rate = 64 kbit/s Channel ID i = 0xA98397 Exclusive, Channel 23 Called Party Number i = 0x81, '9999' Plan:ISDN, Type:Unknown *Aug 8 06:32:20.919:ISDN Se3:23:Built a GTD of size 86 octets for ISDN message type 0x5 *Aug 8 06:32:20.919:tsp_ccrawmsg_encap:calling cdapi_find_tsm *Aug 8 06:32:20.919:cdapi_find_tsm:Found Tunnelled Signaling Msg with GTD:PROT_PTYPE_GTD *Aug 8 06:32:20.919:cdapi_find_tsm:Found a gtd msg of length 86: *Aug 8 06:32:20.919:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1 TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y," *Aug 8 06:32:20.923:ccGTDExtractParm:Starting *Aug 8 06:32:20.923: tunnelledPtype = 2 *Aug 8 06:32:20.923: gtdInstance = 0 *Aug 8 06:32:20.923: gtdBitMap = 0xFFFFFFFF *Aug 8 06:32:20.923:ccGTDExtractParm:TunnelledContent has GTD message *Aug 8 06:32:20.923:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1
17
ISDN GTD for Setup Message How to Configure ISDN GTD for Setup Message
TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y," *Aug 8 06:32:20.927:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm CPC obtained *Aug 8 06:32:20.927:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm TMR obtained *Aug 8 06:32:20.927:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm PRN obtained *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:ccMapGCItoGUID:GTD Parm GCI not present *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:ccMapGUIDtoGCI:Modified GTD string to include GCI *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:ccMapGUIDtoGCI:Calling update_gtd_in_raw_msg_buffer *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:update_gtd_in_raw_msg_buffer:Inserting 124 byte GTD string into rawmsg buffer. The new gtd string is: *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1 TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y, GCI,7ba32c886c2c11d48005b0f6ff40a2c1" *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:update_gtd_in_raw_msg_buffer:Original rawmsg buf length is 115 the original gtd length was 86 the new gtd length is = 124 *Aug 8 06:32:21.547:update_gtd_in_raw_msg_buffer:New data and IE inserted in rawmsg buff, rawmsg buf length is now 153 *Aug 8 06:32:21.551:Have gtd msg, length=124: *Aug 8 06:32:21.551:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1 TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y, GCI,7ba32c886c2c11d48005b0f6ff40a2c1" *Aug 8 06:32:21.555:Have gtd msg, length=124: *Aug 8 06:32:21.555:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1 TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y, GCI,7ba32c886c2c11d48005b0f6ff40a2c1" *Aug 8 06:32:21.559:ccMapGUIDtoGCI:GTD Parm GCI is present:7ba32c886c2c11d48005b0f6ff40a2c1, just returning *Aug 8 06:32:21.559:ccGTDExtractParm:Starting *Aug 8 06:32:21.559: tunnelledPtype = 2 *Aug 8 06:32:21.559: gtdInstance = 0 *Aug 8 06:32:21.559: gtdBitMap = 0xFFFBFFFF *Aug 8 06:32:21.559:ccGTDExtractParm:TunnelledContent has GTD message *Aug 8 06:32:21.559:gtd msg = "IAM, PRN,isdn*,,, USI,rate,c,d,c,1 TMR,01 CPN,00,,1,9999 CPC,09 FCI,,,,,,,y, GCI,7ba32c886c2c11d48005b0f6ff40a2c1"
18
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message
*Aug *Aug *Aug *Aug
8 8 8 8
06:32:21.559:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm CPC obtained 06:32:21.559:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm TMR obtained 06:32:21.563:ccGTDExtractParm:GTD Parm PRN obtained 06:32:21.563:ISDN Se3:23 Q931:TX -> CALL_PROC pd = 8 Channel ID i = 0xA98397 Exclusive, Channel 23
callref = 0x8002
Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message This section contains the following configuration examples: •
GTD Mapping: Example, page 19
•
OLI IE: Example, page 19
•
OLI IE and GTD: Example, page 19
GTD Mapping: Example Note
The GTD feature is different from the isdn map command. The following example shows that GTD mapping is enabled: enable configure terminal interface isdn gtd
OLI IE: Example The following example shows that the OLI IE identifier for interfacing to an MCI switch is set to 7F: enable configure terminal interface isdn ie oli 7F
OLI IE and GTD: Example The following example shows that isdn gtd command is disabled and that the OLI IE identifier is set to 1F in the D channel of the T1 line in slot 3 (serial3:23): Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration :4112 bytes ! version 12.2 no parser cache service timestamps debug datetime msec
19
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message
service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname Router ! boot system flash:c5300-i-mz.122-4.2 no logging buffered enable secret enable password ! username guam password username user1 password username user2 password spe 2/0 2/7 firmware location system:/ucode/mica_port_firmware ! resource-pool disable ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain lookup ip domain name cisco.com ip host nlab-boot 172.21.200.2 ip host dirt 172.69.1.129 ip host dsbu-web.cisco.com 172.19.192.254 172.71.162.82 ip host lab 172.19.192.254 ! isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn gateway-max-interworking ! trunk group 1 carrier-id cd1 max-retry 2 hunt-scheme random ! trunk group 2 max-retry 2 hunt-scheme random ! voice service voip ! no voice hpi capture buffer no voice hpi capture destination ! fax interface-type modem mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller T1 0 framing esf clock source line primary linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d primary nfas_int 0 nfas_group 0 no yellow generation no yellow detection ! controller T1 1 framing esf clock source line secondary 1 linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d backup nfas_int 1 nfas_group 0 no yellow generation no yellow detection ! controller T1 2 framing esf
20
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message
linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d none nfas_int 2 nfas_group 0 no yellow generation no yellow detection ! controller T1 3 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 no yellow generation no yellow detection ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 10.0.44.29 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache no cdp enable ! interface Serial0:23 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 dialer map ip 10.1.1.1 name host 1111 dialer-group 1 isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn protocol-emulate network isdn T310 30000 isdn negotiate-bchan isdn bchan-number-order descending no cdp enable ! interface Serial3:23 ip address 10.9.9.9 255.255.255.0 dialer map ip 10.8.8.8 name host 8888 dialer map ip 10.8.8.8 255.255.255.0 dialer-group 1 isdn switch-type primary-net5 isdn protocol-emulate network isdn incoming-voice modem isdn disconnect-cause 126 no isdn outgoing display-ie isdn ie oli 1F no isdn gtd no cdp enable ! interface FastEthernet0 no ip address no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache shutdown duplex auto speed auto no cdp enable ! interface Group-Async1 no ip address encapsulation ppp dialer in-band dialer-group 1 no keepalive group-range 1 96 ! interface Dialer1 ip address 10.2.2.2 255.255.255.0 encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache
21
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Configuration Examples for ISDN Generic Transparency Descriptor (GTD) for Setup Message
no ip mroute-cache dialer remote-name host dialer-group 1 no fair-queue ! interface Dialer2 no ip address no cdp enable ! interface Dialer5 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache dialer in-band dialer map ip 10.1.1.2 name host 1234567 dialer-group 1 ppp authentication chap ! ip default-gateway 10.0.44.1 ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.0.44.1 ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet0 no ip http server ! access-list 101 permit ip any any dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit no cdp run ! snmp-server enable traps tty snmp-server enable traps isdn layer2 snmp-server host 10.1.1.1 public ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 0:D ! voice-port 3:D ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! dial-peer voice 2 voip destination-pattern 111 session target ipv4:10.0.45.87 ! dial-peer voice 10 pots destination-pattern 9999 direct-inward-dial port 3:D prefix 9999 ! dial-peer voice 20 voip destination-pattern 000000002. session target ipv4:10.0.44.28 ! dial-peer voice 50 pots destination-pattern 2222 direct-inward-dial port 0:D prefix 2222 ! alias exec c conf t
22
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Additional References
! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 logging synchronous line 1 96 no flush-at-activation modem InOut transport input all transport output lat pad telnet rlogin udptn v120 lapb-ta line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password login ! end
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter •
RADIUS VSA Voice Implementation Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/vapp_dev/vsaig3.htm
•
Tcl IVR API Version 2.0 Programmer's Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/vapp_dev/tclivrv2/index.htm
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
23
ISDN GTD for Setup Message Additional References
24
NFAS with D-Channel Backup This chapter describes how to implement the Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) with D-Channel Backup feature with two new switch types: DMS100 and NI2. ISDN NFAS allows a single D channel to control multiple ISDN PRI interfaces. You can configure a backup D channel for use when the primary NFAS D channel fails. Once you configure channelized T1 controllers for ISDN PRI, you need configure to only the NFAS primary D channel; its configuration is distributed to all the members of the associated NFAS group.
Note
A controller configured with backup D channel loses one B channel. Use of a single D channel to control up to 10 PRI interfaces can free one B channel on each interface to carry other traffic. Any hard failure causes a switchover to the backup D channel and currently connected calls remain connected. The backup D channel cannot be used for data transfer.
Note
On the Nortel dms100 switch, when a single D channel is shared, multiple PRI interfaces may be configured in a single trunk group. The additional use of alternate route indexing, which is a feature of the dms100 switch, provides a rotary from one trunk group to another. This enables the capability of building large trunk groups in a public switched network. Feature History for NFAS with D-Channel Backup
Release
Modification
12.1(5)XM
This feature was introduced.
12.2(11)T
This feature was implemented on the Cisco AS5850 platform.
12.4(24)T
NFAS network-side support was added.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Contents
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 11.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring NFAS with D-Channel Backup, page 2
•
Restrictions for Configuring NFAS with D-Channel Backup, page 2
•
Information about NFAS, page 3
•
How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup, page 3
•
Configuration Examples for NFAS with D-Channel Backup, page 9
•
Additional References, page 11
Prerequisites for Configuring NFAS with D-Channel Backup •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
•
Configure your router’s channelized T1 controllers for ISDN, as described in the “Configuring ISDN PRI” section of the “Configuring Channelized E1 and Channelized T1” chapter in the Dial Solutions Quick Configuration Guide.
Restrictions for Configuring NFAS with D-Channel Backup Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4. In addition, the following apply:
2
•
NFAS is supported with only a channelized T1 controller and, as a result, is ISDN PRI capable.
•
NFAS is supported across multiple T1 controllers installed on different slots only if the DSPs of those slots are of the same type. For example, if T1 controllers on slot 1 and slot 2 are combined to form an NFAS group with the T1 in slot 1 being primary, both slots must have the same type of DSP. If these two slots have different DSP types, only those calls using T1 on slot 1 will connect —all calls through T1 on slot 2 will fail with a disconnect cause of "Resource Unavailable/Unspecified (47)."
•
The router must connect to either a 4ess, dms250, dms100, or National ISDN switch type. Table 47 shows applicable ISDN switch types and supported NFAS types.
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Information about NFAS
Table 47
ISDN Switch Types and Supported NFAS Types
ISDN Switch Type
NFAS Type
Lucent 4ESS
Custom NFAS
Nortel DMS250
Custom NFAS
Nortel DMS100
Custom NFAS
Lucent 5ESS
Custom; does not support NFAS
Lucent 5ESS
NI-2 NFAS
AGCS GTD5
NI-2 NFAS
Other switch types
NI-2 NFAS
Network-side
Network-side emulation
Information about NFAS Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. Non-Facility Associated Signaling is a classification of signalling protocols that provide the signalling channel in a separate physical line from the bearer channels.
How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring NFAS on PRI Groups, page 3
•
Configuring a VoIP Dial Peer for NFAS Voice, page 5
•
Disabling a Channel or Interface, page 6
•
Verifying NFAS Configuration, page 7
Configuring NFAS on PRI Groups To configure NFAS on PRI groups, perform the following steps.
Note
When a backup NFAS D channel is configured and the primary NFAS D channel fails, rollover to the backup D channel is automatic and all connected calls stay connected. If the primary NFAS D channel recovers, the backup NFAS D channel remains active and does not switch over again unless the backup NFAS D channel fails.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
3
NFAS with D-Channel Backup How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller
4.
pri-group timeslots nfas_d primary nfas_interface nfas_group
5.
pri-group timeslots nfas_d backup nfas_interface nfas_group
6.
pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d none nfas_int nfas_group
7.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller {t1 | e1} controller-number
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified controller number.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 3
Step 4
pri-group timeslots range nfas_d primary nfas_interface number nfas_group number
Configures, on one channelized T1 controller, the NFAS primary D channel. Keywords are as follows: •
nfas_interface number—Value assigned by the service provider to ensure unique identification of a PRI interface.
•
nfas_group number—Group identifier unique on the router. Multiple NFAS groups can exist on the router.
Example: Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d primary nfas_interface 1 nfas_group 1
The interface number is the number of the interface assigned to an interface that is part of an nfas group. All interfaces that are part of an nfas group have the same group number and each is identified uniquely within the group by the interface number. Step 5
pri-group timeslots range nfas_d backup nfas_interface number nfas_group number
Configures, on a different channelized T1 controller, the NFAS backup D channel to be used if the primary D channel fails. Keywords are as above.
Example:
Repeat this step on other channelized T1 controllers, as appropriate.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d backup nfas_interface 2 nfas_group 1
4
NFAS with D-Channel Backup How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup
Step 6
Command or Action
Purpose
pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d none nfas_int number nfas_group number
(Optional) Configures, on other channelized T1 controllers, a 24 B channel interface, if desired.
Example: Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d none nfas_int 3 nfas_group 1
Step 7
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configuring a VoIP Dial Peer for NFAS Voice To configure a VoIP dial peer for NFAS voice, perform the following steps.
Note
Dial peers are used by the Cisco IOS voice stack for handling calls going from the PSTN to the VoIP side or vice versa. The dial-peer configuration for each NFAS controller should contain the primary of the NFAS group.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer voice voip
4.
port
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Commands
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer voice tag voip
Enters dial-peer configuration mode for the specified VoIP dial peer.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer voice 99 voip
5
NFAS with D-Channel Backup How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup
Step 4
Commands
Purpose
port controller:D
Associates the dial peer with a specific voice port—in this case, the D channel associated with ISDN PRI for the NFAS primary.
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# port 4:D
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# exit
Disabling a Channel or Interface To disable a channel or interface, perform the following steps.
Note
You can disable a specified channel or an entire PRI, thus taking it out of service or put it into one of the other states that is passed in to the switch.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn service dsl b_channel state
4.
isdn service dsl b_channel 0 state
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Commands
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
isdn service [dsl number | nfas_int number] b_channel number state {0 | 1 | 2}
Example: Router(config)# isdn service nfas_int 3 b_channel 1 state 1
6
Takes an individual B channel out of service or sets it to a different state. State values are as follows: •
0—In service
•
1—Maintenance
•
2—Out of service
NFAS with D-Channel Backup How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup
Step 4
Commands
Purpose
isdn service [dsl number | nfas_int number] b_channel 0 state {0 | 1 | 2}
As above. Setting the b-channel number to 0 sets the entire PRI interface to a specified state value.
Example: Router(config)# isdn service nfas_int 3 b_channel 0 state 1
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config)# exit
Verifying NFAS Configuration To verify NFAS configuration, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show dial-peer voice
2.
show isdn nfas group
3.
show isdn service
4.
show isdn status
5.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
show dial-peer voice Use this command to display the configuration information for dial peers. Router# show dial-peer voice VoiceOverIpPeer1 information type = voice, tag = 1, destination-pattern = `', answer-address = `', preference=0, numbering Type = `unknown' group = 1, Admin state is up, Operation state is down, incoming called-number = `', connections/maximum = 0/unlimited, DTMF Relay = disabled, modem passthrough = system, huntstop = disabled, in bound application associated: DEFAULT out bound application associated: permission :both incoming COR list:maximum capability outgoing COR list:minimum requirement type = voip, session-target = `', technology prefix: settle-call = disabled ip precedence = 0, UDP checksum = disabled,
7
NFAS with D-Channel Backup How to Configure NFAS with D-Channel Backup
session-protocol = cisco, session-transport = udp, req-qos = best-effor acc-qos = best-effort, fax rate = voice, payload size = 20 bytes fax protocol = system fax NSF = 0xAD0051 (default) codec = g729r8, payload size = 20 bytes, Expect factor = 0, Icpif = 20, Playout: Mode adaptive, Expect factor = 0, Max Redirects = 1, Icpif = 20,signaling-type = cas, CLID Restrict = disabled VAD = enabled, Poor QOV Trap = disabled, voice class perm tag = `' Connect Time = 0, Charged Units = 0, Successful Calls = 0, Failed Calls = 0, Accepted Calls = 0, Refused Calls = 0, Last Disconnect Cause is "", Last Disconnect Text is "", Last Setup Time = 0.
Step 2
show isdn nfas group Use this command to display information about members of an NFAS group. Router# show isdn nfas group 1 ISDN NFAS GROUP 1 ENTRIES: The primary D is Serial1/0:23. The backup D is Serial1/1:23. The NFAS member is Serial2/0:23. There are 3 total nfas members. There are 93 total available B channels. The primary D-channel is DSL 0 in state INITIALIZED. The backup D-channel is DSL 1 in state INITIALIZED. The current active layer 2 DSL is 1.
Step 3
show isdn service Use this command to display information about ISDN channels and the service states.
Step 4
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 5
show running-config Use this command to display the basic router configuration.
Examples This section provides the following output examples: •
Sample Output for the show isdn nfas group Command, page 8
Sample Output for the show isdn nfas group Command
The following three examples show D channel state changes when rollover occurs from the primary NFAS D channel to the backup D channel. The first example shows the output with the primary D channel in service and the backup D channel in standby. Router# show isdn nfas group 0
8
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Configuration Examples for NFAS with D-Channel Backup
ISDN NFAS GROUP 0 ENTRIES: The primary D is Serial1/0:23. The backup D is Serial1/1:23. The NFAS member is Serial2/0:23. There are 3 total nfas members. There are 70 total available B channels. The primary D-channel is DSL 0 in state IN SERVICE. The backup D-channel is DSL 1 in state STANDBY. The current active layer 2 DSL is 0.
The following example shows output during rollover. The configured primary D channel is in maintenance busy state and the backup D channel is waiting. Router# show isdn nfas group 0 ISDN NFAS GROUP 0 ENTRIES: The primary D is Serial1/0:23. The backup D is Serial1/1:23. The NFAS member is Serial2/0:23. There are 3 total nfas members. There are 70 total available B channels. The primary D-channel is DSL 0 in state MAINTENANCE BUSY. The backup D-channel is DSL 1 in state WAIT. The current active layer 2 DSL is 1.
The following example shows output when rollover is complete. The configured primary D channel is now in standby and the backup D channel is in service. Router# show isdn nfas group 0 ISDN NFAS GROUP 0 ENTRIES: The primary D is Serial1/0:23. The backup D is Serial1/1:23. The NFAS member is Serial2/0:23. There are 3 total nfas members. There are 70 total available B channels. The primary D-channel is DSL 0 in state STANDBY. The backup D-channel is DSL 1 in state IN SERVICE. The current active layer 2 DSL is 1.
Configuration Examples for NFAS with D-Channel Backup This section contains the following configuration examples: •
NFAS Primary and Backup D Channels: Example, page 9
•
POTS Dial-Peer Configuration: Example, page 11
•
PRI Service State: Example, page 11
NFAS Primary and Backup D Channels: Example The following example configures ISDN PRI and NFAS on multiple T1 controllers of a Cisco 7500 series router. The D-channel of T1 1/0/0 is configured as primary D-channel and T1 1/0/1 is configured as backup D-channel. Once you configure the NFAS primary D channel, that channel is the only interface you see and have to configure. version 12.x service timestamps debug datetime msec localtime show-timezone
9
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Configuration Examples for NFAS with D-Channel Backup
service timestamps log datetime msec localtime show-timezone service password-encryption ! hostname travis-nas-01 ! aaa new-model aaa authentication login default local aaa authentication login NO_AUTHENT none aaa authorization exec default local if-authenticated aaa authorization exec NO_AUTHOR none aaa authorization commands 15 default local if-authenticated aaa authorization commands 15 NO_AUTHOR none aaa accounting exec default start-stop group tacacs+ aaa accounting exec NO_ACCOUNT none aaa accounting commands 15 default stop-only group tacacs+ aaa accounting commands 15 NO_ACCOUNT none enable secret 5 $1$LsoW$K/qBH9Ih2WstUxvazDgmY/ ! username admin privilege 15 password 7 06455E365E471D1C17 username gmcmilla password 7 071824404D06140044 username krist privilege 15 password 7 0832454D01181118 ! call rsvp-sync shelf-id 0 router-shelf shelf-id 1 dial-shelf ! resource-pool disable ! modem-pool Default pool-range 1/2/0-1/2/143,1/3/0-1/3/143 ! clock timezone CST -6 clock summer-time CST recurring ! ip subnet-zero ip domain-name cisco.com ip name-server 172.22.53.210 ip name-server 171.69.2.133 ip name-server 171.69.2.132 ip name-server 171.69.11.48 ! isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn voice-call-failure 0 ! controller T1 1/0/0 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d primary nfas_interface 1 nfas_group 1 description PacBell 3241933 ! controller T1 1/0/1 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 nfas_d backup nfas_interface 2 nfas_group 1 description PacBell 3241933 ! interface Loopback0 ip address 172.21.10.1 255.255.255.255 ! interface FastEthernet0/0/0 ip address 172.21.101.20 255.255.255.0 half-duplex !
10
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Additional References
interface Serial1/0/0:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice modem no cdp enable ! interface Group-Async0 no ip address group-range 1/2/00 1/3/143 ! router eigrp 1 network 172.21.0.0 no eigrp log-neighbor-changes ! ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.21.101.1 ip http server ip http authentication aaa ! snmp-server engineID local 0000000902000030F2F51400 snmp-server community 5urf5h0p RO snmp-server community 5crapmeta1 RW snmp-server community SNMPv1 view v1default RO
POTS Dial-Peer Configuration: Example The following example shows configuration of a POTS dial peer with the primary controller of an NFAS group: dial-peer voice 35 pots incoming called-number 45... destination-pattern 35... direct-inward-dial port 1/0/0:D prefix 35
PRI Service State: Example The following example reenables the entire PRI after it was disabled: isdn service dsl 0 b-channel 0 state 0
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
11
NFAS with D-Channel Backup Additional References
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0711R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
12
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP This chapter describes how to implement Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) features. SCTP is not explicitly configured on routers, but it underlies several Cisco applications. This chapter describes how to configure several features that use SCTP and how to troubleshoot SCTP problems. SCTP is used with the following Cisco IOS software features: •
PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer
•
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers
Feature History for PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer
Release
Modification
12.1(1)T
This feature was introduced on the Cisco AS5300.
12.2(4)T
This feature was introduced on the Cisco 2600 series, Cisco 3600 series, and Cisco MC3810 series.
12.2(2)XB1
This feature was implemented on the Cisco AS5850.
Feature History for Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers
Release
Modification
12.2(15)T
This feature was introduced.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Contents
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 56.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Implementing SCTP Features, page 2
•
Restrictions for Implementing SCTP Features, page 2
•
Information About SCTP and SCTP Features, page 3
•
How to Configure SCTP Features
•
Configuration Examples for SCTP Options, page 42
•
Additional References, page 56
Prerequisites for Implementing SCTP Features •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer Feature •
Configure ISDN to backhaul Q.921 signaling to the media gateway controller
•
For Cisco AS5850, install or implement the following: – MGCP 1.0 – IUA 0.4 – ISDN network-side support to terminate multiple voice PRIs
Restrictions for Implementing SCTP Features Restrictions are described in the “Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. In addition, the following apply. PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer Feature •
Backhaul: Does not support backhauling for Basic Rate Interface (BRI).
•
Capacity: Supports only two application-server processes (ASPs) per application server. Supports only three explicit IP addresses per SCTP association endpoint.
•
IUA messages: Does not support new-traffic failover.
Note
•
2
The IUA specification describes an optional feature known as New Traffic Failover. In this process, all messages for calls pending completion during failover are sent to the inactive media-gateway controller, and messages for new calls are sent to the newly active controller. These IUA messages for new calls are not supported.
Load balancing: Does not support load balancing between ASPs on a per-call basis.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
•
Platforms: Is not supported on the Cisco 2600XM series, Cisco 2691, Cisco 2800 series, Cisco 3700 series, and Cisco 3800 series.
•
Signaling: Supports Facility Associated Signaling (FAS) and Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) PRI D-channel signaling only; does not support any other signaling protocols, including NFAS with backup D-channel signaling.
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers Feature
Note
•
Backhaul: Does not support Q.931 PRI backhaul on the Cisco PGW 2200.
•
Platforms: Is not supported on the Cisco 2600XM series or Cisco 2691.
•
Transport: Does not support concurrent Redundant Link Manager (RLM) and SCTP transport on the access-server gateway. You can configure one or the other but not both at the same time.
•
For more information about the Cisco PGW 2200, see Support for IUA with SCTP.
•
For more information about IUA with SCTP, see Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers.
Information About SCTP and SCTP Features Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. To configure SCTP, you should understand the following concepts: •
SCTP Topology, page 3
•
IUA, page 5
•
Multiple NFAS Groups, page 5
•
Features That Use SCTP, page 7
SCTP Topology SCTP is a reliable datagram-oriented IP transport protocol specified by RFC 2960. It provides the layer between an SCTP user application and an unreliable end-to-end datagram service such as IP. The basic service offered by SCTP is the reliable transfer of user datagrams between peer SCTP users, within the context of an association between two SCTP hosts. SCTP is connection-oriented, but SCTP association is a broader concept than, for example, TCP connection. SCTP provides the means for each SCTP endpoint to provide its peer with a list of transport addresses during association startup (address and UDP port combinations, for example) through which that endpoint can be reached and from which messages originate. The association spans transfer over all of the possible source and destination combinations that might be generated from the two endpoint lists (also known as multihoming). SCTP provides the following services and features:
3
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
•
Acknowledged reliable nonduplicated transfer of user data
•
Application-level segmentation to conform to the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size
•
Sequenced delivery of user datagrams within multiple streams
•
Optional multiplexing of user datagrams into SCTP datagrams
•
Enhanced reliability through support of multihoming at either end or both ends of the association
•
Congestion avoidance and resistance to flooding and masquerade attacks
•
Interoperability with third-party call agents
SCTP allows you to terminate multiple switches and trunk groups on a gateway to add scalability. Adding trunk groups does not require more memory or processing resources because SCTP supports multiple streams in a single SCTP association. SCTP is a reliable transport protocol for message-oriented communications; SCTP is specifically designed to support PSTN signaling messages over IP networks. SCTP allows you to configure at least one trunk group per T1 or E1 interface available on a given platform. A gateway platform with four T1 or E1 interfaces, for example, can control four unique trunk groups per device. Certain platforms, such as the Cisco AS5800 and Cisco AS5850, can deliver the individual T1 or E1 trunk groups over a high-speed interface, such as T3, which operates at 45 Mbps. Table 48 shows the number of trunk groups supported per gateway platform. Table 48
SS7 Interconnect for Voice-Gateway Trunk Groups per Gateway
Platform
Supported Trunk Groups
Comments
Cisco AS5300
4
Verify both T1 and E1 cards.
Cisco AS5350
8
Verify both T1 and E1 cards. Verify with Integrated SLT option. Note
Cisco AS5350 CT3 28
For more information, see Integrated Signaling Link Terminal, Cisco IOS Release 12.2(11)T.
Verify CT3 DS-3 card. Verify with Integrated SLT option.
Cisco AS5400
16
Verify both T1 and E1 cards. Verify with Integrated SLT option.
Cisco AS5400 CT3 28
Verify CT3 DS-3 card. Verify with Integrated SLT option.
Cisco AS5850
112
Verify E1 cards and CT3 DS-3 cards. Note
T1 ports and the 112 supported trunk groups are available only with CT3 cards.
In a typical network topology, only one SCTP association is configured between a signaling controller and a gateway. Multiple IP addresses on either side can be designated to the same association to achieve link redundancy. On a gateway, signaling messages for all trunk groups are carried over on the same SCTP association to the same signaling controller. Trunk groups on a gateway can also be controlled through different signaling controllers. In such cases, you can configure multiple associations on a gateway and direct them to different signaling controllers.
4
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
IUA IUA is the adaptation layer that makes SCTP services available to Q.921 services users, such as Q.931, Q Signaling (QSIG), and National ISDN-2 with Cisco extensions (Cisco NI2+). IUA supports the standard interlayer primitives provided by Q.921. As a result, an upper-layer protocol (ULP) that typically used Q.921 services can easily migrate to IUA. IUA service points are represented to the upper-layer protocol as application servers. Each application server is bound to an SCTP local endpoint managed by an SCTP instance. A remote signaling controller is known as an ASP. An ASP is connected to the local endpoint through a single SCTP association. The IUA module creates associations between the signaling gateway and the MGC based on configuration requests. It also manages multiple ASPs as defined in the IETF IUA specification. IUA performs the following functions: •
Requests SCTP associations based on configuration information.
•
Manages the destination address list and requests a new primary destination in the event of a failure.
•
Manages the ASP state machine for each association.
•
Manages the application-server state machine across all ASPs associated with a single application.
•
Provides service for multiple applications simultaneously to handle different Layer 3 signaling protocols (Q.931 and Q.SIG, for example), or to communicate with different sets of call agents.
Figure 9 shows IUA with SCTP transport stack. Figure 9
IUA with SCTP Transport Stack
Cisco PGW 2200
GW
GTD
GTD
ISUP
ISUP
Q.931+
H.323
IUA
IUA
TCP/IP
SCTP
SCTP
IP
IP Q.931+
82675
MTP3
Q.931+
H.323
To use IUA services, you must make the application server and ASP available and bind a trunk group to an application server for its Layer 2 server. For configuration information, see the “Configure IUA” section on page 12.
Multiple NFAS Groups On a gateway, trunk groups are defined as Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) groups. An NFAS group is a group of ISDN PRI trunks with a single dedicated D channel. In a voice-gateway solution, the D channel in a trunk group is symbolic because SS7 is used as the signaling mechanism. The D channels defined for each NFAS group are actually DS0 bearer channels for voice or modem calls. Therefore, each NFAS has a corresponding D channel for which it is allocated.
5
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
A symbolic D-channel interface is dedicated to a trunk group. Each D-channel interface is bound to an application server and a dedicated stream is associated with this interface. Thus, the NFAS group identification can be recovered on each side of the SCTP association through this two-stage mapping as long as both sides share the same configuration information. Multiplexing of multiple trunk groups through a single association is accomplished this way, for example. If all interfaces on a gateway are controlled through a single SC, all interfaces are bound to the same application server. The SCTP stream is a logical identification of the grouping of messages and consumes little additional memory and processing power. Each association can support as many as 65,355 streams. Figure 10 shows the mapping between the trunk group, D-channel interface, and SCTP stream. Figure 10
Mapping Between Trunk Group, Interface, and Stream
Trunk group (NFAS) 1 Interface 1 (T1/E1)
D channel, 0/0/0:23
Interface 2 (T1/E1)
IUA/SCTP
Association Stream 0 (reserved)
Interface 3 (T1/E1)
Stream 1 Stream 2
Interface 4 (T1/E1)
Stream 3 Stream 4 Trunk group (NFAS) 2 Interface 5 (T1/E1)
D channel, 0/1/0:23
Interface 6 (T1/E1)
Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8
Interface 8 (T1/E1)
Figure 11 shows the NFAS group and SCTP association.
6
88201
Interface 7 (T1/E1)
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
Figure 11
NFAS Group and SCTP Association
Cisco PGW 2200 SCTP streams (Q.931+ D channels)
naspath naspath naspath
Gateway
Dial-peer routing
TG
nfas-group
TG
nfas-group
TG
nfas-group
ISUP SCTP End-point
STP
PSTN SCTP endpoint
SSPs T1/E1 spans
The IUA transport protocol using SCTP is supported on the Cisco PGW 2200; the Cisco PGW 2200 now uses IUA to communicate with Cisco access servers. IUA with SCTP on the Cisco PGW 2200 provides the following services: •
Eliminates the scaling limitations in previous releases of Cisco MGC software for the number of NFAS-groups allowed per RLM.
•
Supports upgrading from RLM-based communication to IUA-based communication without losing stable active calls.
•
RLM-based communication is still supported. However, since this is a new functionality, the backward compatibility of the SCTP-based transports is not applicable.
•
IUA interface can be used with Cisco access servers that support NAS and Digital Private Network Signaling System (DPNSS) signaling.
•
Note
Introduces IUA and SCTP operational measurements.
For more information about IUA and SCTP on the Cisco PGW 2200, see Support for IUA with SCTP.
Features That Use SCTP The following features use SCTP: •
PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer, page 8
•
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers, page 10
7
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer This feature (sometimes called PRI Q.921 Signaling Backhaul) provides standards-based ISDN signaling backhaul capability on Cisco IOS gateways. It fills the need for PRI Q.921 signaling backhaul that works with third-party call agents or media-gateway controllers (MGCs) where call processing for voice calls is carried out by call-control servers, and packet-network connections are made using protocols such as Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) and Simple Gateway Control Protocol (SGCP). It enables solutions such as Integrated Access, IP PBX, and Telecommuter on the Cisco 3600 series, Cisco AS5300, and Cisco AS5850. It provides a configuration interface for Cisco IOS software implementation and implements protocol message flows for SCTP and IUA. This feature provides the following: •
PRI backhaul—Specific implementation for backhauling PRI
Note
For more information about PRI backhaul using SCTP, see PRI Backhaul Using the Stream Control Transmission Protocol and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer.
•
SCTP—New general-transport protocol that can be used for backhauling signaling messages
•
IDSN User Adaptation Layer (IUA)—Mechanism for backhauling any Layer 3 protocol that normally uses Q.921
This feature supports interoperability with third-party call agents. It also supports the following solutions that require signaling backhaul: •
IP PBX
•
IP Centrex
•
Enterprise toll bypass
•
IXC/tandem bypass
Signaling backhaul facilitates the handling of voice traffic coming from the signaling endpoints that communicate using facility-associated signaling. Facility-associated signaling requires the signaling channel (channel that carries call-signaling information) to share a digital facility with the bearer channels. ISDN PRI is one example of facility-associated signaling. ISDN signaling backhaul is required in the MGCP-based call-control architecture to enable end-to-end voice solutions. This feature implements the IETF standards-based signaling backhaul protocols. This standards-based signaling transport support enables any third-party call agent that supports the standards to work with Cisco gateways. ISDN signaling backhaul is required in the MGCP-based call-control architecture to enable end-to-end voice solutions. This feature migrates the proprietary PRI backhaul infrastructure to open standards. Backhaul is carried out using industry-standard SCTPs and ISDN IUA protocols as defined by the SIGTRAN working group of the IETF. It supports backhauling for ISDN-based signaling protocols only. Figure 12 shows an example of PRI signaling backhaul. The MGC provides call processing and gateway control.
8
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Information About SCTP and SCTP Features
PRI Signaling Backhaul
Media gateway controller
E-ISUP signaling
Media gateway controller
Media gateway
PBX
Media gateway
PRI
Signaling backhauled over IP to VSC/ Call agent for call processing
Customer premises equipment PBX
PRI
PBX
PRI
PRI
Customer premises equipment 24256
Figure 12
PBX
Ordinarily, signaling backhaul occurs at a common boundary for all protocols. For ISDN, signaling backhaul occurs at the Layer 2 (Q.921) and Layer 3 (Q.931) boundaries. The lower layers of the protocol (Q.921) are terminated and processed on the gateway, while the upper layers (Q.931) are backhauled to the MGC using SCTP. Signaling backhaul provides the advantage of distributed protocol processing. This permits greater expandability and scalability while offloading lower-layer protocol processing from the MGC. Signaling transport between entities is applied to ensure that signaling information is transported with the required functionality and performance. The signaling gateway or MGC receives both ISDN signaling and bearer-channel data. ISDN signaling is backhauled up to an MGC or call agent using the SIG protocol stack. You can configure each signaling gateway to use up to three MGCs within an application server for redundancy. Multiple application servers can also be supported on a signaling gateway. MGCP is then used to control the bearer channels. Figure 13 shows the functional model for PRI signaling transport. Signaling Transport Model
MGC
MGC MGCP
SIG
MGC
MGCP SIG
MGCP
SIG
ISDN SG/MG
Bearer channels
Redundant MGCs, only one active at a time
IP network
Other SG/MG
36146
Figure 13
SCTP is a peer-to-peer protocol; IUA is a client-server protocol. Figure 14 shows the protocol flow from an ISDN endpoint, through the signaling gateway, and then to a call agent or media gateway controller.
9
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
EP
Protocol Flow
ISDN
IP
SG/MG
Q.931 Q.921
MGC Q.931
Q.921
IUA
IUA
SCTP
SCTP
IP
IP
36147
Figure 14
PRI Backhaul Using the Stream Control Transmission Protocol and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer on the Cisco 3660 supports the following on a Cisco 3660: •
20 calls per hour per DS-0 bearer circuit (3-minute average call duration)
•
460 calls per hour per PRI circuit (23 bearer channels): 20 x 23 = 460
•
5520 calls per hour per Cisco 3660 (12 PRI trunks): 460 x 12 = 5520
•
1.5333 calls per Cisco 3660 per second. 5520 divided by (60*60) = 1.5333
•
7 signaling messages per call (both setup and tear down)
•
10.8 signaling messages per second per Cisco 3660: 7 x 1.5333 = 10.8
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers This feature supports IUA with SCTP for the Cisco AS5x00, Cisco 2420, Cisco 2600 series, Cisco 3600 series, and Cisco 3700 series. It is to be used as an alternative to the existing IP-based User Datagram Protocol (UDP)-to-Reliable Link Manager (RLM) transport between the Cisco PGW 2200 and Cisco gateways. IUA with SCTP acts as the call signaling IP transport mechanism in a voice-gateway solution. These combined protocols are also used for Signaling System 7 (SS7) Interconnect solutions, which allow required flexibility in connecting Intermachine trunks from more than one PSTN switch (multiple trunk groups) to the Cisco gateways. This feature also allows you to interconnect with multiple carriers on high-capacity Cisco AS5x00 gateways for load balancing and redundancy. IUA and SCTP protocols provide the following services: •
Trunk groups are defined on a T1/E1 interface basis.
•
All DS0 bearer channels in a specific T1/E1 interface are included in the same trunk group and cannot be split into different trunk groups.
•
Multiple T1/E1 interfaces on the same gateway can be provisioned in a single trunk group or split into multiple trunk groups. The maximum number of trunk groups that a platform can support is equal to the maximum number of T1/E1 interfaces that the platform can configure.
This feature supports SCTP, multiple non-facility associated signaling, and IUA.
How to Configure SCTP Features This section contains the following procedures:
10
•
Configuring PRI Backhaul Using the SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer, page 11
•
Configuring Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers Feature, page 18
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
•
Troubleshooting Tips, page 29
Configuring PRI Backhaul Using the SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer Configuration Options The following is an example of an application-server configuration on a gateway: AS as1 10.4.8.69 10.4.9.69 2577
Application server as1 is configured to use two local IP addresses and port 2577. IP address values that are set apply to all IP addresses of the application-server process. An application-server process can be viewed as a local representation of an SCTP association since it specifies a remote endpoint that communicates with an application-server local endpoint. An application-server process is defined for a given application server. For example, the following configuration defines remote signaling controller asp1 at two IP addresses for application server as1. The remote SCTP port number is 2577: AS as1 10.4.8.69 10.4.9.69 2477 ASP asp1 AS as1 10.4.8.68 10.4.9.68 2577
Multiple application-server processes can be defined for a single application server for the purpose of redundancy, but only one process can be active. The other process is inactive and becomes active at failover. In the Cisco media-gateway-controller solution, a signaling controller is always the client that initiates association with a gateway. During initiation, you can request outbound and inbound stream numbers, but the gateway allows only a number that is at least one digit higher than the number of interfaces (T1/E1) allowed for the platform. The number of streams to assign to a given association is implementation dependent. During initialization of the IUA association, you need to specify the total number of streams that can be used. Each D channel is associated with a specific stream within the association. With multiple-trunk-group support, every interface can potentially be a separate D channel. At startup, the IUA code checks for all the possible T1, E1, or T3 interfaces and sets the total number of inbound and outbound streams supported accordingly. In most cases, there is only a need for one association between the GW and the media gateway controller. For the rare case that you are configuring multiple application server associations to various media gateway controllers, the overhead from the unused streams would have minimal impact. The NFAS D channels are configured for one or more interfaces, where each interface is assigned a unique stream ID. The total number of streams for the association needs to include an additional stream for the SCTP management messages. So during startup the IUA code adds one to the total number of interfaces (streams) found. You can manually configure the number of streams per association. In the backhaul scenario, if the number of D-channel links is limited to one, allowing the number of streams to be configurable avoids the unnecessary allocation of streams in an association that will never be used. For multiple associations between a GW and multiple media gateway controllers, the configuration utility is useful in providing only the necessary number of streams per association. Overhead from the streams allocated but not used in the association is negligible.
11
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
If you manually configure the number of streams through the CLI, the IUA code cannot distinguish between a startup event, which automatically sets the streams to the number of interfaces, or if the value is set manually during runtime. If you configure the number of SCTP streams manually, you must add one plus the number of interfaces using the sctp-streams keyword. Otherwise, IUA needs always to add one for the management stream, and the total number of streams increments by one after every reload. When you set the SCTP stream with the command-line interface, you cannot change the inbound and outbound stream support once the association is established with SCTP. The value takes effect when you first remove the IUA application server configuration and then configure it back as the same application server or a new one. The other option is to reload the router. To configure the PRI Backhaul Using SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer feature, perform the following tasks:
Caution
•
Configure IUA, page 12
•
Configure ISDN Signaling (PRI) Backhaul, page 14
•
Verify PRI Backhaul, page 15
When the Fast Ethernet interface is configured for auto negotiation, it can take up to two seconds to initialize. Two examples of the interface initializing is when the no shutdown command is entered, or if the cable is removed and then plugged back in. To avoid any problems, the Fast Ethernet interface should not be configured for auto negotiation. The duplex and speed parameters should be set according to the requirements of the network, and should not be set to auto.
Configure IUA To configure IUA, perform the following steps.
Note
The steps below direct you to configure an application server and the ASP first to allow an NI2+ to be bound to the IUA transport layer protocol. The application server is a logical representation of the SCTP local endpoint. The local endpoint can have more than one IP address but must use the same port number.
Prerequisites •
Ensure that Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T or later is installed and running on your system.
•
Configure ISDN to backhaul Q.921 signaling to the third-party call agent (MGC).
•
Ensure that your Cisco AS5850 has the following: – MGCP 1.0 – IUA 0.4 – ISDN network side support to terminate multiple voice PRIs
SUMMARY STEPS
12
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
iua
4.
as
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
5.
asp as
6.
asp sctp-keepalives
7.
asp ip-precedence
8.
as fail-over-timer
9.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
iua
Enters IUA configuration mode and specifies backhaul using SCTP.
Example: Router(config)# iua
Step 4
as as-name {local-ip1 [local-ip2]} [local-sctp-port]
Defines an application server on a gateway. You can specify up to three local IP addresses (note that SCTP has built-in support for multihomed machines).
Example: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 10.1.2.34 10.1.2.35 2577
Step 5
asp asp-name as as-name {remote-ip1 [remote-ip2]}[remote-sctp-port]
Defines an ASP. Use this command to establish SCTP associations. Note
Example:
A maximum of three ASPs can be configured per application server.
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 as as5400-3 10.4.8.68 10.4.9.68 2577
Step 6
asp asp-name sctp-keepalives remote-ip keepalive-value
(Optional) Sets SCTP keepalive behavior, in ms, for the specified ASP and IP address. Range: 1000 to 60000. Default: 500.
Example:
Note
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keepalives 10.1.2.234 600
Step 7
asp asp-name ip-precedence remote-ip ip-precedence-level
Example:
Find the current value by examining the show ip sctp association parameters command output under heartbeats.
(Optional) Sets the IP precedence level for protocol data units (PDUs) for the specified IP address. Range for a given address is 0 to 7. Default for normal IP precedence handling is 0.
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 ip-precedence 10.1.2.345 7
13
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 8
Command or Action
Purpose
as as-name fail-over-timer time
(Optional) Sets the failover timer value, in ms. IUA waits for this amount of time for one ASP to take over from another ASP during failover.
Example:
Step 9
Find the current failover timer value by examining the show iua as all command output.
Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 fail-over-timer 10000
Note
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-iua)# exit
Configure ISDN Signaling (PRI) Backhaul To configure ISDN signaling (PRI) backhaul, perform the following steps.
Prerequisites •
Ensure that Cisco IOS Release 12.2(4)T or later is installed and running on your system.
1.
enable
2.
configuration terminal
3.
controller
4.
pri-group timeslots service
5.
exit
6.
interface serial
7.
isdn switch-type
8.
isdn bind-l3 IUA-backhaul as
9.
Repeat as needed.
SUMMARY STEPS
10. exit
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Example: Router# configure terminal
14
Enters global configuration mode.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 3
Command
Purpose
controller t1 0
Enters controller configuration mode for slot 0.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 0
Step 4
pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp
Example:
Sets the control protocol used for backhaul to MGCP. You cannot share controller timeslots between backhaul and other Layer 3 protocols.
Router(config-control)# pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp
Step 5
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-control)# exit
Step 6
interface serial 0:23
Enters serial-interface configuration mode for the specified controller and timeslot.
Example:
The D-channel timeslot is (channelized T1): 23 or (channelized E1):15.
Router(config)# interface serial 0:23 Step 7
isdn switch-type switch-type
Example:
Specifies the ISDN switch type (can be done in either global configuration mode or interface mode).
Router(config-if)# isdn switch-type primary-4ess
Step 8
isdn bind-l3 IUA-backhaul as as-name
Configures ISDN to backhaul Q.931 to the media gateway controller.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn bind-l3 IUA-backhaul as server1
Step 9
Repeat the preceding steps for each T1 interface that uses backhaul.
—
Step 10
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Verify PRI Backhaul To verify PRI backhaul, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show iua as
2.
show iua asp
3.
show isdn status
4.
show running-config
15
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show iua as {all | name as-name} Use this command to display the current state of the active application server and show the PRI interfaces configured on the application server. The following output shows that the current state of the application server (as1) is active and that there are four PRI interfaces configured to use this application server: Router# show iua as all Name of AS :as1 Total num of ASPs configured :2 Current state : ACTIVE Active ASP :asp1 Number of ASPs up :1 Fail-Over time : 4000 milli seconds Local address list : 10.21.0.2 Local port 9900 Interface IDs registered with this AS Interface ID stream # 256 (serial1/0:23) 1 257 (serial1/1:23) 2 512 (serial2/0:23) 3 513 (serial2/1:23) 4
Step 2
show iua asp {all | name asp-name} Use this command to display the current state of the active ASP and show information about the SCTP association being used by this ASP. The following output shows that the current state of the ASP (asp1) is active. It also shows information about the SCTP association being used by this ASP. Router# show iua asp all Name of ASP :asp1 Current State of ASP:ASP-Active Current state of underlying SCTP Association IUA_ASSOC_ESTAB , assoc 0 SCTP Association information : Local Receive window :9000 Remote Receive window :9000 Primary Dest address requested by IUA 10.23.0.16 Effective Primary Dest address 10.23.0.16 Remote address list : 10.23.0.16 Remote Port :9900 Statistics : Invalid SCTP signals Total :0 Since last 0 SCTP Send failures :0 Name of ASP :asp2 Current State of ASP:ASP-Down Current state of underlying SCTP Association IUA_ASSOC_INIT , assoc 0 Remote address list : 10.23.0.16 Remote Port :9911 Statistics : Invalid SCTP signals Total :0 Since last 0 SCTP Send failures :0
Step 3
16
show isdn status
id
id
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings. Use it also to display the status of ISDN backhaul. If connection to the media gateway controller is lost, the router shuts down Layer 2 so that it cannot receive calls. When the connection is back up, you can use this command to verify that Layer 2 was also brought back up correctly. The following sample output shows Layer 2 status, as defined by the MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED message, to be up. The L3 protocol and state status are highlighted: Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-5ess ISDN Serial1/0:23 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-5ess L2 Protocol = Q.921 L3 Protocol(s) = IUA BACKHAUL Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Active dsl 0 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x807FFFFF ISDN Serial1/1:23 interface dsl 1, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-5ess L2 Protocol = Q.921 L3 Protocol(s) = IUA BACKHAUL Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Active dsl 1 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x807FFFFF ISDN Serial2/0:23 interface dsl 2, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-5ess L2 Protocol = Q.921 L3 Protocol(s) = IUA BACKHAUL Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Active dsl 2 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x807FFFFF ISDN Serial2/1:23 interface dsl 3, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-5ess L2 Protocol = Q.921 L3 Protocol(s) = IUA BACKHAUL Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Active dsl 3 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x807FFFFF Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 0
Step 4
show running-config
17
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Use this command to display basic router configuration.
Note
For troubleshooting tips, see the “Troubleshooting Tips” section on page 29.
Configuring Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers Feature This section contains the following procedures: •
Configure IUA for Cisco Access Servers, page 18
•
Configure the SCTP T1 Initiation Timer, page 18
•
Create NFAS Groups and Bind Them to the Application Server, page 21
•
Migrate from RLM to IUA with SCTP, page 22
•
Modify a PRI Group on an MGC, page 24
•
Verify Support for IUA with SCTP, page 25
Configure IUA for Cisco Access Servers To configure IUA for Cisco access servers, follow the steps for configuring IUA for PRI Q.921 backhaul, as described in the “Configure IUA” section on page 12.
Configure the SCTP T1 Initiation Timer To configure the SCTP T1 initiation timer, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
iua
4.
as
5.
as fail-over-timer
6.
as sctp-startup-rtx
7.
as sctp-streams
8.
as sctp-t1init
9.
asp as
10. asp ip-precedence 11. asp as 12. asp sctp-keepalive 13. asp sctp-max-association 14. asp sctp-path-retransmission
18
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
15. asp sctp-t3-timeout 16. exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
iua
Enters IUA configuration mode and specifies backhaul using SCTP.
Example: Router(config)# iua
Step 4
as as-name {localip1 [localip2]} [local-sctp-port]
Defines an application server on a gateway.
Example: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 10.1.2.34 10.1.2.35 2577
Step 5
as as-name fail-over-timer time
(Optional) Sets the failover timer value, in ms. Note
Example:
Find the failover timer value by examining the show iua as all command output.
Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 fail-over 10000
Step 6
as as-name sctp-startup-rtx number
Configures the SCTP startup retransmission interval.
Example:
Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 sctp-startup-rtx 8 Step 7
as as-name sctp-streams number
Configures the number of SCTP streams for this application server.
Example:
Although the gateway help function displays a range of 2 to 57, the upper end of the range (also the default) is determined by your hardware, and is equal to the number of controllers on that gateway and NAS one plus. If you enter a number higher than that, the system assumes the default.
Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 sctp-streams 56
Note
If you want to set this value to something other than the default, add one to the number of D channel interfaces that you want to use concurrently.
19
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 8
Command or Action
Purpose
as as-name sctp-t1init number
Sets the SCTP T1 initiation timer, in ms.
Example: Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-t1init 1000
Step 9
asp asp-name as as-name ip-address
Creates an ASP and specifies to which application server it belongs.
Example:
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 as as1 10.4.8.68 10.4.9.68 Step 10
asp asp-name ip-precedence remote-ip-address number
Specifies the IP precedence level for protocol data units (PDUs) for a given IP address. Default for normal IP precedence handling is 0.
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 ip-precedence 10.1.2.345 7
Step 11
asp asp-name as as-name {remote-ip [remote-ip2]}[remote-sctp-port]
Defines an ASP. Use this command to establish SCTP associations.
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 as as5400-3 10.4.8.68 10.4.9.68 2577
Step 12
asp asp-name sctp-keepalive remote-ip-address number
(Optional) Specifies the IP address to enable and disable keepalives and control SCTP keepalives on destination IP addresses.
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keepalive 10.1.2.234 1000
Step 13
asp asp-name sctp-max-association ip-address number
Sets the maximum association retransmissions for this ASP.
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-max-association 10.10.10.10 20
Step 14
asp asp-name sctp-path-retransmission ip-address number
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-path-retransmission 10.10.10.10 2
20
Sets the SCTP path retransmissions for this ASP.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 15
Command or Action
Purpose
asp asp-name sctp-t3-timeout ip-address number
Enters IUA-SCTP configuration mode and sets the SCTP T3 retransmission timeout for this ASP.
Example: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-t3-timeout 10.10.10.10 60000
Step 16
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-iua-sctp)# exit
Create NFAS Groups and Bind Them to the Application Server To create NFAS groups and bind them to the application server, perform the following steps.
Note
•
This procedure configures two T1 interfaces into two NFAS groups or trunk groups that are served by the same application server with two different SCTP streams (ASPs). It allows you to configure the NFAS primary D channel and bind the channel to an IUA application server.
•
The steps for configuring the T1/E1 interface are the same as the steps using RLM, but multiple NFAS groups can now be defined to support multiple trunk groups. All interfaces in an NFAS are treated as one trunk group.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller t1 1/0/0
4.
pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group iua
5.
exit
6.
controller t1 1/0/1
7.
pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group iua
8.
exit
SUMMARY STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
21
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
controller t1 1/0/0
Enters controller configuration mode on the first T1 controller.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/0/0
Step 4
pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group number iua as-name
Example:
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as-1
Configures the NFAS primary D channel on one channelized T1 controller and binds the D channel to an IUA application server. You can choose any timeslot other than 24 to be the virtual container for the D channel parameters for ISDN. Keywords and arguments are as follows: •
nfas-group number—NFAS group
•
iua as-name—Must match the name of an application server that was set up during IUA configuration.
Note Step 5
exit
For more information, see the “Configure IUA” section on page 12.
Exits the current mode on the first controller.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 6
controller t1 1/0/1
Enters controller configuration mode on the second T1 controller.
Example: Router# controller t1 1/0/1
Step 7
pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group number iua as-name
Example:
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as-1 Step 8
exit
Configures the NFAS primary D channel on another channelized T1 controller and binds the D channel to an IUA application server. Keywords and arguments are as above. The argument as-name must match the name of an application server that was set up during IUA configuration. Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Migrate from RLM to IUA with SCTP To migrate from RLM to IUA with SCTP, perform the following steps.
Note
22
The following changes have been made between RLM and IUA with SCTP: •
Application server and ASP configuration lines must precede the controller configuration lines in the configuration text file.
•
RLM group configuration must be removed from the D channel configuration.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
•
For the D channel, the interface serial commands are now replaced by interface D channel commands.
•
Any isdn bind commands must be removed from the D channel. Binding of the NFAS groups now takes place when you use the pri-group commands for IUA with SCTP.
For more information, see the “SCTP Migration from RLM to IUA: Example” section on page 55.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
copy run tftp
3.
Remove the “isdn rlm-group 1” line
4.
copy tftp start
5.
reload
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
copy run tftp
Example:
Step 3
Copies the running configuration to a TFTP server. Make a backup copy of the running configuration. Enter the IP address and destination filename when prompted. Make all edits to the configuration text file that you have copied over to your TFTP server. Some TFTP servers might require that the name of the file that you intend to copy over is already existing and has write permissions on the TFTP server onto which you are copying.
Router# copy run tftp
Note
For RLM, remove the “isdn rlm-group 1” line shown in bold.
Links IUA instead of RLM by removing the “isdn rlm-group 1” line from the interface serial output.
Example: interface Serial3/0:1:23 no ip address isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn incoming-voice modem isdn T321 30000 isdn T303 20000 isdn T200 2000 isdn rlm-group 1 isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable
23
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 4
Command or Action
Purpose
copy tftp start
Copies the new configuration to the startup configuration.
Example: Router# copy tftp start
Step 5
Reloads the router.
reload
Example: Router# reload
Modify a PRI Group on an MGC To modify a PRI group on an MGC, perform the following steps.
Prerequisites •
Remove isdn bind commands from the D channel. Binding of the NFAS groups takes place when you use the pri-group commands for IUA with SCTP.
Note
For more information, see the “Trunk Group Bound to an Application Server: Example” section on page 56.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
interface Dchannel3/0:1
4.
shutdown
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password if prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Example: Router# configure terminal
24
Enters global configuration mode.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
interface Dchannel3/0:1
Enters interface configuration mode for the specified D channel that is to be shut down. This is the format used for IUA.
Example: Router(config)# interface Dchannel3/0:1
Step 4
Shuts down the D channel.
shutdown
Example: Router(config-if)# shutdown
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
Verify Support for IUA with SCTP To verify support for IUA with SCTP, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show ip sctp association list
2.
show ip sctp association parameters
3.
show ip sctp association statistics
4.
show ip sctp errors
5.
show ip sctp instances
6.
show ip sctp statistics
7.
show isdn service
8.
show isdn status
9.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
show ip sctp association list Use this command to display current SCTP association and instance identifiers, current state of SCTP associations, and local and remote port numbers and addresses that are used in the associations. The example below shows two current associations that are in the established state. Each association belongs to a different instance, as noted by their instance identifiers. Router# show ip sctp association list *** SCTP Association List **** AssocID: 0, Instance ID: 0 Current state: ESTABLISHED Local port: 8787, Addrs: 10.1.0.2 10.2.0.2 Remote port: 8787, Addrs: 10.5.0.4 10.6.0.4
25
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
AssocID: 1, Instance ID: 1 Current state: ESTABLISHED Local port: 6790, Addrs: 10.1.0.2 10.2.0.2 Remote port: 6789, Addrs: 10.5.0.4 10.6.0.4
Step 2
show ip sctp association parameters Use this command to display parameter values for the specified association. This command requires an association identifier as an argument. Association identifiers can be obtained from the output of the show ip sctp association list command. Many parameters are defined for each association, some of them configured and some of them calculated. They fall into the following main groupings: •
Association configuration parameters
•
Destination address parameters
•
Association boundary parameters
•
Current association congestion parameters
Router# show ip sctp association parameters 0 ** SCTP Association Parameters ** AssocID: 0 Context: 0 InstanceID: 0 Assoc state: ESTABLISHED Uptime: 00:00:34.280 Local port: 8787 Local addresses: 10.1.0.2 10.2.0.2 Remote port: 8787 Primary dest addr: 10.5.0.4 Effective primary dest addr: 10.5.0.4 Destination addresses: 10.5.0.4: State: ACTIVE Heartbeats: Enabled Timeout: 30000 ms RTO/RTT/SRTT: 1000/0/0 ms TOS: 0 MTU: 1500 cwnd: 5000 ssthresh: 18000 outstand: 0 Num retrans: 0 Max retrans: 5 Num times failed: 0 10.6.0.4: State: ACTIVE Heartbeats: Enabled Timeout: 30000 ms RTO/RTT/SRTT: 1000/0/0 ms TOS: 0 MTU: 1500 cwnd: 3000 ssthresh: 18000 outstand: 0 Num retrans: 0 Max retrans: 5 Num times failed: 0 Local vertag: DA3C3BD Remote vertag: 4D95E3A Num inbound streams: 13 outbound streams: 13 Max assoc retrans: 5 Max init retrans: 8 CumSack timeout: 200 ms Bundle timeout: 100 ms Min RTO: 1000 ms Max RTO: 60000 ms LocalRwnd: 9000 Low: 6400 RemoteRwnd: 16800 Low: 14900 Congest levels: 0 current level: 0 high mark: 1
Step 3
show ip sctp association statistics Use this command to display statistics about the specified association, including the following: The first numbers show the total number of chunks, both data and control, sent and received. The second group of statistics focuses on the data chunks sent, showing the total number sent, the number retransmitted, the number that were ordered and unordered, the average number that were bundled together, and the total bytes sent. The third group of statistics focuses on the data chunks received. It displays the total
26
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
number received and the number discarded (because of duplicates), the number of ordered and unordered chunks received, the average number of chunks that were bundled, the number of bytes received, and the number of sequenced chunks that were received out of order. The last section indicates how many datagrams have been sent, received, or are ready to be received by the calling application or ULP. The ULP statistics may be different from the chunk statistics if the datagrams are large and have been segmented by SCTP.
Note
This command requires an association identifier argument, which you can obtain from output of the show ip sctp association list command.
The following example was taken from a network with known dropped packets in one direction. The number of total chunks sent and received is larger than the number of data chunks sent and received because it also includes the control chunks sent. The number of chunks received out of sequence indicates that there are some chunks not being received in the correct order. However, the number of chunks discarded is zero, indicating that only one copy of each is arriving at this peer (some chunks are probably being dropped and the peer is retransmitting them, but there are no duplicates being received). The number of chunks being retransmitted is zero, indicating that there is no network problem in the direction of sending from this peer to the remote. Router# show ip sctp association statistics 0 ** SCTP Association Statistics ** AssocID/InstanceID: 0/0 Current State: ESTABLISHED Control Chunks Sent: 1009 Rcvd: 988 Data Chunks Sent Total: 18073 Retransmitted: 0 Ordered: 9095 Unordered: 8978 Avg bundled: 9 Total Bytes: 1807300 Data Chunks Rcvd Total: 18073 Discarded: 0 Ordered: 9095 Unordered: 8978 Avg bundled: 9 Total Bytes: 1807300 Out of Seq TSN: 586 ULP Dgrams Sent: 18073 Ready: 18073 Rcvd: 18073
Step 4
show ip sctp errors Use this command to display errors logged since last time that the statistics were cleared. The following output shows one example in which no errors have been logged, and another in which there have been several different types of errors. Router# show ip sctp errors *** SCTP Error Statistics **** No SCTP errors logged. Router# show ip sctp errors *** SCTP Error Statistics **** Communication Lost: Unknown INIT params rcvd: Missing parameters: No room for incoming data:
95 8 18 11
27
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Step 5
show ip sctp instances Use this command to display information for each of the currently configured instances. The instance number, local port, and address information is displayed. The instance state is either available or deletion pending. An instance enters the deletion pending state when a request is made to delete it but there are currently established associations for that instance. The instance cannot be deleted immediately and instead enters the pending state. No new associations are allowed in this instance, and when the last association is terminated or fails, the instance is deleted. The default inbound and outbound stream numbers are used for establishing incoming associations, and the maximum number of associations allowed for this instance is shown. Finally, a snapshot of each existing association is shown, if any exist. In this example, two current instances are active and available. The first is using local port 8787, and the second is using local port 6790. Instance identifier 0 has one current association, and instance identifier 1 has no current associations. Router# show ip sctp instances *** SCTP Instances **** Instance ID: 0 Local port: 8787 Instance state: available Local addrs: 10.1.0.2 10.2.0.2 Default streams inbound: 1 outbound: 1 Current associations: (max allowed: 6) AssocID: 0 State: ESTABLISHED Remote port: 8787 Dest addrs: 10.5.0.4 10.6.0.4 Instance ID: 1 Local port: 6790 Instance state: available Local addrs: 10.1.0.2 10.2.0.2 Default streams inbound: 13 outbound: 13 No current associations established for this instance. Max allowed: 6
Step 6
show ip sctp statistics Use this command to display the overall SCTP statistics accumulated since the last clear ip sctp statistics command for currently established associations and those that have terminated. The command also displays the number of aborts and shutdowns received and the number of times the T1 (initialization) and T2 (shutdown) timers expired. Router# show ip sctp statistics ** SCTP Overall Statistics ** Control Chunks Sent: 7872 Rcvd: 8547 Data Chunks Sent Total: 98681 Retransmitted: 5 Ordered: 50241 Unordered: 48435 Total Bytes: 9868100 Data Chunks Rcvd Total: 98676 Discarded: 0 Ordered: 50241 Unordered: 48435 Total Bytes: 9867600 Out of Seq TSN: 2845 SCTP Dgrams Sent: 17504 Rcvd: 19741 ULP Dgrams
28
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Sent: 98676
Ready: 98676
Rcvd: 98676
Additional Stats Assocs Currently Estab: 0 Active Estab: 0 Passive Estab: 2 Aborts: 0 Shutdowns: 0 T1 Expired: 11 T2 Expired: 0
Step 7
show isdn service Use this command to display information about ISDN channels and the service states.
Step 8
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 9
show running-config Use this command to display the basic router configuration.
Troubleshooting Tips In a live system, debug commands for performance, state, signal, and warnings are most useful. These commands show any association or destination address failures and can be used to monitor the stability of any established associations.
Caution
Note
Use debug commands with extreme caution or not at all in live systems, depending on the amount of traffic. Debug commands other than those for performance, state, signal, and warnings can generate a great deal of output and therefore cause associations to fail. Use these commands only in test environments or during times of very low traffic volume.
•
SCTP debug commands display information for all current SCTP associations and cannot be limited to particular associations.
•
SCTP debug commands that display statistical information show only the information that is available since the last time a clear ip sctp statistics command was executed. The clear ip sctp statistics command clears all SCTP statistics, both those compiled for individual associations and those compiled overall.
•
Sample outputs for the debug commands are shown in the “Examples” section on page 31.
•
You can use debugs with timestamps enabled to see the relevant timing of the events indicated. To add timestamps to debug output, use the service timestamps commands (service timestamps debug and service timestamps log), optionally with the msec keyword. Output is in the format MMM DD HH:MM:SS, which indicates the date and time according to the system clock. If the system clock is not set, the date and time are preceded by an asterisk (*) to indicate that the date and time are probably not correct.
•
For more information on SCTP debug commands, see Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP).
29
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
30
•
Use the debug ip sctp api command to show all SCTP calls to the application programming interface (API) that are being executed and the parameters associated with these calls.
•
Use the debug ip sctp congestion command to display various events related to calculating the current congestion parameters, including congestion window (cwnd) values per destination address and local and remote receiver window (rwnd) parameters. Information is displayed when bundling and sending data chunks, indicating the current cwnd and rwnd values and remote rwnd values, thus showing when data can or can not be sent or bundled. When chunks are acknowledged by the remote peer, the number of bytes outstanding and remote rwnd values are updated. Information is also displayed when new chunks are received, thus decreasing the local rwnd space, and when chunks are freed because the ULP is receiving datagrams from SCTP and thus freeing local rwnd space.
•
Use the debug ip sctp init command to display datagrams and other information related to the initializing of new associations. All initialization chunks are shown, including the INIT, INIT_ACK, COOKIE_ECHO, and COOKIE_ACK chunks. You can use this command to see the chunks associated with any initialization sequence, but it does not display data chunks sent once the association is established. Therefore, it is safe to use in a live system that has traffic flowing when you have trouble with associations that fail and have to be reestablished.
•
Use the debug ip sctp multihome command to display the source and destination of datagrams in order to monitor use of the multihome addresses. More than one IP address parameter can be included in an INIT chunk when the INIT sender is multihomed. Datagrams should mostly be sent to the primary destination addresses unless the network is experiencing problems, in which case they can be sent to the secondary addresses.
•
Use the debug ip sctp performance command to display the average number of chunks and datagrams being sent and received per second once every 10 seconds. Averages are cumulative since the last time the statistics were cleared and so may not accurately reflect the number of datagrams and chunks currently being sent and received.
•
Use the debug ip sctp rcvchunks command to display information about chunks that are received, including the following: stream number, sequence number, chunk length, and chunk transmission sequence number (TSN) for each chunk received; and whether the chunk is for a new datagram or a datagram that is already being reassembled. Command output shows whether the datagram is complete after receiving this chunk or not and, if complete, whether it is in sequence within the specified stream and can be delivered to the ULP. It shows the SACKs that are sent back to the remote, indicating the cumulative TSN acknowledged, the number of fragments included, and that the datagram is received by the ULP.
•
Use the debug ip sctp rto command to display adjustments to the retransmission (retrans) timeout value due to retransmission of data chunks or unacknowledged heartbeats.
•
Use the debug ip sctp segments command to display every datagram that is sent or received and the chunks that are contained in each. The command has two forms: simple and verbose. This simple form of the command shows basic information for each chunk type.
•
Use the debug ip sctp segmentv command to show every datagram that is sent or received and the chunks that are contained in each. The command has two forms: simple and verbose. This verbose form of the output shows detailed information for each chunk type.
•
Use the debug ip sctp signal command to display signals that are sent from SCTP to the application or ULP. These signals inform the ULP of state transitions for associations or destination addresses. Signal s sent to the ULP when new data is available to be received may not be shown because they occur infrequently. You can use this command to determine whether or not the current associations are stable. Because it does not generate output except on state transitions, it is safe to use in a live environment. It still should be used with caution, however, depending on the number of associations being handled by the system and the stability of the network.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Note
•
The debug ip sctp state and debug ip sctp signal commands are often used together to provide insight into the stability of associations.
Use the debug ip sctp sndchunks command to display the following types of information about all chunks that are being sent to remote SCTP peers: – Application send requests from the local SCTP peer – Chunks being bundled and sent to the remote peer – Processing of the SACKs from the remote peer, indicating which chunks were successfully
received – Chunks that are marked for retransmission •
Use the debug ip sctp state command with the debug ip sctp signal command to provide insight into the stability of associations.
•
Use the debug ip sctp timer command to display information about all started, stopped, and triggering SCTP timers. Many SCTP timers, after they are started, are not restarted until they expire or are stopped; the first call starts the timer, and subsequent calls do nothing until the timer either expires or is stopped.
•
Use the debug ip sctp warnings command to display information on any unusual situation that is encountered. These situations may or may not indicate problems, depending on the particulars of the situation.
•
Use the debug iua as command to display debug messages for the IUA application server when an ISDN backhaul connection is initially established.
•
Use the debug iua asp command to display debug messages for the IUA ASP when an ISDN backhaul connection is initially established.
Examples This section contains the following output examples (commands are listed alphabetically): •
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp api Command, page 32
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp congestion Command, page 32
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp init Command, page 33
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp multihome Command, page 34
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp performance Command, page 34
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp rcvchunks Command, page 35
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp rto Command, page 36
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp segments Command, page 37
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp segmentv Command, page 38
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp signal Command and the debug ip sctp state Command, page 39
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp sndchunks Command, page 40
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp timer Command, page 41
•
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp warnings Command, page 41
•
Sample Output for the debug iua Command, page 42
31
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp api Command
Caution
Do not use this command in a live system that has any significant amount of traffic running. It can generate significant traffic, and cause associations to fail. Router# debug ip sctp api *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.211: 00:31:14.215: 00:31:14.215: 00:31:14.215: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951: 00:31:14.951:
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
sctp_send: Assoc ID: 1 stream num: 10 bptr: 62EE332C, dptr: 4F7B598 datalen: 100 context: 1 lifetime: 0 unorder flag: FALSE bundle flag: TRUE sctp_send successful return sctp_receive: Assoc ID: 1 max data len: 100 sctp_receive successful return Process Send Request sctp_receive: Assoc ID: 0 max data len: 100 sctp_receive successful return sctp_send: Assoc ID: 0 stream num: 12 bptr: 62EE00CC, dptr: 4F65158 datalen: 100 context: 0 lifetime: 0 unorder flag: FALSE bundle flag: TRUE sctp_send successful return sctp_receive: Assoc ID: 0 max data len: 100 sctp_receive successful return
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp congestion Command Router# debug ip sctp congestion SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
32
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
Slow start 10.6.0.4, cwnd 3000 Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 7800 Free chunks, local rwnd 9000 Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 8200 Add Sack, local a_rwnd 8200 Free chunks, local rwnd 9000 Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 7800 Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 7000 Add Sack, local a_rwnd 7000 Free chunks, local rwnd 9000 Bundle for 10.5.0.4, rem rwnd 14000, cwnd 19500, outstand 0 Bundled 12 chunks, remote rwnd 12800, outstand 1200 Bundling data, next chunk dataLen (100) > remaining mtu size Bundle for 10.5.0.4, rem rwnd 12800, cwnd 19500, outstand 1200 Bundled 12 chunks, remote rwnd 11600, outstand 2400 Bundling data, next chunk dataLen (100) > remaining mtu size Bundle for 10.5.0.4, rem rwnd 11600, cwnd 19500, outstand 2400 Bundled 12 chunks, remote rwnd 10400, outstand 3600 Bundling data, next chunk dataLen (100) > remaining mtu size Bundle for 10.5.0.4, rem rwnd 10400, cwnd 19500, outstand 3600 Bundled 4 chunks, remote rwnd 10000, outstand 4000 No additional chunks waiting.
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 7800 Data chunks rcvd, local rwnd 7000 Add Sack, local a_rwnd 7000 Chunk A22F3B45 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B46 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B47 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B48 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B49 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4A ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4B ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4C ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4D ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4E ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B4F ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B50 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B51 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B52 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B53 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B54 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B55 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4, Chunk A22F3B56 ack'd, dest 10.5.0.4,
outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding outstanding
3900 3800 3700 3600 3500 3400 3300 3200 3100 3000 2900 2800 2700 2600 2500 2400 2300 2200
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp init Command Router# debug ip sctp init *Mar is 0 *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar ... *Mar *Mar *Mar 9000 *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar 18000 *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar 9000 *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar
1 00:53:07.279: SCTP Test: Attempting to open assoc to remote port 8787...assoc ID 1 1 1 1 1
00:53:07.279: 00:53:07.279: 00:53:07.279: 00:53:07.279: 00:53:07.279:
SCTP: Process Assoc Request SCTP: Assoc 0: dest addr list: SCTP: addr 10.5.0.4 SCTP: addr 10.6.0.4
1 00:53:13.279: SCTP: Assoc 0: Send Init 1 00:53:13.279: SCTP: INIT_CHUNK, len 42 1 00:53:13.279: SCTP: Initiate Tag: B4A10C4D, Initial TSN: B4A10C4D, rwnd 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00:53:13.279: 00:53:13.279: 00:53:13.279: 00:53:13.279: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307:
SCTP: Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.1.0.2 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.2.0.2 SCTP: Supported addr types: 5 SCTP: Process Init SCTP: INIT_CHUNK, len 42 SCTP: Initiate Tag: 3C2D8327, Initial TSN: 3C2D8327, rwnd
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307:
SCTP: Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.5.0.4 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.6.0.4 SCTP: Supported addr types: 5 SCTP: Assoc 0: Send InitAck SCTP: INIT_ACK_CHUNK, len 124 SCTP: Initiate Tag: B4A10C4D, Initial TSN: B4A10C4D, rwnd
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.307: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311:
SCTP: Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 SCTP: Responder cookie len 88 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.1.0.2 SCTP: IP Addr: 10.2.0.2 SCTP: Assoc 0: Process Cookie SCTP: COOKIE_ECHO_CHUNK, len 88 SCTP: Assoc 0: dest addr list: SCTP: addr 10.5.0.4 SCTP: addr 10.6.0.4
33
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
*Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar *Mar
1 1 1 1 1 1
00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311: 00:53:13.311:
SCTP: Instance 0 dest addr list: SCTP: addr 10.5.0.4 SCTP: addr 10.6.0.4 SCTP: Assoc 0: Send CookieAck SCTP: COOKIE_ACK_CHUNK
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp multihome Command
Caution
This command generates one debug line for each datagram sent or received. Use with extreme caution in a live network. Router# debug ip sctp multihome SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Assoc 0: Send Data to dest 10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Assoc 0: Send Data to dest 10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Rcvd s=10.6.0.4 8787, d=10.2.0.2 8787, len Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.2.0.2 8787, d=10.6.0.4 Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Sent: Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len Rcvd s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len
1404 476 8787, len 28 8787, 8787, 8787, 8787, 28 28 1404 1404 8787, 1404 476 8787,
len len len len
8787, 8787, 8787, 8787, 44 8787, 28 28 1404 1404 8787, 1404 476
len len len len
1404 1404 1404 476
len 28
len 28 1404 1404 1404 476
len 44
len 28
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp performance Command
In the following example, when the performance debug was first enabled, it showed a very low rate of traffic. However, it was expected that these numbers were not accurate, so a clear ip sctp command was executed. The average numbers adjusted quickly to reflect the accurate amount of flowing traffic. Router# debug ip sctp performance SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 5, Chunks 28, Data Chunks 29, ULP Dgrams 29 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 7, Chunks 28, Data Chunks 29, ULP Dgrams 29 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 6, Chunks 29, Data Chunks 30, ULP Dgrams 30 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 7, Chunks 29, Data Chunks 30, ULP Dgrams 30 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0
34
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 6, Chunks 29, Data Chunks 31, ULP Dgrams 31 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 7, Chunks 30, Data Chunks 31, ULP Dgrams 31 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 6, Chunks 30, Data Chunks 31, ULP Dgrams 31 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 7, Chunks 31, Data Chunks 32, ULP Dgrams 31 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 6, Chunks 31, Data Chunks 32, ULP Dgrams 32 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 7, Chunks 32, Data Chunks 32, ULP Dgrams 32 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 Router# clear ip sctp statistics SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 210, Data Chunks 199, ULP Dgrams 201 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 208, Data Chunks 198, ULP Dgrams 198 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 210, Data Chunks 199, ULP Dgrams 200 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 209, Data Chunks 199, ULP Dgrams 199 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0 SCTP Sent: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 211, Data Chunks 200, ULP Dgrams 199 SCTP Rcvd: SCTP Dgrams 30, Chunks 209, Data Chunks 198, ULP Dgrams 198 Chunks Discarded: 0, Retransmitted 0
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp rcvchunks Command
Caution
This command generates multiple debug lines for each chunk received. Use with extreme caution in a live network. In the following example, a segmented datagram is received in two chunks, for stream 0 and sequence number 0. The length of the first chunk is 1452, and the second is 1 byte. The first chunk indicates that it is for a new datagram, but the second chunk indicates that it is part of an existing datagram that is already being reassembled. When the first chunk is processed, it is noted to be in sequence, but is not complete and so cannot be delivered yet. When the second chunk is received, the datagram is both in sequence and complete. The application receives the datagram, and a SACK is shown to acknowledge that both chunks were received with no missing chunks indicated (that is, with no fragments). Router# debug ip sctp rcvchunks SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
New chunk (0/0/1452/2C33D822) for new dgram (0) dgram (0) is in seq Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=2C33D822, numFrags=0 New chunk (0/0/1/2C33D823) for existing dgram (0) dgram (0) is complete ApplRecv chunk 0/0/1452/2C33D822 ApplRecv chunk 0/0/1/2C33D823 Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=2C33D823, numFrags=0
The following example is taken from a specific test in which chunks are both sent out of sequence and duplicated. The first chunk received is for stream 0, with sequence number 5. The datagram is complete, but is not in sequence because the previously received datagram was sequence number 3. A SACK chunk is sent, indicating that there is a gap after TSN 15755E58. This same chunk is received again, and the debug indicates that this chunk is a duplicate and so is not processed. The next chunk received is sequence number 7, also complete but not in sequence. The number of fragments specified is now 2, because both datagrams 4 and 6 have not been received. The duplicate chunk is discarded again. Sequence number 6 is then received, also complete, but not in sequence. The next earliest datagram received is 5, and even though that is in sequence, datagram 5 is not in sequence because datagram 4 has
35
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
not been received and so neither 5 nor 6 can be delivered. Thus, there are occasions when the previous sequence number shown is in sequence, but the datagram itself is specified as not in sequence. The SACK sent at that point indicates just one fragment, because datagrams 5 through 7 are all in sequence in a block. Finally, datagram 4 is received. It is complete and in sequence, and datagrams 5 through 7 become in sequence as well, and all the datagrams can be received by the application. Router# debug ip sctp rcvchunks SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
New chunk (0/5/50/15755E5A) for new dgram (5) dgram (5) is complete dgram (5) is not in seq, prev seq (3) Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=1 Rcvd duplicate chunk: 0/5/50/15755E5A Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=1 New chunk (0/7/50/15755E5C) for new dgram (7) dgram (7) is complete dgram (7) is not in seq, prev seq (5) Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=2 Rcvd duplicate chunk: 0/7/50/15755E5C Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=2 New chunk (0/6/50/15755E5B) for new dgram (6) dgram (6) is complete dgram (6) is not in seq, prev seq (5) Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=1 Rcvd duplicate chunk: 0/6/50/15755E5B Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E58, numFrags=1 New chunk (0/4/50/15755E59) for new dgram (4) dgram (4) is complete dgram (4) is in seq dgram (5) is now in seq dgram (6) is now in seq dgram (7) is now in seq Rcvd duplicate chunk: 0/4/50/15755E59 Add Sack Chunk, CumTSN=15755E5C, numFrags=0 ApplRecv chunk 0/4/50/15755E59 ApplRecv chunk 0/5/50/15755E5A ApplRecv chunk 0/6/50/15755E5C ApplRecv chunk 0/7/50/15755E5B
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp rto Command
Caution
This command can generate a great deal of output. Use with extreme caution in a live network. In the following example, there is only one destination address available. Each time the chunk needs to be retransmitted, the retransmission timeout (RTO) value is doubled. Router# debug ip sctp rto SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
36
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr
10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4,
retrans timeout on chunk rto backoff 2000 ms retrans timeout on chunk rto backoff 4000 ms retrans timeout on chunk rto backoff 8000 ms retrans timeout on chunk rto backoff 16000 ms retrans timeout on chunk rto backoff 32000 ms
942BAC55 942BAC55 942BAC55 942BAC55 942BAC55
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
In the next example, there is again only one destination address available. The data chunk is retransmitted several times, and the heartbeat timer also expires, causing the RTO timer to back off as well. Note that the heartbeat timer is expiring along with the data chunk retransmission timer, because SCTP is continually trying to send a chunk on which it can calculate the current round trip time (RTT). Because the data chunk is being retransmitted, an RTT calculation cannot be made on it, and the heartbeat is used instead. Router# debug ip sctp rto SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr destaddr
10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4, 10.5.0.4,
retrans timeout on chunk 98432842 rto backoff 2000 ms retrans timeout on chunk 98432842 rto backoff 4000 ms retrans timeout on chunk 98432842 rto backoff 8000 ms heartbeat rto backoff 16000 ms retrans timeout on chunk 98432842 rto backoff 32000 ms heartbeat rto backoff 60000 ms
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp segments Command
Caution
This command generates several lines of output for each datagram sent or received. Use with extreme caution in a live network. The following output shows an example in which an association is established, a few heartbeats are sent, the remote endpoint fails, and the association is restarted. Router# debug ip sctp segments SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Sent: Recv: Sent: Recv: Sent: Sent: Sent: Sent: Recv: Sent: Recv: Sent: Recv:
Sent: Sent:
Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 56 INIT_CHUNK, Tag: 3C72A02A, TSN: 3C72A02A Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 56 INIT_CHUNK, Tag: 13E5AD6C, TSN: 13E5AD6C Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 136 INIT_ACK_CHUNK, Tag: 3C72A02A, TSN: 3C72A02A Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 100 COOKIE_ECHO_CHUNK, len 88 Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 16 COOKIE_ACK_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 52 HEARTBEAT_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 52 HEARTBEAT_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 52 HEARTBEAT_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 56 INIT_CHUNK, Tag: 4F2D8235, TSN: 4F2D8235 Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 136 INIT_ACK_CHUNK, Tag: 7DD7E424, TSN: 7DD7E424 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 100 COOKIE_ECHO_CHUNK, len 88 Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 16 COOKIE_ACK_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 144 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 7DD7E423, rwnd 18000, num frags 0 DATA_CHUNK, 4/0/100/4F2D8235 Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 28 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 4F2D8235, rwnd 8900, num frags 0 Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 128 DATA_CHUNK, 4/0/100/7DD7E424
37
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Recv: Recv: Sent: Recv: Sent:
Recv: Recv: Recv:
Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 28 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 7DD7E424, rwnd 17900, num frags 0 Assoc 0: s=10.6.0.4 8787, d=10.2.0.2 8787, len 44 HEARTBEAT_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.2.0.2 8787, d=10.6.0.4 8787, len 44 HEARTBEAT_ACK_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 128 DATA_CHUNK, 7/0/100/4F2D8236 Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 144 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 4F2D8236, rwnd 9000, num frags 0 DATA_CHUNK, 7/0/100/7DD7E425 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 28 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 7DD7E424, rwnd 18000, num frags 0 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 28 SACK_CHUNK, TSN ack: 7DD7E425, rwnd 17900, num frags 0 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 128 DATA_CHUNK, 4/1/100/4F2D8237
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp segmentv Command
Caution
This command generates multiple lines of output for each datagram sent and received.Use with extreme caution in a live network. The following output shows an example in which an association is established, a few heartbeats are sent, the remote endpoint fails, and the association is restarted. Router# debug ip sctp segmentv SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
38
Sent:
Recv:
Sent:
Recv: Sent: Recv:
Sent:
Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 56, ver tag 0 INIT_CHUNK, len 42 Initiate Tag: B131ED6A, Initial TSN: B131ED6A, rwnd 9000 Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 IP Addr: 10.1.0.2 IP Addr: 10.2.0.2 Supported addr types: 5 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 56, ver tag 0 INIT_CHUNK, len 42 Initiate Tag: 5516B2F3, Initial TSN: 5516B2F3, rwnd 18000 Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 IP Addr: 10.5.0.4 IP Addr: 10.6.0.4 Supported addr types: 5 Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 136, ver tag 5516B2F3 INIT_ACK_CHUNK, len 124 Initiate Tag: B131ED6A, Initial TSN: B131ED6A, rwnd 9000 Streams Inbound: 13, Outbound: 13 Responder cookie len 88 IP Addr: 10.1.0.2 IP Addr: 10.2.0.2 Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 100, ver tag B131ED6A COOKIE_ECHO_CHUNK, len 88 Assoc NULL: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 16, ver tag 5516B2F3 COOKIE_ACK_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 8787, len 144, ver tag B131ED6A SACK_CHUNK, len 16 TSN ack: (0xB131ED69) Rcv win credit: 18000 Num frags: 0 DATA_CHUNK, flags 3, chunkLen 116 DATA_CHUNK, 0/0/100/5516B2F3 Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 8787, len 28, ver tag 5516B2F3
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Sent:
Recv: Sent: Recv:
SACK_CHUNK, len 16 TSN ack: (0x5516B2F3) Rcv win credit: 8900 Num frags: 0 Assoc 0: s=10.1.0.2 8787, d=10.5.0.4 DATA_CHUNK, flags 3, chunkLen 116 DATA_CHUNK, 0/0/100/B131ED6A Assoc 0: s=10.6.0.4 8787, d=10.2.0.2 HEARTBEAT_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.2.0.2 8787, d=10.6.0.4 HEARTBEAT_ACK_CHUNK Assoc 0: s=10.5.0.4 8787, d=10.1.0.2 SACK_CHUNK, len 16
8787, len 128, ver tag 5516B2F3
8787, len 44, ver tag B131ED6A 8787, len 44, ver tag 5516B2F3 8787, len 28, ver tag B131ED6A
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp signal Command and the debug ip sctp state Command
This example shows signals that are sent from SCTP to the application or ULP. A signal is also sent to the ULP when new data is available to be received, but this signal is not shown in the output below because it occurs infrequently. In the following example, a new association is requested and established. The peer then restarts the association and notes that the association failed and is being reestablished. The local peer then indicates that the association has failed because it has tried to retransmit the specified chunk more than the maximum number of times without success. As a result, the association fails (because of communication loss) and is terminated. The ULP requests that the association be attempted again, and this attempt succeeds. A shutdown is then received from the remote peer, and the local peer enters the shutdown acknowledge sent state, which is followed by the association being terminated. Again, another association attempt is made and succeeds. Router# debug ip sctp signal Router# debug ip sctp state 00:20:08: SCTP: Assoc 00:20:15: SCTP: Assoc 00:20:15: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:03: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:03: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc 00:21:04: SCTP: Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
state CLOSED -> COOKIE_WAIT state COOKIE_WAIT -> ESTABLISHED Sent ASSOC_UP signal for CONFIGD_ASSOC Restart rcvd from peer Sent ASSOC_RESTART signal chunk 62EA7F40 retransmitted more than max times, failing assoc Sent ASSOC_FAILED signal, reason: SCTP_COMM_LOST Sent ASSOC_TERMINATE signal state ESTABLISHED -> CLOSED
0: state CLOSED -> COOKIE_WAIT 0: state COOKIE_WAIT -> COOKIE_ECHOED 0: state COOKIE_ECHOED -> ESTABLISHED 0: Sent ASSOC_UP signal for CONFIGD_ASSOC 0: Sent TERMINATE_PENDING signal 0: state ESTABLISHED -> SHUTDOWN_ACKSENT 0: Sent ASSOC_TERMINATE signal 0: state SHUTDOWN_ACKSENT -> CLOSED 0: state CLOSED -> COOKIE_WAIT 0: state COOKIE_WAIT -> COOKIE_ECHOED 0: state COOKIE_ECHOED -> ESTABLISHED 0: Sent ASSOC_UP signal for CONFIGD_ASSOC
In the following example, the associations themselves are stable, but a particular destination address fails. Because both currently established associations are using the same destination addresses (with different ports), both of the associations indicate the destination address failure. When the destination address again becomes active, the upper-layer protocols are informed.
39
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
Router# 00:26:27: 00:26:28: Router# 00:30:41: 00:30:41:
SCTP: Assoc 1: Sent DESTADDR_FAILED signal for destaddr 10.6.0.4 SCTP: Assoc 0: Sent DESTADDR_FAILED signal for destaddr 10.6.0.4 SCTP: Assoc 1: Sent DESTADDR_ACTIVE signal for destaddr 10.6.0.4 SCTP: Assoc 0: Sent DESTADDR_ACTIVE signal for destaddr 10.6.0.4
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp sndchunks Command
Caution
This command generates significant data if there is any significant amount of traffic flowing. Use with extreme caution in live networks. Router# debug ip sctp sndchunks SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
40
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
ApplSend, chunk: 0/10412/100/A23134F8 to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 5/10443/100/A23134F9 to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 5/10448/100/A231355C to 10.5.0.4 Set oldest chunk for dest 10.5.0.4 to TSN A23134F8 Bundling data, added 0/10412/100/A23134F8, outstanding 100 Bundling data, added 5/10443/100/A23134F9, outstanding 200 Bundling data, added 4/10545/100/A23134FA, outstanding 300 Bundling data, added 10/10371/100/A23134FB, outstanding 400 Bundling data, added 11/10382/100/A23134FC, outstanding 500 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A231350F, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A2313510 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A2313527, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A2313528 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A231353F, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A2313540 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A2313557, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A2313558 ApplSend, chunk: 10/10385/100/A23135BE to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 8/10230/100/A23135BF to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 5/10459/100/A23135C0 to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 4/10558/100/A23135C1 to 10.5.0.4 Set oldest chunk for dest 10.5.0.4 to TSN A231355D Bundling data, added 5/10449/100/A231355D, outstanding 100 Bundling data, added 3/10490/100/A231355E, outstanding 200 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A23135A4, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A23135A5 Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A23135BC, numFrags=0 Reset oldest chunk on addr 10.5.0.4 to A23135BD Process Sack Chunk, CumTSN=A23135C1, numFrags=0 ApplSend, chunk: 5/10460/100/A23135C2 to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 5/10461/100/A23135C3 to 10.5.0.4 ApplSend, chunk: 11/10403/100/A2313626 to 10.5.0.4 Set oldest chunk for dest 10.5.0.4 to TSN A23135C2 Bundling data, added 5/10460/100/A23135C2, outstanding 100 Bundling data, added 5/10461/100/A23135C3, outstanding 200 Bundling data, added 5/10462/100/A23135C4, outstanding 300 Bundling data, added 4/10559/100/A23135C5, outstanding 400 Bundling data, added 4/10560/100/A23135C6, outstanding 500 Bundled 12 chunk(s) in next dgram to 10.5.0.4 Bundling data, added 1/10418/100/A2313622, outstanding 9700 Bundling data, added 3/10502/100/A2313623, outstanding 9800 Bundling data, added 7/10482/100/A2313624, outstanding 9900 Bundling data, added 3/10503/100/A2313625, outstanding 10000 Bundling data, added 11/10403/100/A2313626, outstanding 10100 Bundled 5 chunk(s) in next dgram to 10.5.0.4 Mark chunk A23135C2 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C3 for retrans
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP How to Configure SCTP Features
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc
0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0:
Mark chunk A23135C4 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C5 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C6 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C7 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C8 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C9 for retrans Mark chunk A23135CA for retrans Bundled 6 chunk(s) in next dgram to 10.6.0.4 Mark chunk A23135C2 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C3 for retrans Mark chunk A23135C4 for retrans
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp timer Command
Caution
This command generates a significant amount of output. Use with extreme caution in a live network. Router# debug ip sctp timer SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Assoc Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Assoc Assoc Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Timer Assoc Assoc Assoc Timer
0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Timer BUNDLE triggered 0: Starting RETRANS timer for destaddr 0: Starting RETRANS timer for destaddr already started, not restarting 0: Starting RETRANS timer for destaddr already started, not restarting 0: Starting RETRANS timer for destaddr already started, not restarting 0: Stopping RETRANS timer for destaddr 0: Starting RETRANS timer for destaddr 0: Stopping RETRANS timer for destaddr 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting 0: Stopping CUMSACK timer 0: Starting CUMSACK timer 0: Starting CUMSACK timer already started, not restarting
10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4 10.5.0.4
Sample Output for the debug ip sctp warnings Command Router# debug ip sctp warnings SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc 0: No cookie in InitAck, discarding Assoc 0: Incoming INIT_ACK: inbound streams reqd 15, allowed 13 Assoc 0: Incoming INIT_ACK request: outbound streams req'd 13, allowed 1 Assoc 0: Remote verification tag in init ack is zero, discarding Remote verification tag in init is zero, discarding Assoc 0: Rwnd less than min allowed (1500) in incoming INITACK, rcvd 0 Assoc 0: Rwnd less than min allowed (1500) in incoming INITACK, rcvd 1499 Rwnd in INIT too small (0), discarding Rwnd in INIT too small (1499), discarding Unknown INIT param 16537 (0x4099), length 8
41
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP: SCTP:
Assoc 0: Unknown INITACK param 153 (0x99), length 8 Assoc 0: No cookie in InitAck, discarding Assoc 0: No cookie in InitAck, discarding Processing INIT, invalid param len 0, discarding... Assoc 0: Processing INITACK, invalid param len 0, discarding...
Sample Output for the debug iua Command
The following example shows that state debugging is turned on for all application servers and that the application server is active: Router# debug iua as state all IUA :state debug turned ON for ALL AS 00:11:52:IUA:AS as1 number of ASPs up is 1 00:11:57:IUA:AS as1 xsition AS-Up --> AS-Active, cause - ASP asp1
The following example shows that peer message debugging is turned on for all digital signal processors (DSPs) and that the ASP is active: Router# debug iua asp peer-msg all IUA :peer message debug turned ON for ALL ASPs Router# 00:04:58:IUA :recieved ASP_UP message on ASP asp1 00:04:58:IUA:ASP asp1 xsition ASP-Down --> ASP-Up , cause - rcv peer msg ASP-UP 00:04:58:IUA:sending ACK of type 0x304 to asp asp1 00:05:03:IUA:recv ASP_ACTIVE message for ASP asp1 00:05:03:IUA:ASP asp1 xsition ASP-Up --> ASP-Active, cause - rcv peer msg ASP-Active
Configuration Examples for SCTP Options •
Application-Server and Application-Server-Process: Example, page 42
•
Application-Server and Application-Server-Process with IUA: Example, page 44
•
ISDN Signaling Backhaul: Example, page 47
•
IUA Configuration: Example, page 47
•
PRI Group on an MGC: Example, page 54
•
SCTP Configuration: Example, page 55
•
SCTP Migration from RLM to IUA: Example, page 55
•
Trunk Group Bound to an Application Server: Example, page 56
Application-Server and Application-Server-Process: Example The following shows sample SCTP configuration options using the help menu for the as and asp commands: Router# configure terminal
42
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
Enter configuration commands, one per line.
End with CNTL/Z.
Router(config)# iua Router(config-iua)# as as1 ? A.B.C.D Fail-Over-Timer sctp-startup-rtx sctp-streams sctp-t1init
Specify (up to two) Local IP address Configure the Fail-Over timer for this AS Configure the SCTP max startup retransmission timer Configure the number of SCTP streams for this AS Configure the SCTP T1 init timer
Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-startup-rtx ? <2-20>
Set SCTP Maximum Startup Retransmission Interval
Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-streams ? <1-56>
Specify number of SCTP streams for association
Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-t1init ? <1000-60000>
Set SCTP T1 init timer (in milliseconds)
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 as as1 ? A.B.C.D
Specify (up to two) IP addresses of the call-agent
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 ? AS IP-Precedence sctp-keepalives sctp-max-assoc sctp-path-retran sctp-t3-timeout
Specify which AS this ASP belongs to Set IP precedence bits for a IP address in this ASP Modify the keep-alive behaviour of an IP address in this ASP Set SCTP max association retransmissions for this ASP Set SCTP path retransmissions for this ASP Set SCTP T3 retransmission timeout for this ASP
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keep ? A.B.C.D
specify the IP address to enable/disable keep alives
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keepalive 10.10.10.10 ? <1000-60000>
specify keep alive interval (in milliseconds)
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-max-assoc ? A.B.C.D
specify the IP address
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-max-assoc 10.10.10.10 ? <2-20> default
specify maximum associations use default value of max associations for this address
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-path-retran ? A.B.C.D
specify the IP address
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-path-retran 10.10.10.10 ? <2-10> default
specify maximum path retransmissions use default value of max path retrans for this address
43
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-t3-timeout ? A.B.C.D
specify the IP address
Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-t3-timeout 10.10.10.10 ? <300-60000> default
specify T3 retransmission timeout (in milliseconds) use default value of T3 for this address
Application-Server and Application-Server-Process with IUA: Example The following example shows a running application-server configuration with IUA configured with one application server (as1) and two application-server processes (asp1 and asp2). Four T1s (T1 1/0, 1/1, 2/0, 2/1) are configured to use IUA backhaul. Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration :2868 bytes ! version 12.2 no service single-slot-reload-enable service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname iua_3660_b ! logging rate-limit console 10 except errors ! memory-size iomem 30 voice-card 1 ! voice-card 2 ! voice-card 3 ! voice-card 4 ! voice-card 5 ! voice-card 6 ! ip subnet-zero ! no ip domain-lookup ! no ip dhcp-client network-discovery iua AS as1 10.21.0.2 9900 ASP asp1 AS as1 10.23.0.16 9900 ASP asp2 AS as1 10.23.0.16 9911 isdn switch-type primary-5ess ! fax interface-type modem mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller T1 1/0 framing esf clock source line primary
44
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp ! controller T1 1/1 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service ! controller T1 2/0 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service ! controller T1 2/1 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service ! controller T1 3/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 3/1 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 4/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 4/1 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 5/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 5/1 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 6/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 6/1 framing sf linecode ami ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.21.0.3 255.255.0.0 ip address 10.21.0.2 255.255.0.0 speed 10 half-duplex ! interface FastEthernet0/1 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial1/0:23 no ip address
mgcp
mgcp
mgcp
secondary
45
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial1/1:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn guard-timer 3000 isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial2/0:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn guard-timer 3000 isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial2/1:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! ip classless ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 10.21.0.17 ip route 11.0.0.10 255.255.255.255 FastEthernet0/0 ip route 172.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 172.18.194.1 ip http server ! snmp-server manager ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 1/0:23 ! voice-port 1/1:23 ! voice-port 2/0:23 ! voice-port 2/1:23 ! no mgcp timer receive-rtcp ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! line con 0
46
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
transport input none line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
ISDN Signaling Backhaul: Example The following sample output shows that Layers 1, 2, and 3 are enabled and active. Layer 3 shows the number of active ISDN calls. Notice that the Layer 2 protocol is Q.921 and the Layer 3 protocol is BACKHAUL. This verifies that the system is configured to backhaul ISDN. If you are connected to a live line, you should see that Layer 1 is active and Layer 2 is MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED, meaning that the ISDN line is up and active. Router# show isdn status *00:03:34.423 UTC Sat Jan 1 2000 Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-net5 ISDN Serial1:23 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-net5 L2 Protocol = Q.921 L3 Protocol(s) = BACKHAUL Layer 1 Status: ACTIVE Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = MULTIPLE_FRAME_ESTABLISHED Layer 3 Status: NLCB:callid=0x0, callref=0x0, state=31, ces=0 event=0x0 NLCB:callid=0x0, callref=0x0, state=0, ces=1 event=0x0 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 0 CCBs = 0 Number of active calls = 0 Number of available B-channels = 23 Total Allocated ISDN CCBs = 0
IUA Configuration: Example The following is an example of an application-server configuration on a gateway: as as5400-3 10.4.8.69 10.4.9.69 2577
In the configuration above, an application server named as-named as5400-3 is configured to use two local IP addresses and a port number of 2577. IP address values that are set apply to all IP addresses of the ASP. The following configuration example defines a remote signaling controller asp1 at two IP addresses for the application server named as5400-3. The remote SCTP port number is 2577: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 10.4.8.69 10.4.9.69 2477 Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 as as5400-3 10.4.8.68 10.4.9.68 2577
Multiple ASPs can be defined for a single application server for the purpose of redundancy, but only one ASP can be active. The other ASP is inactive and only becomes active after fail-over.
47
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
In the Cisco MGC solution, a signaling controller is always the client that initiates the association with a gateway. During the initiation phase, you can request outbound and inbound stream numbers, but the gateway only allows a number that is at least one digit higher than the number of interfaces (T1/E1) allowed for the platform. The number of streams to assign to a given association is implementation dependent. During the initialization of the IUA association, you need to specify the total number of streams that can be used. Each D channel is associated with a specific stream within the association. With multiple trunk group support, every interface can potentially be a separate D channel. At startup, the IUA code checks for all the possible T1, E1, or T3 interfaces and sets the total number of inbound and outbound streams supported accordingly. In most cases, there is only a need for one association between the GW and the MGC. For the rare case that you are configuring multiple application-server associations to various MGCs, the overhead from the unused streams would have minimal impact. The NFAS D channels are configured for one or more interfaces, where each interface is assigned a unique stream ID. The total number of streams for the association needs to include an additional stream for the SCTP management messages. So during startup the IUA code adds one to the total number of interfaces (streams) found. You have the option to manually configure the number of streams per association. In the backhaul scenario, if the number of D channel links is limited to one, allowing the number of streams to be configurable avoids the unnecessary allocation of streams in an association that will never be used. For multiple associations between a GW and multiple MGCs, the configuration utility is useful in providing only the necessary number of streams per association. The overhead from the streams allocated but not used in the association is negligible. If the number of streams is manually configured through the CLI, the IUA code cannot distinguish between a startup event, which automatically sets the streams to the number of interfaces, or if the value is set manually during runtime. If you are configuring the number of SCTP streams manually, you must add one plus the number of interfaces using the sctp-streams keyword with the as command. Otherwise, IUA needs to always add one for the management stream, and the total number of streams increments by one after every reload. When you set the SCTP stream with the CLI, you cannot change the inbound and outbound stream support once the association is established with SCTP. The value takes effect when you first remove the IUA application-server configuration and then configure it back as the same application server or a new one. The other option is to reload the router. The following is an example of an application-server configuration on a gateway. The configuration shows that an application server named as5400-3 is configured to use two local IP addresses and a port number of 2577: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 10.1.2.34 10.1.2.35 2577
The following example sets the failover time (in milliseconds) between 1 and 10 seconds. Entering a value of 1000 would equal one second. Entering a value of 10000 would equal 10 seconds. In this example, the failover timer has been set to 10 seconds: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 fail-over 10000
The following example specifies the number of SCTP streams for this association. In this example, 57 is the maximum number of SCTP streams allowed: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 sctp-streams 57
The following example sets the SCTP maximum startup retransmission interval. In this example, 20 is the maximum interval allowed: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 sctp-startup 20
48
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
The following example sets the SCTP T1 initiation timer in milliseconds. In this example, 60000 is the maximum time allowed: Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 sctp-t1init 60000
The following example specifies the IP address to enable and disable keepalives: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keepalive 10.1.2.34
The following example specifies the keepalive interval in milliseconds. Valid values range from 1000 to 60000. In this example, the maximum value of 60000 ms is used: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-keepalive 10.10.10.10 60000
The following example specifies the IP address for the SCTP maximum association and the maximum association value. Valid values are from 2 to 20. The default is 20, which is the maximum value allowed: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-max-association 10.10.10.10 20
The following example specifies the IP address for the SCTP path retransmission and the maximum path retransmission value. Valid values are from 2 to 10. The default is 10, which is the maximum value allowed: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-path-retransmissions 10.10.10.10 10
The following examples specifies the IP address for SCTP T3 timeout and specifies the T3 timeout value in milliseconds. Valid timeout values are from 300 to 60000. The default is 60000, which is the maximum timeout value allowed: Router(config-iua)# asp asp1 sctp-t3-timeout 10.10.10.10 60000
The following example configures the following: 1.
Creates an IUA application server (Cisco AS5300-17) that has two local IP addresses (10.0.0.07 and 10.1.1.17) and local port 2097.
2.
IUA application server Cisco AS5300-17 is connected by two SCTP associations (ASP PGW A and ASP PGW B) to two hot-standby Cisco PGW 2200s (Cisco PGW 2200 PGW A and Cisco PGW 2200 PGW B). Cisco PGW 2200 PGW A has remote IP addresses 10.0.0.00 and 10.1.1.10, and Cisco PGW 2200 PGW B has remote IP addresses 10.0.0.06 and 10.1.1.16.
3.
Two NFAS groups (nfas-group 1 and nfas-group 2), which are both bound to IUA application server as5300-17.
4.
Two trunk groups (trunk-group 11 and trunk-group 22)—Trunk-group 11 is bound to interface Dchannel0 and trunk-group 22 is bound to interface Dchannel2. Router(config-iua)# as as5300-17 10.0.0.07 10.1.1.17 2097 Router(config-iua)# asp pgwa AS as5300-17 10.0.0.00 10.1.1.10 2097 Router(config-iua)# asp pgwb AS as5300-17 10.0.0.06 10.1.1.16 2097
Figure 15 shows the configuration above in diagram form with two outgoing POTS dial-peers (dial-peer 1 and dial-peer 2)—dial-peer 1 points to trunk-group 11, and dial-peer 2 points to trunk-group 22.
49
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
Figure 15
Specific ASP Example Configuration
dial-peer #1
dial-peer #2
trunk group #11 D channel 10
trunk group #22 D channel 12
nfas-group#1
nfas-group #2
SCTP endpoint application server Cisco AS5300-17
Cisco PGW 2200 PGW A 10.0.0.00 10.1.1.10
SCTP AS ASP PGW B
Cisco PGW 2200 PGW B 10.0.0.06 10.1.1.16
82764
SCTP AS ASP PGW A
The following is example output from the above configuration: iua AS as5300-17 10.0.0.07 10.1.1.17 2097 ASP pgwa AS as5300-17 10.0.0.00 10.1.1.10 2097 ASP pgwb AS as5300-17 10.0.0.06 10.1.1.16 2097 ! ! controller E1 0 framing NO-CRC4 clock source line primary pri-group timeslots 1-31 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as5300-17 ! controller E1 1 framing NO-CRC4 clock source line secondary 1 pri-group timeslots 1-31 nfas-d none nfas-int 1 nfas-group 1 ! controller E1 2 framing NO-CRC4 pri-group timeslots 1-31 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 2 iua as5300-17 ! controller E1 3 framing NO-CRC4 pri-group timeslots 1-31 nfas-d none nfas-int 1 nfas-group 2 ! ! interface Ethernet0 description the ip is 10.0.0.06 for interface e0 ip address 10.0.0.06 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache !
50
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
interface FastEthernet0 description the primary ip is 10.1.1.16 for interface f0 ip address 10.1.1.10 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache duplex auto speed auto ! interface Dchannel0 no ip address trunk-group 11 isdn timer t309 100 isdn timer t321 30000 isdn incoming-voice modem isdn T303 20000 isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup no cdp enable ! interface Dchannel2 no ip address trunk-group 22 isdn timer t309 100 isdn timer t321 30000 isdn incoming-voice modem isdn T303 20000 isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup no cdp enable ! trunk group 11 ! trunk group 22 ! dial-peer voice 1 pots incoming called-number destination-pattern 997001 direct-inward-dial trunk-group 11 forward-digits all ! dial-peer voice 2 pots incoming called-number destination-pattern 997002 direct-inward-dial trunk-group 22 forward-digits all !
The following example shows a running application-server configuration with IUA configured with one application server (as1) and two ASPs (asp1 and asp2). Four T1s (T1 1/0, 1/1, 2/0, 2/1) are configured to use IUA backhaul. Router# show running config Building configuration... Current configuration :2868 bytes ! version 12.2 no service single-slot-reload-enable service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname iua_3660_b
51
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
! logging rate-limit console 10 except errors ! memory-size iomem 30 voice-card 1 ! voice-card 2 ! voice-card 3 ! voice-card 4 ! voice-card 5 ! voice-card 6 ! ip subnet-zero ! no ip domain-lookup ! no ip dhcp-client network-discovery iua AS as1 10.21.0.2 9900 ASP asp1 AS as1 10.23.0.16 9900 ASP asp2 AS as1 10.23.0.16 9911 isdn switch-type primary-5ess ! fax interface-type modem mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller T1 1/0 framing esf clock source line primary linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp ! controller T1 1/1 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp ! controller T1 2/0 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp ! controller T1 2/1 framing esf linecode b8zs pri-group timeslots 1-24 service mgcp ! controller T1 3/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 3/1 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 4/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 4/1
52
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 5/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 5/1 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 6/0 framing sf linecode ami ! controller T1 6/1 framing sf linecode ami ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.21.0.3 255.255.0.0 secondary ip address 10.21.0.2 255.255.0.0 speed 10 half-duplex ! interface FastEthernet0/1 no ip address shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial1/0:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial1/1:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn guard-timer 3000 isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial2/0:23 no ip address ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn guard-timer 3000 isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! interface Serial2/1:23 no ip address
53
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
ip mroute-cache no logging event link-status isdn switch-type primary-5ess isdn incoming-voice voice isdn T203 10000 isdn bind-l3 iua-backhaul as1 no cdp enable ! ip classless ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 10.21.0.17 ip route 11.0.0.10 255.255.255.255 FastEthernet0/0 ip route 172.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 172.18.194.1 ip http server ! snmp-server manager ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 1/0:23 ! voice-port 1/1:23 ! voice-port 2/0:23 ! voice-port 2/1:23 ! no mgcp timer receive-rtcp ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! line con 0 transport input none line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end
PRI Group on an MGC: Example To modify a PRI group on a third-party call agent (MGC), the isdn bind commands must be removed from the D channel. The binding of the NFAS groups now takes place when you use the pri-group (pri-slt) command for IUA with SCTP. Use the following examples to help you with your configuration: •
Controller configuration for primary span in an NFAS group for RLM. You can choose any time slot other than 24 to be the virtual container for the D channel parameters for ISDN: controller T1 3/0:1 framing esf pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1
•
Controller configuration for primary span in an NFAS group for IUA: controller T1 3/0:1 framing esf pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as-1
54
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Configuration Examples for SCTP Options
SCTP Configuration: Example You can implicitly configure the number of streams in SCTP by specifying only the serial interfaces that are configured to use IUA. The number of streams is bound to the actual number of interfaces supporting IUA. To support Cisco MGC solutions, you can configure any number of streams for each NFAS D channel, up to the total number of interfaces available in a given GW. For platforms using the PRI backhaul with SCTP and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer (UAL), such as the Cisco 3660, you can configure the number of streams to match the number of PRIs that are actually backhauled to the Telcordia session manager. The following example sets the failover time (in milliseconds) between 1 and 10 seconds. Entering a value of 1000 would equal one second. Entering a value of 10000 would equal 10 seconds. In this example, the failover timer has been set to 10 seconds. The default value is 4000 msec. Once you have set the failover timer to a value, you can return it to its default of 4000 msec by using the no form of this command. Router(config-iua)# as as5400-3 fail-over 10000
The following example sets the SCTP maximum startup retransmission interval. Valid values are from 2 to 20: Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-startup-rtx 20
The following example specifies the number of SCTP streams for an association. Valid values are from 1 to 56: Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-streams 56
The following example sets the SCTP T1 initiation timer in milliseconds. Valid values are from 1000 to 60000: Router(config-iua)# as as1 sctp-t1init 60000
SCTP Migration from RLM to IUA: Example The following changes have been made between RLM and IUA with SCTP. Use the examples in this section to help you with your configuration: •
The D channel interface serial commands are now replaced by interface D channel commands. For RLM, the following format was used: interface Serial3/0:1:23
Note
The :23 in the RLM example above, which typically corresponds with T1 configuration (:15 for E1 configuration), is no longer used. For IUA, the following format is used: interface Dchannel3/0:1
•
The RLM group configuration must be removed from the D channel configuration. For RLM, remove the “isdn rlm-group 1” line shown in bold: interface Serial3/0:1:23 no ip address isdn switch-type primary-ni isdn incoming-voice modem
55
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Additional References
isdn T321 30000 isdn T303 20000 isdn T200 2000 isdn rlm-group 1 isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable
For IUA, use the following format: interface Dchannel3/0:1 no ip address isdn timer t309 100 isdn timer t321 30000 isdn incoming-voice modem isdn T303 20000 no isdn send-status-enquiry isdn negotiate-bchan resend-setup isdn bchan-number-order ascending no cdp enable
Trunk Group Bound to an Application Server: Example You can configure the NFAS primary D channel on one channelized T1 controller, and bind the D channel to an IUA application server by using the pri-group (pri-slt) command. This example uses a Cisco AS5400 and applies to T1, which has 24 timeslots and is used mainly in North America and Japan. You can choose any timeslot other than 24 to be the virtual container for the D channel parameters for ISDN. Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-23 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as5400-4-1
The following example applies to E1, which has 32 timeslots and is used by countries other than North America and Japan. You can choose any timeslot other than 32 to be the virtual container for the D channel parameters for ISDN. Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslots 1-31 nfas-d primary nfas-int 0 nfas-group 1 iua as5400-4-1
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter
56
•
Cisco 2600 Series Routers documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis2600/index.htm
•
Cisco 3600 Series Routers documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3600/index.htm
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Additional References
•
Cisco 3700 Series Routers documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_mod/cis3700/index.htm
•
Cisco AS5300 documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/5300/sw_conf/index.htm
•
Cisco AS5400 documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/as5400/index.htm
•
Cisco IAD2420 Series IADs documentation at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/iad/iad2420/index.htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Command Reference, Release 12.2 T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fvvfax_r/index.htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide, Release 12.2T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fvvfax_c/index.htm
•
Cisco Media Gateway Controller Software Release 9 Installation and Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/swinstl/index.htm
•
Cisco Media Gateway Controller Software Release 9 Messages Reference Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/errmsg/index.htm
•
Cisco Media Gateway Controller Software Release 9 MML Command Reference at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/mmlref/index.htm
•
Cisco Media Gateway Controller Software Release 9 Operations, Maintenance, and Troubleshooting Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/omts/index.htm
•
Cisco Media Gateway Controller Software Release 9 Provisioning Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/prvgde/index.htm
•
Integrated Signaling Link Terminal, Cisco IOS Release 12.2(11)T at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/122t11/ftintslt.ht m
•
IP Transfer Point (ITP), Cisco IOS Release 12.2(2)MB at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122limit/122mb/122 mb2/itp20/index.htm
•
PRI Backhaul Using the Stream Control Transmission Protocol and the ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/122t4/ft_0546.ht m
•
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) feature at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/122t8/ft_sctp2.h tm
•
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP), RFC 2960, at http://rfc2960.x42.com/
•
Support for IUA with SCTP at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/sc/rel9/mgcfm/941fm/fmiua.htm
•
Support for IUA with SCTP for Cisco Access Servers at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122newft/122t/122t15/ftgkrup. htm
57
PRI Backhaul and IUA Support Using SCTP Additional References
•
Troubleshooting and Fault Management Commands (chapter in the System Management Commands part of the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2) at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/ffun_r/ffrprt3/frf013.ht m
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
58
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 This chapter describes how to implement the QSIG for Tool Command Language Interactive Voice Response (Tcl IVR) 2.0 feature. Q.SIG support is required for European countries to interconnect enterprise customers to a wholesale voice solution. The feature provides transparent Q.SIG interworking with a Tcl IVR 2.0 voice application on a Cisco IOS voice gateway. This functionality can be enabled using a new CLI on the POTS or VoIP dial-peer. Prior to this feature, Q.SIG messages were interpreted by the Tcl IVR 2.0 application, rather than passed transparently to the remote endpoint. Feature benefits include the following: •
Increased interconnection options for VoIP wholesale providers
•
Elimination of unnecessary decoding
Feature History for QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
Release
Modification
12.2(11)T
This feature was introduced.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 9.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Contents
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0, page 2
•
Restrictions for Configuring QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0, page 2
•
Information About QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0, page 3
•
How to Configure QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0, page 3
•
Configuration Example for QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0, page 7
•
Additional References, page 9
Prerequisites for Configuring QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring an ISDN Voice Interface” section on page 15.
•
Establish a working IP network. For more information, see the Cisco IOS documentation set. See specifically the Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Configuration Guide and the Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide.
•
Configure VoIP. For more information, see the Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide.
•
Download the Tcl scripts required for this feature from the following website: http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/tablebuild.pl/tclware
•
Ensure that the VCWare version used for the Cisco AS5300 is compatible with the Cisco IOS image being used.
Note
VCWare applies only to the Cisco AS5300.
Before configuring IVR Version 2.0 features, do the following: •
Download the Tcl scripts and audio files to be used with this feature. Store them on a TFTP server configured to interact with your gateway access server.
•
Create the IVR/Tcl application script to use when configuring IVR. Store it on a server or at a location where it can be retrieved by the gateway access server. Then configure the server to use IVR with the application that you created.
•
Configure the dial peer on incoming POTS or VoIP dial peers.
Restrictions for Configuring QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4. In addition, the following apply: •
This feature is applicable to only the following: – VoIP and POTS dial peers – Tcl IVR version 2.0 only; not version 1.0
2
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Information About QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
Information About QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. Q.SIG support is required for European countries to interconnect enterprise customers to a wholesale voice solution. The Q.SIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 feature provides transparent Q.SIG interworking when using a Tcl IVR version 2.0 voice application on a Cisco IOS voice gateway. This functionality can be enabled using a new CLI on the POTS or VoIP dial-peer. Prior to this feature, Q.SIG messages were interpreted by the Tcl IVR 2.0 application, rather than passed transparently to the remote endpoint.
How to Configure QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring QSIG (required)
•
Configuring Supplementary Service for a POTS Dial Peer (optional)
•
Configuring Supplementary Service for a VoIP Dial Peer (optional)
•
Verifying QSIG and Supplementary Service (optional)
Configuring QSIG To configure QSIG, perform the following steps.
Note
You must create the application that is to be called to interact with the dial peer (that collects the digits from the caller) before you configure the dial peer that will call this application.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
call application voice
4.
exit
3
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 How to Configure QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
call application voice application-name location
Example:
Creates the application to be used with your IVR script and indicates the location of the corresponding Tcl files that implement this application. The location can be a URL, directory, or TFTP server.
Router(config)# call application voice ap1 172.16.4.4
Step 4
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config)# exit
Configuring Supplementary Service for a POTS Dial Peer To configure supplementary service for a POTS dial peer, perform the following steps.
Note
•
The supplementary-service pass-through command controls the interpretation of supplementary service (QSIG, H.450, and so on) on a gateway. When the CLI is enabled (that is, set to passthrough mode), the supplementary service message (usually in Q.931 facility message) is transparently sent to the destination gateway without any interpretation (raw). When the CLI is not enabled (the default), the supplementary service message is decoded and interpreted by the gateway. This CLI is available under VoIP or POTS dial peers.
•
This CLI has effect only if a Tcl IVR 2.0 application is configured on the same dial peer. The default session application always performs transparent Q.SIG interworking. Tcl IVR 1.0 applications always interpret and consume the Q.SIG supplementary services messages.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer voice pots
4.
application
5.
supplementary-service pass-through
SUMMARY STEPS
4
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 How to Configure QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
6.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer voice tag pots
Enters voice dial-peer configuration mode for the specified POTS dial peer.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer voice 99 pots
Step 4
application application-name
Specifies the application that handles incoming voice calls associated with this dial-peer.
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# application ap1
Step 5
supplementary-service pass-through
Configures supplementary service feature to transparently pass supplementary service to the next gateway.
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# supplementary-service pass-through
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# exit
Configuring Supplementary Service for a VoIP Dial Peer To configure supplementary service for a VoIP dial peer, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
dial-peer voice voip
4.
application
5.
supplementary-service pass-through
6.
exit
5
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 How to Configure QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
dial-peer voice tag voip
Enters voice dial-peer configuration mode for the specified VoIP dial peer.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer voice 96 voip
Step 4
application application-name
Specifies the application that handles incoming voice calls associated with this dial-peer.'
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# application ap5
Step 5
supplementary-service pass-through
Configures supplementary service feature to transparently pass supplementary service to the next gateway.
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# supplementary-service pass-through
Step 6
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-dial-peer)# exit
Verifying QSIG and Supplementary Service To verify QSIG and supplementary service, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show isdn status
2.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 2
6
show running-config
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Configuration Example for QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
Use this command to display the basic router configuration.
Configuration Example for QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0 The following sample output is typical of that for implementation of supplementary service. ISDN supplementary service messages from PBX 1 are sent transparently to PBX 2 by routers 1 and 2 as if PBX 1 and PBX 2 were connected directly to each other. Figure 16
QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0: Sample Network Topology
QSIG
QSIG
PBX 1
Router
Router
95194
IP network PBX 2
Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration :3531 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug datetime msec localtime service timestamps log datetime msec localtime no service password-encryption service internal ! hostname router ! no logging buffered ! resource-pool disable ! ip subnet-zero ip host jurai 223.255.254.254 ip host dirt 223.255.254.254 ip host CALLGEN-SECURITY-V2 15.90.60.59 1.82.0.0 ! trunk group 323 ! isdn switch-type primary-ni ! voice service pots ! fax interface-type modem mta receive maximum-recipients 0 partition flash 2 8 8 ! controller T1 0 framing esf clock source line primary linecode b8zs ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-4 type e&m-fgb dtmf dnis cas-custom 1 ! translation-rule 1 Rule 1 ^.% 1
7
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Configuration Example for QSIG for Tcl IVR 2.0
! interface Ethernet0 ip address 172.19.140.96 255.255.255.0 no ip route-cache no ip mroute-cache squelch reduced ! interface Serial1:23 no ip address no keepalive shutdown ! ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.19.140.1 ip route 223.255.254.254 255.255.255.255 1.8.0.1 no ip http server ! snmp-server community public RW snmp-server packetsize 4096 ! call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 0:1 ! mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! dial-peer voice 650 voip destination-pattern 650....... session target ipv4:1.8.50.14 ! dial-peer voice 100 pots application debit-card incoming called-number 650233.... direct-inward-dial supplementary-service pass-through port 0:1 ! dial-peer voice 1001 voip incoming called-number 650233.... ! dial-peer voice 12345602 voip supplementary-service pass-through ! dial-peer hunt 6 ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 logging synchronous level all line aux 0 line vty 0 4 exec-timeout 60 0 password lab login ! end
8
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Additional References
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
References Mentioned in This Chapter •
Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/access/acs_serv/as5400/sw_conf/ios_121/pulvoi p1.htm
•
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Configuration Guide at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122/122cgcr/fvvfax_c/index.htm
•
Tcl scripts at http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/tablebuild.pl/tclware
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
9
QSIG Support for Tcl IVR 2.0 Additional References
10
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP This chapter describes how to implement the T1 Channel-Associated Signaling (CAS) for VoIP feature. This feature adds support for T1 CAS and E1 R2 signaling with the voice feature card (VFC). The T1 CAS interface is used for connection to both a private PBX and the PSTN. This feature is required by North American enterprise customers and service providers. For most enterprise customers, T1 CAS is the only type of line they use from the PSTN; E&M may be the only option for connecting to their PBX. Feature History for T1 CAS for VoIP
Release
Modification
12.1(5)XM
This feature was introduced on the Cisco AS5800.
12.2(2)XB1
This feature was implemented on the Cisco AS5850.
12.2(11)T
This feature was integrated into this release.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 11.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Contents
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring T1 CAS, page 2
•
Restrictions for Configuring T1 CAS, page 2
•
Information About T1 CAS for VoIP, page 3
•
How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP, page 4
•
Configuration Example for T1 CAS for VoIP, page 9
•
Additional References, page 11
Prerequisites for Configuring T1 CAS •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 3.
Restrictions for Configuring T1 CAS Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4. In addition, the following applies. Internet service providers can provide switched 56-kbps access to their customers with this feature. The subset of T1 CAS (robbed-bit) supported features is as follows: •
Supervisory: line side – fxs-ground-start – fxs-loop-start – sas-ground-start – sas-loop-start – Modified R1
•
Supervisory: trunk side – e&m-fgb – e&m-fgd
Note
e&m-fgd can receive calling-party number (ANI) and send called-party number (dialed-number identification service or DNIS) but cannot send ANI.
– e&m immediate start – fgd-eana
Note •
Informational: line side – DTMF
2
fgd-eana can send both ANI and DNIS but cannot receive ANI.
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Information About T1 CAS for VoIP
•
Informational: trunk side – DTMF – MF
Information About T1 CAS for VoIP Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. To implement this feature, you should understand the following concepts: •
CAS Basics, page 3
•
E&M and Ground Start/FXS Protocols, page 3
CAS Basics CAS is the transmission of signaling information within the voice channel. In addition to receiving and placing calls, CAS also processes the receipt of DNIS and ANI information, which is used to support authentication and other functions. Various types of CAS are available in the T1 world. The most common forms are loop-start, ground-start, Equal Access North American (EANA), and E&M. The biggest disadvantage of CAS is its use of user bandwidth to perform signaling functions. CAS is often referred to as robbed-bit-signaling because user bandwidth is “robbed” by the network for other purposes. Service-provider application for T1 CAS includes connectivity to the public network using T1 CAS from the Cisco router to the end-office switch. In this configuration, the router captures dialed-number or called-party-number information and passes it to the upper-level applications for IVR script selection, modem pooling, and other applications. Service providers also require access to ANI for user identification, billing account number, and, in the future, more complicated call routing. Service providers who implement VoIP include traditional voice carriers, new voice and data carriers, and existing internet service providers. Some of these service providers might use subscriber-side lines for VoIP connectivity to the PSTN; others use tandem-type service-provider connections. New CAS functionality for VoIP includes all CAS and E1/R2 signaling already supported for supported Cisco platforms in data applications, with the addition of dialed-number and calling-party-number capture whenever available.
E&M and Ground Start/FXS Protocols This feature supports the following T1 CAS systems for VoIP applications: •
E&M—E&M robbed-bit signaling is typically used for trunks. It is generally the only way that a CO switch can provide two-way dialing with direct inward dialing. In all E&M protocols, off-hook is indicated by A=B=1 and on-hook is indicated by A=B=0. For dial-pulse dialing, the A and B bits are pulsed to indicate the addressing digits. There are several further important subclasses of E&M robbed-bit signaling:
3
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP
– E&M Wink Start—Feature Group B
In the original Wink Start protocol, the terminating side responds to an off-hook from the originating side with a short wink (transition from on-hook to off-hook and back again). This wink indicates that the terminating side is ready to receive addressing digits. After receiving digits, the terminating side goes off-hook for the duration of the call. The originating side maintains off-hook for the duration of the call. – E&M Wink Start—Feature Group D
In Feature Group D Wink Start with Wink Acknowledge Protocol, the terminating side responds to an off-hook from the originating side with a short wink just as in the original Wink Start. After receiving digits, the terminating side provides another wink (called an acknowledgment wink) to indicate that the terminating side has received the digits. The terminating side goes off-hook to indicate connection when the ultimate called endpoint has answered. The originating side maintains off-hook for the duration of the call. – E&M Immediate Start
In the Immediate Start Protocol, the originating side does not wait for a wink before sending addressing digits. After receiving digits, the terminating side goes off-hook for the duration of the call. The originating side maintains off-hook for the duration of the call. •
Ground Start/FXS—Ground Start Signaling was developed to help resolve glare when two sides of the connection tried to go off-hook at the same time. This is a problem with loop start because the only way to indicate an incoming call from the network to the customer premises equipment (CPE) using loop start was to ring the phone. The six-second ring cycle left a lot of time for glare to occur. Ground Start Signaling eliminates this problem by providing an immediate-seizure indication from the network to the CPE. This indication tells the CPE that a particular channel has an incoming call on it. Ground Start Signaling differs from E&M because the A and B bits do not track each other (that is, A is not necessarily equal to B). When the CO delivers a call, it seizes a channel (goes off-hook) by setting A to 0. The CO equipment also simulates ringing by toggling the B bit. The terminating equipment goes off-hook when it is ready to answer the call. Digits are usually not delivered for incoming calls.
How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP This section contains the following procedures: •
Configuring T1 CAS for Use with VoIP, page 4 (required)
•
Verifying and Troubleshooting a T1 CAS Configuration, page 7 (optional)
Configuring T1 CAS for Use with VoIP To configure T1 CAS for use with VoIP, perform the following steps.
Note
The following shows how to configure the voice ports as ds0-group for channelized T1 lines.
SUMMARY STEPS
4
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP
3.
controller
4.
framing
5.
linecode
6.
ds0-group timeslots type
7.
Repeat as needed.
8.
dial-peer voice tag type (destination-pattern, port, prefix)
9.
dial-peer voice tag type (incoming called-number, destination-pattern, direct-inward-dial, port, prefix)
10. Repeat as needed. 11. exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller {t1 | e1} slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified slot/port. The controller ports are labeled RI and E1/PRI cards.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 1/0/0
Step 4
framing type
Enters your telco framing type.
Example: Router(config-control)# framing esf
Step 5
linecode type
Enters your telco line code type.
Example: Router(config-control)# linecode b8zs
5
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP
Step 6
Command or Action
Purpose
ds0-group group-number timeslots range type type {dtmf | mf} {ani | dnis | ani-dnis}
Configures all channels for E&M, FXS, and SAS analog signaling. T1 range: 1 to 24. E1 range: 1to 31.
Example: Router(config-control)# ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-24 type e&m-fgb
Some of the valid signaling types and keyword combinations are as follows: •
Type: e&m-fgb – dtmf and dnis – mf and dnis
•
Type: e&m-fgd – dtmf and dnis – mf and ani-dnis or dnis
•
Type: fgd-eana – mf and ani-dnis
Note
Use the same type of signaling that your central office uses. For E1 using the Anadigicom converter, use e&m-fgb. See restrictions applicable to e&m-fgb and e&m-fgd in the “Restrictions for Configuring T1 CAS” section on page 2.
Step 7
Repeat steps 4 to 6 for each additional controller (there are 12). Be sure to increment the controller number and ds0-group number.
—
Step 8
dial-peer voice tag type destination-pattern port prefix
Enters dial-peer configuration mode and configures a POTS peer destination pattern.
Example: Router(config-control)# dial-peer voice 3070 pots destination-pattern 30... port 1/0/0:D prefix 30
Step 9
dial-peer voice tag type incoming called-number destination-pattern direct-inward-dial port prefix
Example: Router(config-control)# dial-peer voice 21 pots incoming called-number 11... destination-pattern 40... direct-inward-dial port 12/0:2:0 prefix 21
6
Specifies, for each POTS peer, the following: incoming called number, destination pattern, and direct inward dial.
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP
Command or Action
Purpose
Step 10
Repeat steps 8 and 9 for each dial peer.
—
Step 11
exit
Exits the current mode. Note
Example: Router(config-control)# exit
The message “%SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console” is normal and does not indicate an error.
Verifying and Troubleshooting a T1 CAS Configuration To verify and troubleshoot a T1 CAS configuration, perform the following steps (listed alphabetically).
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
debug cas
1.
show controllers
2.
show voice port
3.
show running-config
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
debug cas Use the debug cas command to identify and troubleshoot call connection problems on a T1/E1 interface. With this command, you can trace the complete sequence of incoming and outgoing calls. Examples
The following shows an example session to enable debugging CAS and generate troubleshooting output: Router# show debug Router# debug cas slot 1 port 0 CAS debugging is on Router# debug-cas is on at slot(1) dsx1(0) Router# show debug CAS debugging is on
The following example shows output for the first outgoing call: Router# p 1.1.1.2 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 1.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds: *Mar 2 00:17:45: dsx1_alloc_cas_channel: channel 0 dsx1_timeslot 1(0/0): TX SEIZURE (ABCD=0001)(0/0): RX SEIZURE_ACK (ABCD=1101)(0/1): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/2): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/3): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/4): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/5): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/6): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/7): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/8): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/9): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/10): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/11): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/12): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/13): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/14): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/16): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/17): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/18): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/19): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/20): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/21): RX_IDLE
7
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP How to Configure T1 CAS for VoIP
(ABCD=1001).(0/22): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/23): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/24): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/25): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/26): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/27): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/28): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/29): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/30): RX_IDLE (ABCD=1001)...(0/0): RX ANSWERED (ABCD=0101). Success rate is 0 percent (0/5) Router# *Mar 2 00:18:13.333: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Async94, changed state to up *Mar 2 00:18:13.333: %DIALER-6-BIND: Interface As94 bound to profile Di1 *Mar 2 00:18:14.577: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Async94, changed state to up Router# p 1.1.1.2 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 1.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 160/180/236 ms
The following example shows that the call is cleared on the router: Router# clear int dialer 1 Router# (0/0): TX IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/0): RX IDLE (ABCD=1001) *Mar 2 00:18:28.617: %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Async94, changed state to reset *Mar 2 00:18:28.617: %DIALER-6-UNBIND: Interface As94 unbound from profile Di1 *Mar 2 00:18:29.617: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Async94, changed state to down et2-c3745-1# *Mar 2 00:18:33.617: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Async94, changed state to down
The following example shows a subsequent outbound CAS call: Router# p 1.1.1.2 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 1.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds: *Mar 2 00:18:40: dsx1_alloc_cas_channel: channel 5 dsx1_timeslot 6(0/5): TX SEIZURE (ABCD=0001)(0/5): RX SEIZURE_ACK (ABCD=1101)....(0/5): RX ANSWERED (ABCD=0101). Success rate is 0 percent (0/5) Router# *Mar 2 00:19:08.841: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Async93, changed state to up *Mar 2 00:19:08.841: %DIALER-6-BIND: Interface As93 bound to profile Di1 *Mar 2 00:19:10.033: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Async93, changed state to up Router# p 1.1.1.2 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 1.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 160/167/176 ms
The following example shows the call cleared by the switch: Router# (0/5): TX IDLE (ABCD=1001)(0/5): RX IDLE (ABCD=1001) *Mar 2 00:19:26.249: %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Async93, changed state to reset *Mar 2 00:19:26.249: %DIALER-6-UNBIND: Interface As93 unbound from profile Di1 *Mar 2 00:19:27.249: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Async93, changed state to down Router# *Mar 2 00:19:31.249: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Async93, changed state to down
8
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Configuration Example for T1 CAS for VoIP
The following example shows an incoming CAS call: Router# (0/0): RX SEIZURE (ABCD=0001) *Mar 2 00:22:40: dsx1_alloc_cas_channel: channel 0 dsx1_timeslot 1(0/0): TX SEIZURE_ACK (ABCD=1101)(0/0): TX ANSWERED (ABCD=0101) Router# *Mar 2 00:23:06.249: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Async83, changed state to up *Mar 2 00:23:06.249: %DIALER-6-BIND: Interface As83 bound to profile Di1 *Mar 2 00:23:07.653: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Async83, changed state to up
Step 2
show controllers {t1 | e1} dial-shelf/slot/port Use this command to display the controller and alarm status for the specified dial shelf/slot/port. Configuration is successful if the controller reports being up and no error are reported. Router# show controllers t1 1/0/0 T1 1/0/0 is up. Applique type is Channelized T1 Cablelength is long gain36 0db No alarms detected. alarm-trigger is not set Framing is ESF, Line Code is B8ZS, Clock Source is Line. Data in current interval (180 seconds elapsed): 0 Line Code Violations, 0 Path Code Violations 0 Slip Secs, 0 Fr Loss Secs, 0 Line Err Secs, 0 Degraded Mins 0 Errored Secs, 0 Bursty Err Secs, 0 Severely Err Secs, 0 Unavail Secs
Step 3
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces, including active layers, timer information, and switch-type settings.
Step 4
show running-config Use this command to display the basic router configuration.
Step 5
show voice port To display configuration information about a specific voice port, use the show voice port command in privileged EXEC mode. Command syntax and options vary according to platform and configuration.
Configuration Example for T1 CAS for VoIP The sample configuration is only intended as an example of how to use the commands to configure T1 CAS. It is not an example of a complete configuration for setting up the entire signaling for a telco network. T1 CAS for VoIP: Network Topology
T1 CAS Cisco gateway (H.323/SIP)
VoIP Cisco AS5800/ Cisco AS5850
PSTN switch/ PBX
95195
Figure 17
9
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Configuration Example for T1 CAS for VoIP
Router# show running-config version 12.1 service timestamps debug datetime msec localtime show-timezone service timestamps log datetime msec localtime show-timezone service password-encryption ! hostname travis-nas-01 ! aaa new-model aaa authentication login default local aaa authentication login NO_AUTHENT none aaa authorization exec default local if-authenticated aaa authorization exec NO_AUTHOR none aaa authorization commands 15 default local if-authenticated aaa authorization commands 15 NO_AUTHOR none aaa accounting exec default start-stop group tacacs+ aaa accounting exec NO_ACCOUNT none aaa accounting commands 15 default stop-only group tacacs+ aaa accounting commands 15 NO_ACCOUNT none enable secret 5 $1$LsoW$K/qBH9Ih2WstUxvazDgmY/ ! username admin privilege 15 password 7 06455E365E471D1C17 username gmcmilla password 7 071824404D06140044 username krist privilege 15 password 7 0832454D01181118 ! call rsvp-sync shelf-id 0 router-shelf shelf-id 1 dial-shelf ! resource-pool disable ! modem-pool Default pool-range 1/2/0-1/2/143,1/3/0-1/3/143 ! modem-pool accounts ! modem-pool accounts1 ! modem-pool accounts2 ! clock timezone CST -6 clock summer-time CST recurring ! ip subnet-zero ip domain-name cisco.com ip name-server 172.22.53.210 ip name-server 171.69.2.133 ip name-server 171.69.2.132 ip name-server 171.69.11.48 ! isdn switch-type primary-5ess ! controller T1 1/0/0 framing esf linecode b8zs ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-24 type e&m-fgb ! controller T1 1/0/1 framing esf linecode b8zs ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-24 type e&m-fgb ! controller T1 1/0/2
10
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Additional References
framing esf linecode b8zs ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-24 type e&m-fgb ! controller T1 1/0/3 framing esf linecode b8zs ds0-group 0 timeslots 1-24 type e&m-fgb dtmf dnis ! controller T1 1/0/4
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
11
Implementing T1 CAS for VoIP Additional References
12
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) This chapter describes how to implement Fusion Call-Control Signaling (FCCS), also known as NEC Fusion. FCCS allows a voice network to seamlessly integrate into an IP network, making it possible to add voice-networking capabilities to a LAN or WAN without major network restructuring. The NEC Fusion Strategic Alliance Program facilitates development of integrated solutions, complementary to both NEC and other technology businesses, that provide telephony solutions for mutual customers. FCCS, developed under this program, deploys a new transmission signaling protocol that is compatible with IP networks and Cisco routers and switches. It allows individual nodes anywhere within a network to operate as if they were part of a single integrated PBX system. Database storage, share, and access routines allow real-time access from any node to any other, allowing individual nodes to learn about the entire network configuration. This capability allows network-wide feature, functional, operational, and administration transparency. Feature History for FCCS
Release
Modification
12.0(7)T
This command was introduced on the Cisco AS5300.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Note
For more information about related Cisco IOS voice features, see the following: •
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3
•
Entire Cisco IOS Voice Configuration Library—including library preface and glossary, other feature documents, and troubleshooting documentation—at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6441/prod_configuration_guide09186a0080565f8a.html.
For a list of references cited in this chapter, see the “Additional References” section on page 7.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) Contents
Contents •
Prerequisites for Implementing FCCS, page 2
•
Restrictions for Implementing FCCS, page 2
•
Information About FCCS, page 2
•
How to Configure FCCS, page 2
•
Additional References, page 7
Prerequisites for Implementing FCCS •
Perform the prerequisites that are listed in the “Prerequisites for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 3.
Restrictions for Implementing FCCS Restrictions are described in the Restrictions for Configuring ISDN Voice Interfaces, page 4.
Information About FCCS Note
General information about ISDN voice interfaces is presented in the “Information About ISDN Voice Interfaces” section on page 4. If you have an NEC PBX in your network and also run FCCS, you must configure your access servers appropriately for QSIG and then for FCCS (NEC Fusion). Figure 18 shows an example of a Cisco AS5300 QSIG signaling configuration using an NEC PBX.
NEC PBX
QSIG Signaling Configuration with NEC PBX
FCCS T1 channel Ethernet signaling
Cisco AS5300
IP QoS cloud
How to Configure FCCS This section contains the following procedures:
2
•
Configuring VoIP QSIG, page 3
•
Configuring FCCS, page 6
•
Verifying FCCS, page 6
Cisco AS5300
FCCS T1 channel Ethernet signaling
NEC PBX
28853
Figure 18
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) How to Configure FCCS
Configuring VoIP QSIG To configure VoIP QSIG, perform the following steps.
Note
You can configure a switch type at either global level or interface level. For example, if you have a QSIG connection on one line and on the PRI port, you can use the isdn-switch-type command to configure the ISDN switch type in any of the following combinations: •
At the global level to support QSIGX, PRI 5ess, or another switch type such as VN3
•
At the interface level to set a particular interface to support QSIG, to set a particular interface to a PRI setting such as 5ess, or to set one particular interface to a PRI setting and another interface to support QSIG.
1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
4.
controller
5.
pri-group
6.
exit
7.
interface
8.
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
9.
isdn protocol-emulate
SUMMARY STEPS
10. isdn overlap-receiving 11. isdn incoming-voice modem 12. isdn network-failure-cause 13. isdn bchan-number-order 14. exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
3
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) How to Configure FCCS
Step 3
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
(Optional) Globally configures the ISDN switch type to support QSIG signaling.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# isdn switch-type primary-qsig
Depending on your configuration, you can configure the ISDN switch type by using this command either in global configuration mode or interface configuration mode (see Step 8).
If the PBX in your configuration is an NEC PBX and you use Fusion Call Control Signaling (FCCS), see the “Configuring FCCS” section on page 6. Step 4
controller {t1 | e1} controller-number
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified controller.
Example: Router(config)# controller t1 3
Step 5
pri-group [timeslot range]
Configures the PRI group for either T1 or E1 to carry voice traffic. T1 time slots are 1 to 23. E1 time slots are 1 to 31.
Example:
You can configure the PRI group to include either all available time slots or just a select group. For example, if only time slots 1 to 10 are in the PRI group, specify timeslot 1-10. If the PRI group includes all channels available for T1, specify timeslot 1-23 command. If the PRI group includes all channels available for E1, specify timeslot 1-31.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group timeslot 1-23
Step 6
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 7
interface serial 1:channel-number
Enters interface configuration mode for the ISDN PRI interface. T1 channel number is 23. E1 channel number is 15.
Example: Router(config)# interface serial 1:23
Step 8
isdn switch-type primary-qsig
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn switch-type primary-qsig
(Optional) Configures the ISDN switch type to support QSIG signaling for the specified interface. Use this command if you did not configure the ISDN switch type for QSIG support globally in Step 1. The same conditions that apply to this command in global configuration mode also apply to this command in interface configuration mode. Note
4
For the selected interface, this command in interface configuration mode overrides the same command in global configuration mode.
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) How to Configure FCCS
Step 9
Command or Action
Purpose
isdn protocol-emulate {user | network}
Configures the ISDN interface to serve as either the primary QSIG slave or the primary QSIG master. Keywords are as follows:
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn protocol-emulate {user | network}
•
user—Slave
•
network—Master
If the private integrated services network exchange (PINX) is the primary QSIG master, configure the access server as the primary QSIG slave. If the PINX is the primary QSIG slave, configure it as the primary QSIG master. Step 10
isdn overlap-receiving [T302 value]
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn overlap-receiving T302 500
Step 11
isdn incoming-voice modem
(Optional) Activates overlap signaling to send to the destination PBX using timer T302. The keyword are argument are as follows: •
T302 value—Value of timer T302, in ms.
Routes incoming voice calls to the modem and treats them as analog data.
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn incoming-voice modem
Step 12
isdn network-failure-cause [value]
Example: Router(config-if)# isdn network-failure-cause 5
Step 13
isdn bchan-number-order {ascending | descending}
(Optional) Specifies the cause code to pass to the PBX when a call cannot be placed or completed because of internal network failures. The argument is as follows: •
value—Cause code, from 1 to 127. All cause codes except Normal Call Clearing (16), User Busy (17), No User Responding (18), and No Answer from User (19) are changed to the specified cause code.
(Optional) Configures the ISDN PRI interface to make the outgoing call selection in ascending or descending order. Keywords are as follows:
Example:
•
ascending—Ascending order.
Router(config-if)# isdn bchan-number-order ascending
•
descending—Descending order. This is the default.
For descending order, the first call from the access server uses (T1) channel 23 or (E1) channel 31. The second call then uses (T1) channel 22 or (E1) channel 30, and so on, in descending order. For ascending order, if the PRI group starts with 1, the first call uses channel 1, the second call uses channel 2, and so on, in ascending order. If the PRI group starts with a different time slot, the ascending order starts with the lowest time slot. Step 14
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-if)# exit
5
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) How to Configure FCCS
Configuring FCCS To configure FCCS, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller
4.
pri-group nec-fusion
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command or Action
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller t1 controller-number
Enters controller configuration mode for the specified controller.
Example:
Note
Router(config)# controller t1 5
Step 4
pri-group nec-fusion {pbx-ip-address | pbx-ip-host-name} pbx-port number
Configures the controller to communicate with an NEC PBX using NEC Fusion. The argument is as follows: •
Example:
NEC Fusion does not support fractional T1/E1; all 24 channels must be available or the configuration request fails.
number—PBX port number. If the specified value is already in use, the next greater value is used.
Router(config-controller)# pri-group nec-fusion 172.16.0.0 pbx-port 55000
Step 5
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Verifying FCCS To verify FCCS functionality, perform the following step.
6
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) Additional References
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
show isdn status
DETAILED STEPS Step 1
show isdn status Use this command to display the status of all ISDN interfaces or a specific ISDN interface. Router# show isdn status Global ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig ISDN Serial1:23 interface dsl 0, interface ISDN Switchtype = primary-qsig **** Slave side configuration **** Layer 1 Status: DEACTIVATED Layer 2 Status: TEI = 0, Ces = 1, SAPI = 0, State = TEI_ASSIGNED Layer 3 Status: 0 Active Layer 3 Call(s) Activated dsl 0 CCBs = 0 The Free Channel Mask: 0x7FFFFF
Additional References General ISDN References •
“ISDN Features Roadmap” on page 1—Describes how to access Cisco Feature Navigator; also lists and describes, by Cisco IOS release, ISDN features for that release
•
“Overview of ISDN Voice Interfaces” on page 3—Describes relevant underlying technology; lists related documents, standards, MIBs, and RFCs; and describes how to obtain technical assistance
•
“Additional References” section on page 64—Lists additional ISDN references
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
7
Implementing FCCS (NEC Fusion) Additional References
8
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card This chapter describes how to implement the Digital J1 Voice Interface Card (VIC) feature. The digital J1 VIC provides the proper interface for directly connecting Cisco multiservice access routers to PBXs throughout Japan that use a J1 (2.048-Mbps time-division-multiplexed [TDM]) interface. Feature History for Digital J1 Voice Interface Card
Release
Modification
12.2(8)T
This feature was introduced on the Cisco 2600 series and Cisco 3600 series.
Finding Support Information for Platforms and Cisco IOS Software Images
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco IOS software image support. Access Cisco Feature Navigator at http://www.cisco.com/go/fn. You must have an account on Cisco.com. If you do not have an account or have forgotten your username or password, click Cancel at the login dialog box and follow the instructions that appear.
Contents •
Prerequisites for Configuring the Digital J1 VIC, page 1
•
Restrictions for Configuring the Digital J1 VIC, page 2
•
Information About the Digital J1 VIC, page 2
•
How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC, page 3
•
Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC, page 13
Prerequisites for Configuring the Digital J1 VIC •
Ensure that you have Cisco IOS Release 12.2(8)T or later.
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA
© 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card Restrictions for Configuring the Digital J1 VIC
Restrictions for Configuring the Digital J1 VIC •
Voice-only applications are supported.
•
Separate clock output is not supported.
•
Alarm-relay output is not supported.
•
Per-channel loopback is not supported.
•
Voice ports on the J1 interface cannot be configured using network-management software. They must be configured manually.
Information About the Digital J1 VIC The digital J1 VIC provides the proper interface for directly connecting Cisco multiservice access routers to PBXs throughout Japan that use a J1 (2.048-Mbps TDM) interface. It provides the software and hardware features required to connect to over 80 percent of the PBXs within Japan that use digital interfaces. This new J1 voice interface card (VIC) provides a TTC JJ-20.11 compliant interface between high-density voice network modules (NM-HDV) and a Japanese PBX. The card supports 30 voice channels per port. It provides a single-port line interface in a VIC form factor. It is specifically designed to conform to the TTC JJ-20.10-12 standards that define the interface between a PBX and a time-division multiplexer. Figure 19 shows the earlier solution offered to customers in Japan. A J1/T1 adapter box installed between the PBX and router provides the translation between J1 using coded mark inversion (CMI) line coding at a bit rate of 2.048 Mbps and a T1 line using either alternate mark inversion (AMI) or B8ZS line coding at a bit rate of 1.544 Mbps. Note that, with this solution, only 24 channels are supported instead of the full 30 channels of the J1 interface. Figure 19
Solution Without J1 VIC
PBX J1 line
J1-T1 adapter
Router with NM-HDV T1 line LAN-WAN InternetIntranet
J1-T1 adapter T1 line J1 line
PBX 62465
LAN-WAN
Router with NM-HDV
Figure 20 shows the solution using the digital J1 VIC. The interface is now between J1 and the VIC’s TDM access (TDMA) bus. Note that now all 30 channels of the J1 interface are supported.
2
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Figure 20
Solution with J1 VIC
Router with NM-HDV
PBX J1 line
LAN-WAN InternetIntranet LAN-WAN J1 line
62466
PBX
Router with NM-HDV
Feature benefits include the following: •
Supports Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP), H.248, H.323 (versions 1, 2, and 3), Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), and Cisco CallManager (with Cisco IP phones) in association with VoIP, VoFR, and VoATM
•
Provides Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) alarm signaling per TTC JJ-20.11
•
Delivers the same performance as the existing 30-channel E1 NM-HDV
•
Allows enabling and disabling of individual DS0s or channels
How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC This section contains the following procedures:
Note
•
Configuring the J1 VIC, page 4
•
Configuring CAS, page 4 (optional)
•
Configuring the Clock Source, page 6 (optional)
•
Configuring Loopback, page 7 (optional)
•
Configuring T-CCS for a Clear-Channel Codec, page 8 (optional)
•
Verifying Digital J1 VIC Configuration, page 11 (optional)
•
Monitoring and Maintaining the Digital J1 VIC, page 11 (optional)
•
Troubleshooting Tips, page 12
For related information on VIC installation, see Installing and Configuring 1-Port J1 Voice Interface Cards.
3
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Configuring the J1 VIC To configure the digital J1 VIC, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller j1
4.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller j1 slot/port
Configures the J1 controller in the specified slot and port.
Example: Router(config)# controller j1 1/0
Step 4
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-control)# exit
Configuring CAS To configure the DS0 groups on the digital J1 VIC for voice applications, perform the following steps.
Note
The J1 controller supports the E&M wink start and E&M immediate channel-associated signaling (CAS) protocols for the voice ports. The following parameters have default values for the J1 interface: •
Companding type: mu-law
•
CP tone: JP
1.
enable
SUMMARY STEPS
4
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller j1
4.
ds0-group
5.
exit
6.
Repeat as needed
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller j1 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the J1 controller in the specified slot and port.
Example: Router(config)# controller j1 1/0
Step 4
ds0-group ds0-group-no timeslots timeslot-list type signaling-type
Configures channelized J1 time slots for use by compressed voice calls and the signaling method for connecting to the PBX. The keywords and arguments are as follows:
Example:
•
ds0-group-no—DS0 group number.
Router(config-controller)# ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-15,17-31 type e&m-wink-start
•
timeslots timeslot-list—DS0 timeslot. Range: 1 to 31. Timeslot 16 is reserved for signaling.
•
type signaling-type—Signaling type to be applied to the selected group: – e&m-delay-dial—Originating endpoint sends an
off-hook signal and then and waits for an off-hook signal followed by an on-hook signal from the destination. – e&m-immediate-start—No specific off-hook and
on-hook signaling. – e&m-wink-start—Originating endpoint sends an
off-hook signal and waits for a wink signal from the destination. – none—Null signaling for external call control.
5
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Step 5
Command
Purpose
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 6
Repeat if your router has more than one J1 controller to configure.
Configuring the Clock Source To configure the clock source for a digital J1 VIC, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller j1
4.
clock source
5.
exit
6.
Repeat as needed
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller j1 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the J1 controller in the specified slot and port.
Example: Router(config)# controller j1 1/0
Step 4
clock source {line | internal}
Specifies the clock source. Keywords are as follows: •
line—Controller recovers external clock from the line and provides the recovered clock to the internal (system) clock generator.
•
internal—Controller synchronizes itself to the internal (system) clock.
Example: Router(config-controller)# clock source line
Default: line.
6
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Step 5
Command
Purpose
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 6
Repeat if your router has more than one J1 controller to configure.
Configuring Loopback To configure loopback for testing a digital J1 VIC, perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller j1
4.
loopback
5.
exit
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller j1 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the J1 controller in the specified slot and port.
Example: Router(config)# controller j1 1/0
7
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Step 4
Step 5
Command
Purpose
loopback {local | line | isolation}
Sets the loopback method for testing the J1 interface. Keywords are as follows:
Example:
•
local—Local loopback mode
Router(config-controller)# loopback isolation
•
line—External loopback mode at the line level
•
isolation—Both local and line loopback mode
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Configuring T-CCS for a Clear-Channel Codec To configure transparent common-channel signaling (T-CCS), perform the following steps.
SUMMARY STEPS 1.
enable
2.
configure terminal
3.
controller j1
4.
ds0-group
5.
no shutdown
6.
exit
7.
dial-peer voice
8.
destination-pattern
9.
port
10. exit 11. dial-peer voice 12. codec clear-channel 13. vad 14. destination-pattern 15. session target 16. exit
8
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1
Command
Purpose
enable
Enters privileged EXEC mode. Enter your password when prompted.
Example: Router> enable
Step 2
configure terminal
Enters global configuration mode.
Example: Router# configure terminal
Step 3
controller j1 slot/port
Enters controller configuration mode for the J1 controller in the specified slot and port.
Example: Router(config)# controller j1 1/0
Step 4
ds0-group ds0-group-no timeslots timeslot-list type signaling-type
Example:
Configures channelized J1 time slots for use by compressed voice calls and the signaling method that the router uses to connect to the PBX. The keywords and arguments are as described earlier.
Router(config-controller)# ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-15,17-31 type e&m-wink-start
Step 5
no shutdown
Activates the controller.
Example: Router(config-controller)# no shutdown
Step 6
exit
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-controller)# exit
Step 7
dial-peer voice number pots
Enters dial-peer configuration mode for the specified POTS dial peer.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer voice 20 pots
9
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Step 8
Command
Purpose
destination-pattern string [T]
Configures the dial peer's destination pattern so that the system can reconcile dialed digits with a telephone number. The keyword and argument are as follows:
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# destination-pattern 3050 T
•
string—Series of digits that specify the E.164 or private-dialing-plan phone number. Valid entries: digits 0 to 9 and letters A to D. The plus symbol (+) is not valid. You can enter the following special characters: – Star character (*) that appears on standard touch-tone
dial pads—Can be in any dial string, but not as a leading character (for example, *650). – Period (.)—Acts as a wildcard character. – Comma (,)—In prefixes, inserts a one-second pause. •
Note Step 9
port slot/port:ds0-group-no
Example:
exit
The timer character must be a capital T.
Associates the dial peer with a specific logical interface. Arguments are as follows: •
slot— Router location where the voice module is installed. Range: 0 to 3.
•
port—Voice interface card location. Range: 0 to 1.
•
ds0-group-no—DS0 group number. Each defined DS0 group number is represented on a separate voice port, allowing you to define individual DS0s.
Router(config-dialpeer)# port 1/0:1
Step 10
T—When included at the end of the destination pattern, causes the system to collect dialed digits as they are entered until the interdigit timer expires (default: 10 seconds) or the user dials the termination of end-of-dialing key (default: #).
Exits the current mode.
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# exit
Step 11
dial-peer voice number voip
Enters dial-peer configuration mode for the specified VoIP dial peer.
Example: Router(config)# dial-peer voice 20 voip
Step 12
codec clear-channel
Specifies use of the clear-channel codec.
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# codec clear-channel
Step 13
vad
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# vad
10
(Optional; enabled by default) Activates voice activity detection (VAD), which allows the system to reduce unnecessary voice transmissions caused by unfiltered background noise.
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Step 14
Command
Purpose
destination-pattern string [T]
Configures the dial peer's destination pattern so that the system can reconcile dialed digits with a telephone number. The keyword are argument are as described above.
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# destination-pattern 3050 T
Step 15
session target {ipv4:destination-address dns:[$s$. | $d$. | $e$. | $u$.] hostname}
|
Configures the IP session target for the dial peer. Keywords and arguments are as follows: •
ipv4:destination-address —IP address of the dial peer to receive calls.
•
dns:hostname—Domain-name server that resolves the name of the IP address. You can use wildcards by using source, destination, and dialed information in the hostname. Use one of the following macros with this keyword when defining the session target for VoIP peers:
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# session target {ipv4:10.168.1.1 serverA.mycompany.com}
– $s$.—Source destination pattern is used as part of the
domain name. – $d$.—Destination number is used as part of the domain
name. – $e$.—Digits in the called number are reversed and
periods are added between the digits of the called number. The resulting string is used as part of the domain name. – •$u$.—Unmatched portion of the destination pattern
(such as a defined extension number) is used as part of the domain name. Step 16
Exits the current mode.
exit
Example: Router(config-dialpeer)# exit
Verifying Digital J1 VIC Configuration To verify that the digital J1 VIC is configured correctly, use the show running-config command as shown in the“Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC” section on page 13.
Monitoring and Maintaining the Digital J1 VIC To monitor and maintain the J1 VIC, use the following commands: •
show controllers j1 slot/port—Displays statistics for the J1 link.
•
show dial-peer voice—Displays configuration information for dial peers.
11
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card How to Configure the Digital J1 VIC
Troubleshooting Tips Three digital loopback modes are possible for diagnostics and fault isolation:
Note
•
Line loopback loops the received signal (R-D) from the PBX to the transmit going back to the PBX.
•
Local loopback loops the transmitted signal (T-D) from the host to the receive going back to the host.
•
Isolation loopback routes PBX and TDM generated traffic back to their respective sources.
In the following figures, Tx=transmit interface and Rx=receive interface. Tip / Ring leads carry audio between the signaling unit and the trunking circuit. Line Loopback
To place the controller into line loopback, use the loopback line command (Figure 21). Line loopback loops the receiver inputs to the transmitter outputs. The receive path is not affected by the activation of this loopback. Line Loopback
LIU
J1-FRAMER
RxTIP,RxRING
R-D
L1RxD
TxTIP,TxRING
T-D
L1TxD
62462
Figure 21
Local Loopback
To place the controller into local loopback, use the loopback local command (Figure 22). To turn off loopback, use the no form of the command. Local loopback loops the transmit line encoder outputs to the receive line encoder inputs. The transmit path is not affected by the activation of this loopback.
Use this command only for testing purposes. Figure 22
Local Loopback
LIU
J1-FRAMER
RxTIP,RxRING
R-D
L1RxD
TxTIP,TxRING
T-D
L1TxD
62463
Note
Isolation Loopback
To place the controller into line loopback, use the loopback isolation command (Figure 23). Both line and local loopback are turned on.
12
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC
Isolation Loopback
LIU
J1-FRAMER
RxTIP,RxRING
R-D
L1RxD
TxTIP,TxRING
T-D
L1TxD
62464
Figure 23
Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC The following displays the screen output using the show running-config command. Then it is broken down into specific examples: •
Controller (J1): Example, page 15
•
Channel-Associated Signaling: Example, page 15
•
Clock Source: Example, page 15
•
Loopback: Example, page 16
•
Transparent Common-Channel Signaling for a Clear-Channel Codec: Example, page 16
Router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration :2023 bytes ! version 12.2 service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec no service password-encryption ! hostname kmm-3660-1 ! boot system tftp /tftpboot/kmenon/c3660-is-mz 223.255.254.254 enable password lab ! voice-card 1 ! voice-card 3 ! voice-card 4 ! ip subnet-zero ! ! voice service pots ! ! fax interface-type fax-mail mta receive maximum-recipients 0 ! controller J1 1/0 clock source line ! controller E1 3/0 ! controller E1 3/1
13
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC
! controller T1 4/0 framing esf linecode b8zs channel-group 0 timeslots 24 ! controller T1 4/1 framing esf linecode b8zs channel-group 0 timeslots 24 ! ! interface Multilink1 ip address 30.30.30.1 255.255.255.0 keepalive 1 no cdp enable ppp multilink no ppp multilink fragmentation multilink-group 1 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 1.7.29.1 255.255.0.0 no ip mroute-cache duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 1.8.0.1 255.255.0.0 no ip mroute-cache duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial4/0:0 no ip address encapsulation ppp no fair-queue no cdp enable ppp multilink multilink-group 1 ! interface Serial4/1:0 no ip address encapsulation ppp no fair-queue no cdp enable ppp multilink multilink-group 1 ! ip default-gateway 1.7.0.1 ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 ip route 1.9.0.1 255.255.255.255 30.30.30.2 ip route 223.255.254.254 255.255.255.255 1.7.0.1 no ip http server ip pim bidir-enable ! ! snmp-server engineID local 00000009020000044D0EF520 snmp-server packetsize 4096 ! call rsvp-sync ! no mgcp timer receive-rtcp !
14
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC
mgcp profile default ! dial-peer cor custom ! ! dial-peer voice 1 pots destination-pattern 88 ! dial-peer voice 20 voip destination-pattern 3050 session target ipv4:10.8.0.2 codec clear-channel ! dial-peer voice 77 pots destination-pattern 77 ! dial-peer voice 100 voip incoming called-number 100 destination-pattern 100 session target ipv4:10.8.0.2 no vad ! ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end
Controller (J1): Example The following example shows the Cisco IOS interface card in slot 4, port 0 of a Cisco 3660 configured as a J1 controller: controller J1 4/0
Channel-Associated Signaling: Example The following example shows the DS0 groups on the J1 controller. controller J1 4/0 clock source line ds0-group 1 timeslots 1-15,17-31 type e&m-wink-start
Clock Source: Example The following example shows the J1 controller clock source is configured to line, where the controller recovers external clock from the line and provides the recovered clock to the internal (system) clock generator. controller J1 3/0 clock source line
15
Digital J1 Voice Interface Card Configuration Examples for the Digital J1 VIC
Loopback: Example The following example shows the loopback method for testing the J1 controller is set at the line level. controller J1 3/0 clock source line loopback line
Transparent Common-Channel Signaling for a Clear-Channel Codec: Example The following example shows the codec option set to clear-channel. dial-peer voice 20 voip destination-pattern 3050 session target ipv4:10.8.0.2
codec clear-channel
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0709R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
16
